Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRESPONSE - RFP - 7563 PFA FIRE APPARATUS - PUMPERPROPOSAL IN RESPONSE TO RFP 7563 Fire Apparatus- Pumper One (1) Rosenbauer/Minnesota Division Custom EXT Pumper Apparatus per attached specifications: $566,451.00 FOB Fort Collins, CO in approximately 360 calendar days after order FRC FTA400-040, portable flowmeter ADD $1,600.00 Delete lithium polymer idle reduction technology (IRT) DEDUCT ($19,572.00) Change IRT system to diesel auxiliary power unit (APU) DEDUCT ($5,964.00) Change to Onan 6 kW hydraulic generator (not compatible with IRT) DEDUCT ($6,089.00) If the 100% performance bond is not required DEDUCT ($2,818.00) If the chassis is paid for upon completion DEDUCT ($9,264.00) Included travel budget for PFA requested trips, two (2) trips for three (3) personnel is $3000.00 (uncertainties in travel expenses due to current economic climate have precluded guaranteed travel amounts, a budget has been included) Additional discount options are available upon request with specified terms and amounts. Service center with a full range of capabilities is provided by Max Fire Apparatus, Inc. in Castle Rock, Colorado. Currently, we have four (4) full time technicians. Proposed contract verbiage; Subsequent Orders: Subsequent orders for fire engines shall be accepted at the previous sales price adjusted by the producer’s price index (PPI), not to exceed 5% per year for a five year time period. Price increases due to unforeseen material or regulatory costs or equipment changes requested by Poudre Fire Authority exceeding 5% per year shall be negotiated and approved by both parties. Actual sales price of additional engines shall be negotiated at time of such subsequent orders. City of Fort Collins Poudre Fire Authority Exceptions and Clarifications Item Description Bumper Extension 21" bumper extension required for cab tilt with bumper mounted bell ABS with ATC Full electronic stability control (ESC) has been proposed, this includes ABS and ATC Speedometer deactivation in pump mode NFPA 1901 2009 requires speedometer and odometer to operate in pump mode. Rear Step lights On Scene Solution LED lights are used ILO KD lamps Compartment Lights All compartment lights are On Scene Solutions to match current engine application. The requested Vista lights may be substituted for no additional cost. Rear Scene Lights Fire Research Q65 LED rear scene lights have been proposed. Higher Lumen output and lower amp draw than the requested 12V halogen. The FCA200 D15 lights may be substituted for a savings of $400. Reverse Lighting Whelen 500 LED lights are used to due space limitations in the wheel well area and to match current engine application. The requested Zico bow lights may be substituted at no additional cost. Master Intakes No integral flowmeter can be provided for the steamers on the CMUC20. Please see option price for Fire Research flow meter that may be used at the hydrant or in the hoseline. Gauges 6" Class 1 gauges are used, no 6" Noshok available Gauges 3.5" gauges are used ILO 4" gauges due to space limitation on the pump panel. This also meets the current PFA engine application. Heat Pan The heat pan is made from aluminum, not galvaneal. Galvaneal is a poor application given the road deicing products being utilized in Colorado. Compartment Depth Compartment depth is 26" to allow clearance between the body and frame rail frame fasteners and installed components. Deeper compartments below frame rail would require a body width greater than 100". Compartment Provisions Shelving and trays have been proposed to match current engine application. The requested configuration may be substituted for no cost. Light Tower The proposed light tower is the Command Light KL-415 LED. This is a 12V light tower compatible with the proposed Lithium Polymer IRT system. City of Ft. Collins Poudre Fire Authority References Poudre Fire Authority, Colorado Capt. Gregg Miller 970-416-2603 gmiller@poudre-fire.org Topeka Fire Department, Kansas Chief Greg Moody 785-368-4005 gkmoody@topeka.org Platte Valley Fire Protection District, Colorado Chief Barry Schaefer 970-353-3890 bschaefer@plattevalleyfire.org Rock Springs Fire Department, Wyoming Chief Lyle Armstrong 307-3523-1475 lyle_armstrong@rswy.net Springfield Fire Department, Missouri Assistant Chief David Pennington 417-864-1500 dpennington@springfieldmo.gov QUOTATION Max Fire Apparatus Poudre Fire Authority Greg Miller Quote No: 10085-0006 10/22/2013 Page 1 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG == Rosenbauer Commander 4000 - 1015.120 01/03/13 == 1 1 03-00-0101 |-- Certification - NFPA 1 1 08-09-0103 |-- Cab Paint Warranty Ten Years 1 1 08-09-0104 |-- Cab Structural Warranty Ten Years 1 1 08-09-0105 |-- Transmission Warranty Allison Five Years 1 2 08-09-0106 |-- Engine Warranty Cummins Five Years 1 2 08-09-0107 |-- Frame Warranty Lifetime 1 2 08-09-0108 |-- Front & Rear Axle Warranty Meritor 2012 1 2 08-09-0111 |-- Warranty - Cab and Chassis Two Year 1 2 08-09-0301 |-- Cab Test Information Static Load Seat Test 1 2 08-09-0302 |-- Cab Test Information Crash Test ECE-29 1 3 08-09-0303 |-- Cab Test Information SAE J2420; J2422 1 3 08-09-0304 |-- Cab Test Information Roof Crush, Side & Frontal Impact 1 3 08-09-0501 |-- Operation & Parts List Manuals (2) Sets, CD 1 4 08-09-0503 |-- Engine & Transmission Operation Manuals (1) Set 1 4 08-09-0530 |-- As Built Wiring w/Plumbing Diagram (1) Set 1 4 08-80-0200 |-- DOT KIT 1 4 VEHICLE TYPE 1 03-00-0124 Pumper 1 03-00-0140 |-- Standard Crossmembers 1 07-03-0102 |-- Midship Pump Jackshaft Only 1 CAB 1 5 03-00-0761 70" Cab Length 11" Roof 1 5 03-05-0420 |-- Driver Exterior Rear Compartment 36"H x 9.5"W Hinge Door 1 8 03-05-0500 |-- Driver & Officer Compt Non-Transverse 1 9 03-05-0551 |-- Driver Exterior Rear Compartment - Chrome Handle 1 9 03-05-0430 |-- Driver Rear Cab Compartment Manual Door Locks 1 9 05-01-5105 |-- Driver Rear Compartment Interior Finish Gray 1 9 08-00-2012 |-- Driver Rear Compt Lighting LED Strip 18" 1 9 03-05-0450 |-- Officer Exterior Rear Compartment 36"H x 9.5"W Hinge Door 1 9 03-05-0500 |-- Driver & Officer Compt Non-Transverse 1 10 03-05-0561 |-- Officer Exterior Rear Compartment - Chrome Handle 1 10 03-05-0460 |-- Officer Rear Cab Compartment Manual Door Locks 1 10 05-01-5125 |-- Officer Rear Compartment Interior Finish Gray 1 10 08-00-2112 |-- Officer Rear Compt Lighting LED Strip 18" 1 10 CAB DOORS 1 03-06-1015 |-- Cab Entry Doors 1 10 03-06-0015 |-- Steps w/Grip Strut Lwr, Treadplate Middle 1 11 03-06-1025 |-- Full Length Cab Entry Doors 1 12 03-06-1500 |-- No Lower Door Kick Panel (No Overlay) 1 12 03-06-1100 |-- Cab Door Hardware Chrome (4) 1 12 03-06-1120 |-- Cab Door Locks Manual 1 12 03-06-1135 |-- Interior 1-Piece Door Panel Type Aluminum 1 13 03-06-1205 |-- Door Panel Finish ARMA Gray 1 13 04-05-0105 |-- Interior Handle Front Door Grab Handles 1 13 04-05-0150 |-- Interior Grab Handle Rear Door Chicago Style 34" Black Powder Coat 1 13 10/22/2013 Page 2 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG CAB GLASS 1 03-08-0101 |-- Windshield One Piece 1 14 03-08-0102 |-- Windshield Wiper System Single Motor (2) Wipers 1 14 08-02-0135 |-- Windshield Wiper Activation Switch on Driver Panel 1 15 03-08-0150 |-- Window 50% Tint Driver w/Manual Regulator 1 15 03-08-0152 |-- Window 50% Tint Officer w/Manual Regulator 1 15 03-08-0220 |-- Window 50% Tint Driver Crew Door w/Manual Regulator 1 15 03-08-0250 |-- Window 50% Tint Officer Crew Door Manual Regulator 1 15 03-08-0470 |-- Window 50% Tint Side Rear Driver Fixed 8"W x 24"H 1 16 03-08-0520 |-- Window 50% Tint Side Rear Officer Fixed 8"W x 24"H 1 16 CAB INTERIOR AND TRIM 1 16 03-09-8010 |-- Cab Insulation Interior Ceiling 1 16 03-09-8015 |-- Cab Insulation Engine Tunnel 1 17 03-09-8017 |-- Cab Insulation Underbody 1 17 03-09-8020 |-- Cab Insulation Cab Damping 1 17 04-01-1100 |-- Interior Trim Color Gray, 70" -11" Roof 1 17 04-01-1120 |-- Interior Trim Color Gray Rear Wall 11" Roof 1 19 04-02-1125 |-- Interior Floor Covering Color Black, 70" 1 19 04-02-1702 |-- Interior Trim Sun Visor Tinted 1 19 04-03-1000 |-- Cab Dash & Engine Tunnel, Composite Dash 1 19 04-03-1022 |-- Cab Dash & Engine Tunnel ARMA Coating Black 1 21 04-03-2000 |-- Officer MDT Mount 1 22 04-03-2100 |-- Officer Glove Compt 1 22 CAB INTERIOR - CUSTOM CONSOLE 1 04-04-1100 |-- Havis Console 1 22 04-04-1111 |-- Mic Tab(s) 1 23 04-04-1116 |-- Black Blank Plate 1 23 04-04-1126 |-- Black Plate(s) for Communication Radio 1 23 04-04-1131 < |-- Black Plates with (2) Power Points 1 23 Battery Direct 04-04-1141 |-- Map Light 1 23 04-04-1161 |-- Cup Holder, Dual 2 23 04-04-1176 |-- Black Plate for Siren 1 24 04-04-1181 |-- Black Plate for Arrowstick 1 24 08-01-0143 S < |-- Instrumentation Panel Inlay Silver 1 24 Silver/Gray to Match Truck # M10383-384 Apopka 05-01-1055 |-- Cab Coating Interior Gray 1 24 03-08-4000 Cab Header / Heating and AC 1 24 HEATING AND A/C 1 05-02-0010 |-- Heating w/ Air Conditioning, Overhead, VMUX 1 25 05-01-6010 < |-- Cab Paint A/C Condenser on Roof 1 28 SAME COLOR AS ROOF 05-02-0200 |-- A/C Condenser Location Roof Mount Mid Center 1 28 05-02-0300 |-- Auxiliary Defroster Fans 1 28 05-02-0500 |-- A/C Air Compressor for Lithium Greenstar 1 28 05-02-0700 |-- Auxiliary Heating System (For Greenstar) 1 28 08-02-0121 |-- Heat & A/C Activation VISTA, Rear Crew Manual 1 29 08-02-0106 < |-- Rear Crew Controls Manual - Custom Location - Remote Mt 1 29 Located on the ceiling above the Fwd facing seats, between Ctr and RH seats SEATS 1 03-09-0586 Bostrom Seat Package - ITS Roll Tek & 4 Front Air Bag Package 1 03-09-0100 |-- Seat Color Gray/Red Seat Belt 1 29 03-09-0606 |-- Seat Driver Bostrom Sierra 8-Way Electric ABTS ITS RollTek 1 29 03-09-0121 |-- Seat Back Non-SCBA 1 30 03-09-0213 |-- Seat Mounting Driver Electric 1 30 03-09-0900 |-- Seat Material Ballistic 1 30 03-09-0920 |-- Seat Logo Rosenbauer 1 03-09-3010 |-- Driver Seat Box Storage Compartment 1 30 10/22/2013 Page 3 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 03-09-0278 |-- Seat Mounting Officer Electric Bostrom 1 03-09-0300 |-- Seat Back Non-SCBA 1 31 03-09-0900 |-- Seat Material Ballistic 1 31 03-09-0920 |-- Seat Logo Rosenbauer 1 03-09-3020 |-- Officer Seat Box Storage Compartment 1 31 03-09-0810 |-- ===== NO Theater Seats - Pick to Select ===== 1 31 03-09-0652 < |-- Seat Crew Rear Facing Outer Bostrom Tanker Fixed ABTS IBP RollTek 2 31 Belt Orientation- LH & RH to Door 03-09-0301 |-- Seat Back Crew SCBA Bostrom SecureAll 2 32 03-09-0380 |-- Seat Mounting Rear Facing Outer 2 32 03-09-0900 |-- Seat Material Ballistic 2 32 03-09-0920 |-- Seat Logo Rosenbauer 2 03-09-0802 < |-- Seat Crew Forward Facing Center Bostrom Tanker Fixed RollTek 2 33 Belt Orientation- LH & RH to Door 03-09-0300 |-- Seat Back Non-SCBA 2 33 03-09-0575 |-- Seat Mounting Forward Facing Center 2 33 03-09-0900 |-- Seat Material Ballistic 2 33 03-09-0920 |-- Seat Logo Rosenbauer 2 03-09-3100 |-- Seat Box (60/54) Forward Facing (FFC Seats) 1 33 03-09-3200 |-- Seat Box (60/54) Forward Facing Storage Access Cutout (1) Center Forward 1 34 03-09-4005 |-- Seat Box Finish Gray 1 34 CAB EXTERIOR 1 04-05-2005 Exterior Grab Handles with White LED Lighting 18" 1 34 04-05-2060 |-- S/S Scuff Plate for Grab Handle 18" 1 34 08-01-0800 |-- Grab Handle LED Light Actvtn w/ Parking Brake 1 34 04-05-2020 Additional Exterior Grab Handle 11" - Cab Face Center 1 34 CAB FRONT FASCIA 1 04-08-0010 ===== Traditional Front with Rectangular Headlamp Bezels ===== 1 34 04-08-0110 |-- Front Grille, 3D Chrome 1 35 04-08-0022 |-- Wing Light Bezel - Stainless 1 35 04-08-0072 |-- Front Grille, United States of America Flag Inlay 1 35 04-08-0090 |-- Logo, Rosenbauer, Grille Mount 1 35 04-08-0120 |-- Front Grille Inlay, Black Honeycomb 1 35 06-03-2010 |-- Fluid Fills at Grille 1 36 08-00-0503 < |-- Headlights, Quad, with Rectangular Bezel 1 36 Located in 105DS, 106DS, & 105OS, 106OS 08-00-0521 |-- DRL & Wig Wag, Alternating Headlights - VMUX 1 36 08-01-0341 |-- Alternating Headlights Activate VISTA 1 37 08-00-0602 < |-- Front Turn Signals Whelen 600 LED (2) 1 37 103DS and 103OS 08-00-0606 |-- Side Marker Light LED (2) 1 37 08-01-0303 |-- Headlight & Marker Light Activated Rocker Switch Driver Panel 1 37 08-00-0608 |-- Front Marker Lamps Face Mounted LED (Center 3 Lightings, 2 Corner) 1 37 04-08-0151 Cab Fender Stainless Steel 1 37 04-09-0300 Logo, Commander, Cab Sides 1 37 04-10-0351 Mud Flaps Front 1 38 CAB TILT 1 05-00-0205 Cab Tilt System - Heavy Duty w/ Manual Back Up 1 38 05-00-0021 |-- Cab Tilt Limit Switch 1 39 05-00-0045 |-- Cab Tilt Lock Down Indicator 1 39 05-00-0100 |-- Cab Tilt Control Receptacle Temp 1 REARVIEW MIRRORS 1 39 05-00-5005 Bus Style Mirrors 1 39 05-00-7130 |-- Ramco-Bus-Drv Dr Mt (CRM-1350PCHR)-Off Dr Mt (CRM-1350PCHR)-H&R,H&R(LWR)CVX 1 40 10/22/2013 Page 4 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 08-01-0822 |-- Rearview Mirror Heat Activated VISTA 1 40 EXTERIOR CAB PAINT 1 05-01-5010 Cab Paint Exterior Single Color 1 40 05-01-5021 < |-- Cab Paint Lower / Primary 1 40 Paint Brand (if other than PPG); Paint Color; Paint Number: Paint Process: PPG FBCH 2185 05-01-6051 |-- Cab Undercoating 1 41 FRONT AXLE 1 07-05-0102 Front Axle Meritor MFS 20000# Beam 1 41 07-05-0120 |-- Front Wheel Bearing Lube Oil 1 41 07-05-0231 |-- Front Suspension Hendrickson 9 Leaf Spring 20 K 1 41 07-05-0319 |-- Power Steering Gear TRW TAS 85 w/Assist- 20K and up 1 42 07-06-0420 |-- Chassis Alignment 1 42 07-06-0508 |-- Front Cramp Angle 46 Degrees 1 43 07-07-0143 |-- (2) Front Tires 385/65R 22.5 Good Year G296 MSA J 1 43 07-07-0711 |-- (2) Front Wheels Accuride 22.5 x 12.25 Aluminum 1 43 07-08-0203 |-- Front Brakes Meritor EX225 Disc 17" 1 44 07-05-0303 4 Spoke Steering Wheel w/4 Front Airbag & ESC Tilt/Telescopic 18" 1 44 REAR AXLE 1 07-06-0100 S < Rear Axle, Single, 24000# Meritor RS-24-160 W/ Synthetic Oil 1 44 Rear axle and rear bearings to have synthetic oil 07-06-0210 |-- Rear Suspension Neway ADZ124-Air 24000# 1 45 07-08-0253 |-- Rear Brakes Meritor EX225 Disc 17" 1 45 07-07-0305 |-- (4) Rear Tires 11R 22.5 Goodyear G622 RSD "H" 1 45 07-07-0754 |-- (4) Rear Wheels Accuride 22.5 x 8.25 Aluminum 1 45 07-07-0980 |-- Wheel Guards - Single Axle 1 45 07-07-0996 |-- Vehicle Top Speed 68 1 46 07-08-0103 |-- Electronic Stability Control Single Axle 1 46 07-05-0500 |-- Mud/Snow Switch 1 47 07-08-0189 |-- Air Tank Brackets - Hot Dipped Galvanized 1 47 07-08-0301 |-- Park Brake Rear Wheels Only 1 47 08-02-0130 |-- Park Brake Control Driver Dash 1 47 07-08-0410 |-- Wabco System Saver 1200 1 48 07-08-0551 |-- Moisture Ejectors Manual 1 48 07-08-0570 |-- Air Supply Lines Nylon 1 48 07-09-0010 Frame Single Channel 35" Frame Width 1 49 07-09-0035 |-- Wheelbase Range 190" - 199" 1 07-09-0070 |-- Rear Overhang 51.0" 1 07-09-0122 |-- Frame Clear Area Outside Rail 30" Rwd Back of Cab 1 07-09-0136 |-- Frame/Front Extension Hot Dip Galvanized 1 51 08-09-0200 |-- Galvanized Frame Warranty BR 1 51 07-09-0502 Front Bumper Maximum Force Structural Steel Channel 1 52 07-12-0103 |-- Front Bumper Paint Powder Coat Black 1 53 FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION 1 07-09-0550 Front Bumper Extension Length 21" 1 53 07-13-0405 |-- Tow Eyes 3" Brite Plated Above 1 53 ENGINE 1 06-00-0050 |-- Engine Placement 1 53 06-00-0910 |-- Engine, Cummins ISL 9L, Base Spec 1 53 06-00-1016 |-- 450HP Cummins ISL 9L 1 55 06-02-1110 |-- Fan Clutch - ISL 1 55 06-02-1526 |-- Auxiliary Engine Brake Compression Brake (JAKE) 1 55 08-01-0204 S < |-- Auxiliary Engine Brake Control On/Off & Low/Med/High Switch Driver Panel 1 56 Needs to be a Hard wired Switch 10/22/2013 Page 5 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 06-03-1010 |-- Engine High Idle Speed 1250 RPM 1 56 06-03-1023 |-- Engine High Idle Control Manual & Automatic VISTA 1 56 06-05-3010 |-- Engine Air Intake Filtration and Restriction ISL 1 57 06-06-3615 |-- Engine Exhaust System Under Frm Officer Inboard w/DPF/SCR Inline ISL 9L 1 57 06-06-4000 |-- DEF Tank 1 58 06-08-0100 |-- Engine Exh Acc Temp Mitigation 1 58 06-08-0200 |-- Engine Exhaust Wrap 1 58 08-02-0140 |-- DPF Control Regeneration Switch & Inhibit Switch Covered 1 58 06-04-2002 S < |-- Engine Cooling System- ISL 1 59 Coolant shall be standard green antifreeze, not extended life. 06-05-1002 |-- Engine Pump Heat Exchanger ISL 1 60 TRANSMISSION 1 07-01-0100 |-- Transmission Allison 3000 EVS 1 60 07-01-0502 |-- Transmission Fluid - Synthetic 1 61 07-02-0008 |-- Transmission GEN V-E Push Button Key Pad 1 61 07-02-0054 |-- Transmission Mode Programming 6th Startup/6th Mode 1 61 07-02-0066 |-- Transmission Feature Programming I/O Package 198/Pumper 1 61 07-02-0251 |-- Driveline Spicer 1710 HD 1 62 07-02-0260 < |-- Driveline Guards - 200" Wheelbase or Less 1 62 Located on the Transmission output shaft 07-04-0312 |-- Fuel Tank 68 Gallon/257 Liter - Dual Fill 1 62 07-04-0108 |-- Fuel Filter/Water Separator Cummins FS1065 1 63 07-04-0216 |-- Fuel Lines Aramid Braid 1 64 07-04-0220 |-- Fuel Shutoff Valve at Primary Filter and at Tank 1 64 07-04-0230 |-- Fuel Cooler Behind Battery Box 1 64 07-04-0360 |-- Fuel Tank Serviceability Prov 12' Fuel Line Extension 1 08-00-0410 |-- Alternator Leece-Neville 270 Amp Lithium System 1 64 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 08-00-0100 Electrical System 12V DC Weldon V-MUX 1 65 08-01-0013 |-- Instrumentation Pacific Insight Standard Green Star "Lithium Only" 1 69 08-01-0125 |-- Instrumentation Backlighting Red 1 73 08-01-0051 |-- Driver & Officer VISTA Display Weldon Vista IV 1 73 08-01-0054 |-- Driver Panel / Switch Panel (6 Switches) Under the Vista Screen 1 74 08-01-0105 |-- Officer Speedometer Analog - Officer Vista 1 74 08-02-0176 |-- Assc Power Distribution Panel Bhnd Off Seat 10 Position 40A Batt Dir 1 74 08-03-0111 < |-- Communication Antenna Base Driver Cab Roof 3 74 304DS and 305DS 08-03-0120 |-- Communication Antenna Cable Routing Under Officer Front Seat 3 74 08-03-0220 |-- Aux Comm Ant Base Driver Cab Roof RBM Sply 1 74 08-03-0120 |-- Communication Antenna Cable Routing Under Officer Front Seat 1 74 08-02-0610 |-- Weldon VDR/Seat Belt Warn - VISTA 1 75 08-00-0304 Batteries (1) Green Star Lithium 1 76 08-00-0202 |-- Battery Box Driver Side Steel w/Cover 1 76 08-00-0247 |-- Battery Cables (Lithium) 1 76 08-00-0253 |-- Greenstar Lithium System 1 76 08-01-0034 |-- 2 Position Battery Master - Driver's Kick Plate 1 76 08-01-0036 |-- Ignition Switch 1 08-01-0040 |-- Power & Ground Stud 40A Batt Direct / 15A Ignition 1 77 08-00-0721 |-- Ground Lights LED Whelen 3SC0CDCR 1 77 08-01-0752 |-- Ground Lights Activation w/Respective Door & Park Brake 1 77 08-00-0732 |-- Cab Step Lights LED (1 Per Step) 1 77 08-01-0753 |-- Step Lights Activated Respective Door 1 78 10/22/2013 Page 6 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 08-00-0783 |-- Engine Compartment Work Light LED (2) 1 78 08-00-0791 S < |-- Interior Overhead LED Lighting Red/Clear - W/ Override Switch in Vista 1 78 With Dome light override switch in Vista 08-00-0702 S < Cornering Lights LED on Bumper Tail Whelen 500 1 78 Wired to the 45 degree area of the bumper, ship lights loose for RMN installation. 08-00-4070 Dr Open/Hazard Wrn Lt, Flash, Whln 5SR00FRR LED (Do Not Move Apparatus) 1 78 08-00-4103 Door Open Alarm 1 78 08-01-2030 Back Up Alarm, Preco-Matic 1059 1 79 08-01-2050 |-- Back Up Alarm, Over-Ride Swtch , Auto Reset, Vista Screen 1 79 08-06-0150 Officer Side Camera; Rear Camera; Driver & Officer Vista 1 79 08-06-0305 |-- Sound For Backup Camera With Vista Display 1 79 08-08-KM12 S Battery Chrgr, KUSS, Autocharge 5000 091-217-16 1 79 08-08-0099 |-- Manual Shoreline 1 79 08-08-20MY |-- Shoreline, AC Connector, Manual, 20A, Yellow 1 79 08-08-06SR < |-- Shoreline Location Driver's Mid Front Step RWD 1 80 221 DS 08-08-41CS S < |-- Indicator Location Driver's Mid Step RWD 1 80 219 DS Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 1 One (1) == Rosenbauer Commander 4000 - 1015.120 01/03/13 == One (1) Certification - NFPA 03-00-0101 NFPA 2009 STANDARDS This unit shall comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2009. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided which states the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, which is qualified to witness and certify test results. One (1) Cab Paint Warranty Ten Years 08-09-0103 PAINT WARRANTY TEN YEAR The PPG paint performance guarantee will cover the areas of the vehicle finished with the specified product for a period of TEN (10) years beginning the day the vehicle is delivered to the purchaser. The full apparatus chassis, manufactured and painted by Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, shall be covered for the following paint failures as outlined on the guarantee certificate:  Peeling or delaminating of the topcoat and/or other layers of paint.  Cracking or checking.  Loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking, or hazing.  Any paint failure caused by defective PPG Fleet Finishes, which are covered by this guarantee. All guarantee exclusions, limitations, and methods of claims are covered in the full certificate provided to the original purchaser. Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. One (1) Cab Structural Warranty Ten Years 08-09-0104 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 2 CAB STRUCTURE WARRANTY The cab structure shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years with the complete detail of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request. One (1) Transmission Warranty Allison Five Years 08-09-0105 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The Allison EVS transmission shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years with the complete detail of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request. One (1) Engine Warranty Cummins Five Years 08-09-0106 ENGINE WARRANTY The Cummins engine shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years or 100,000 miles, which ever comes first, with the complete detail of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request. One (1) Frame Warranty Lifetime 08-09-0107 FRAME WARRANTY The frame and cross members shall carry a lifetime warranty with the complete detail of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request. One (1) Front & Rear Axle Warranty Meritor 2012 08-09-0108 FRONT AND REAR AXLE WARRANTY The front and rear axles shall be warranted by Meritor for two (2) years with unlimited miles under the general service application. One (1) Warranty - Cab and Chassis Two Year 08-09-0111 CAB AND CHASSIS WARRANTY The cab and chassis shall carry a twenty-four (24) month warranty providing limited parts and labor from the date the complete apparatus is delivered to the end user. The complete detail of the warranty shall be outlined in a document provided upon request. One (1) Cab Test Information Static Load Seat Test 08-09-0301 STATIC LOAD SEAT TEST INFORMATION This model of seat shall have successfully completed the static load tests set forth by FMVSS 207/210. This testing shall include a simultaneous forward load of 3000 pounds each on the lap and shoulder belts and twenty (20) times the weight through the center of gravity. This model of Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 3 seat installed in the cab model, as specified, shall have successfully completed the dynamic sled testing using FMVSS 208 as a guide with the following accommodations. In order to reflect the larger size outfitted firefighters, the test dummy used shall be a 95th percentile hybrid III male weighing 225 pounds rather than the 50th percentile male dummy weighing 165 pounds as referenced in FMVSS 208. The materials used in construction of the seat shall also have successfully completed testing with regard to the flammability of materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles as outlined in FMVSS 302, of which dictates the allowable burning rate of materials in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles. One (1) Cab Test Information Crash Test ECE-29 08-09-0302 CAB TEST INFORMATION The cab as built shall have successfully completed the pre-load side impact, static roof load application and frontal impact without encroachment to the occupant survival space when tested in accordance with Section 4 of SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks, Section 5 of SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation Quasi –Static Loading Heavy Trucks and ECE R29 Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with regard to the Protection of the Occupants of the Cab of a Commercial Vehicles Annex 3 Paragraph 5. The above tests shall have been witnessed by and attested to by an independent third party. The test results shall have been recorded using cameras, high speed imagers, accelerometers and strain gauges. Documentation of the testing shall be provided upon request. One (1) Cab Test Information SAE J2420; J2422 08-09-0303 CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The manufacturer shall provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal including SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading for Heavy Trucks and SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Load for Heavy Trucks. One (1) Cab Test Information Roof Crush, Side & Frontal Impact 08-09-0304 CAB TEST INFORMATION Roof Crush The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush test of 120,000 pounds exceeding the requirements of ECE 29 criteria. The 120,000 requirement is important to ensure to most structurally sound and safe cab in the event of a crash or roll over. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 4 Side Impact The cab shall be subjected to dynamic moving barrier slammed into the side of the cab at 7.5 mph, striking with an impact of 15,157 foot pounds of energy. This test will closely represent the forces a cab would incur in a rollover incident. Frontal Impact The cab shall withstand a frontal force produced from a moving barrier slammed into the front of the cab traveling at 10.5 mph, striking with an impact of 42,587 foot pounds of energy. The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. One (1) Operation & Parts List Manuals (2) Sets, CD 08-09-0501 OPERATION AND PARTS LIST MANUALS Each cab and chassis shall include two (2) electronic copies of the operation manuals and parts listings. The manuals shall include information specific to the components included on the apparatus. One (1) Engine & Transmission Operation Manuals (1) Set 08-09-0503 ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION MANUALS One (1) paper copy of the specific engine and transmission manuals shall accompany each cab and chassis. One (1) As Built Wiring w/Plumbing Diagram (1) Set 08-09-0530 AS BUILT WIRING DIAGRAMS Each cab and chassis shall include one (1) digital copy of the wiring schematics and component wiring. The wiring schematics shall be developed on a software program such as VeSys Design or equal that provides continuity in files and diagram. The software shall allow you to trace through the design schematics to identify cross referenced items such as in-line connectors and wires. The software shall be interactive which allows you to view one electrical assembly drawing, click on a wire routing and the program will take you to the related circuit assembly or termination point. The software shall also provide a searchable function allowing you to view multiple diagrams using readily available pdf viewers. The digital copy of the wiring schematics shall be compatible with hand held devices such as I-Pads. One (1) DOT KIT 08-80-0200 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 5 ROAD SAFETY KIT One (1) 2-1/2# ABC DOT Approved fire extinguisher shall be provided. The fire extinguisher shall be shipped loose with the chassis. One (1) set of DOT approved hazard triangles shall be supplied with the chassis. They shall be stored in a plastic case and shipped loose with the chassis. One (1) first aid kit One (1) CAB 03-00-0500 One (1) 70" Cab Length 11" Roof 03-00-0761 CAB CUSTOM STYLE The cab shall be a custom, cab over engine style, with the driver and officer positions ahead of the engine and front axle. The cab shall be specifically designed and manufactured for the fire service industry. The cab shall be designed and assembled by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. No Exceptions. The cab shall be of a totally enclosed full tilt design, with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab shall be capable of tilting 45-degrees, allowing the chassis engine to be removed, if required, without tilting the cab beyond 45-degrees. No Exceptions. The cab shall include a four (4)-point rubber isolated cab pivot and mounting system. The rear histic mounts shall be isolated from the chassis frame to reduce the transfer of road vibrations and frame torque into the cab, while providing superior handling characteristics. No solid mounted rear lock downs shall be acceptable. No Exceptions. The front cab pivot assemblies shall be 1/2" A36 steel plate with a .31" thick 2-1/2" diameter tube cross member mechanically attached to the cab and frame. There shall be two (2) greaseable rubber isolated engineered bushings to reduce the transfer of road vibrations into the cab. The cab shall be locked down by a two (2)-point automatic spring-loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. The cab super-structure shall be designed with high strength 6061-T6 aluminum extrusions and 3/16" 5052-H32 aluminum plate. This shall include the “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” extruded pillars, Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 6 triple wall front end reinforced by 3/16" thick x 2"x3" extrusion tubes, 3/16" side walls, roof and 3/16" rear wall. This shall offer superior occupant protection in the event of vehicle impact. The extrusions shall provide adequate space for routing of wiring and hoses which will provide service accessibility. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed. No Exceptions. The "A" pillar shall be of a closed section, one-piece extrusion extending from the cab header to the bottom of the cab. This design shall ensure strength and superior resistance to buckling in the event of a frontal impact. The cabs front corners shall be constructed of 5052-H32 stamped aluminum to provide a consistent material composition. The stamping process alleviates the high tendency of fractures through the fusing of dissimilar metal composition as appears with a casting process. Cast cab components, including cab corners, "A" pillars and front fascia components shall not be acceptable due to the high tendency of fractures. No Exceptions. Additional cab strength shall be obtained through closed section, dual extrusions in the construction of the "D" pillars. The front facade shall be constructed with dual wall .19” thick 5052-H32 aluminum plates which make up the front bulkhead, reinforced by .19” thick 6061-T6 aluminum extrusion (box-sections), though-out the inner and outer perimeter of the front end / facade. The reinforcing third wall / barrier is .13” thick 5052-H32 work hardened aluminum facade panels. All panels shall be welded, no adhesive. The cab side wall of the cab shall be 3/16” thick 5052-H32 aluminum plate. The cab side plate shall wrap the corner of the cab b pillar and slam post. The cab rear wall plates shall be reinforced with a minimum of two (2) 3/16 x 3” aluminum sections; the cab side reinforcements shall be a minimum of 28” apart and span from the cab B pillar and cab C pillar. The rear wall of the cab shall be 3/16” thick 5052-H32 aluminum plate. The rear cab plate shall wrap the corner of the cab and attach to the cab D pillar and slam post. The cab rear wall plates shall be reinforced with four horizontal and dual vertical support sections; the dual vertical support structure shall consist of 1/8” thick x 2” 6061-T6 aluminum tubes and the horizontal hat sections shall consist of 1/8” thick x 4” 5052-H32 aluminum. The dual vertical support sections shall be 40” a-part, and the cab shall contain a minimum of four (4) 4” hat section horizontal supports. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 7 Additionally, the rear edge of the floor shall include a 3/16” 6061-T6 aluminum tube extrusion (under the floor) and a 7” 5052-H32 aluminum cab floor support section (above the floor) The outside cab width shall measure 99” across. The interior cab shall have a width of 93". The cab length shall measure 77.3” from the center of the front axle to the front cab skin and 70” from center of the front axle to the back of the cab, for a total cab length of 147.3”. The cab shall also feature ample driver and officer foot room, a total of 3.7 square feet for the driver and 4.45 square feet of floor space at the officer’s feet. (No exceptions) The crew floor shall feature a complete flat floor design, including provisions for a one o'clock PTO inclusion, while still offering an uninterrupted 25 total square feet of space. The distance from the back of the tunnel to the interior wall shall be 56" measured at floor level and 62" at top of engine tunnel. The leading edge of the cab floor from the steps shall meet NFPA 13-7.3 slip resistance requirements, by using bi-directional, knurled trim piece on both the front and rear cab doors. No Exceptions. The cab shall incorporate a two-step design at each door, with a first step height of approximately 22” from the ground. The leading edge of the first step shall be 5" further outboard than the second step to provide a staircase design for safer egress. The front cab first step shall measure a minimum of 32" wide x 9-1/2" deep. The front cab intermediate step shall measure a minimum 33" wide x 8-1/2" deep. The crew cab first step shall measure a minimum of 26-1/2" wide x 9-1/2" deep. The crew cab intermediate step shall measure a minimum 28" wide x 9-1/2" deep. The cab shall meet or exceed cab impact test (SAE J-2420, cab rollover test (SAE J2422), and cab seating requirements (FMVSS 210, and FMVSS 208). The cab shall include 4 doors. They shall have a front two (2) cab doors shall have a minimum clear opening of 42.5" wide by 81” high measured from the top of the lower cab step to the top of the door opening.; and the rear two (2) crew doors shall be a minimum clear door opening of 38.5" wide by 91.5” high measured from the top of the lower cab step to the top of the door opening. The length of the door will vary depending on door type. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 8 ROOF STYLE - 11" RAISED The cab roof design shall incorporate an angled front roof, transitioning into a rolled extrusion for a swept back design. The roof height shall feature an 11" raise starting over the driver and officer positions and continuing back to the roof and rear wall joint. Raised roof designs that do not include a raised portion over the driver and officer positions will not be acceptable. No Exceptions. The roof of the cab shall feature dual .25" thick interlocked structural member extrusions running the entire width of the cab defending against buckling in the event of a rollover. The cab header shall feature dual 6061-T6 aluminum extrusions which shall offer superior rigidity and strength. The raised roof shall offer a crew head height area of 66-1/2” from the floor to the ceiling in the crew areas for optimum headroom. The crew roof super structure shall include a reinforcement hat-section structure 1/8” thick 5052-H32 aluminum bracing. The for-aft support braces will be 24” on center apart, the side to side support braces will stretch from cab side to cab side and centered between the dual 3/16” extruded and plate reinforced roll-cage section. The forward cab roof section shall include a combination of 1/8” 6061-T6 extruded tube reinforcements and a hat-section structure 1/8” thick 5052-H32 aluminum bracing. The bracing shall wrap the entire perimeter of the cab forward roof, and the condenser support structure. The condenser support structure shall include 1/8” triple sections, supporting the outer perimeter and center of the condenser mounting pad. Additionally, the entire roof super structure is reinforced by a .25” thick roof edge corner extrusion around the entire cab perimeter. A drip rail shall be provided along the top radius of each cab side. The drip rails shall help prevent water from the cab roof running down the cab side. One (1) Driver Exterior Rear Compartment 36"H x 9.5"W Hinge Door 03-05-0420 DRIVER SIDE REAR CAB COMPARTMENT Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 9 The driver side of the cab shall feature a compartment which shall be located at the rear of the cab behind the driver's side crew door. The compartment shall measure 9.5"wide x 36" tall x 23" deep and shall feature:  A hinged box pan style exterior compartment door  A hidden, piano style stainless steel door hinge which shall be mounted inside the panel of the door prohibiting dirt and debris from becoming trapped in the hinge  A clear door opening of 8" wide x34" tall  The compartment floor shall be a sweep out design. No Exceptions. One (1) Driver & Officer Compt Non-Transverse 03-05-0500 REAR COMPARTMENTS The driver and officer rear compartments shall share a wall centered through the width of the cab, creating two (2) separate compartments. One (1) Driver Exterior Rear Compartment - Chrome Handle 03-05-0551 DRIVER EXTERIOR REAR COMPARTMENT HANDLE The Driver’s exterior rear compartment shall have a Chrome plated die cast steel handle. One (1) Driver Rear Cab Compartment Manual Door Locks 03-05-0430 REAR CAB COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKS The driver side rear cab compartment shall include a manual door lock. The door lock shall be an integral part of the compartment handle. The door may be unlocked from the exterior with a key. One (1) Driver Rear Compartment Interior Finish Gray 05-01-5105 DRIVER REAR COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH The interior of the driver side rear compartment shall be finished in a gray coating. One (1) Driver Rear Compt Lighting LED Strip 18" 08-00-2012 DRIVER REAR CAB COMPARTMENT LIGHTING The driver's side rear compartment shall include one (1) 18"strip of LED lighting and shall be located in the inside front corner of the compartment near the door. One (1) Officer Exterior Rear Compartment 36"H x 9.5"W Hinge Door 03-05-0450 OFFICER SIDE REAR CAB COMPARTMENT Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 10 The officer side of the cab shall feature a compartment which shall be located at the rear of the cab behind the officer's side crew door. The compartment shall measure 9.5"wide x 36" tall x 23" deep and shall feature:  A hinged box pan style exterior compartment door  A hidden, piano style stainless steel door hinge which shall be mounted inside the panel of the door prohibiting dirt and debris from becoming trapped in the hinge  A clear door opening of 8" wide x 34" tall  The compartment shall be of a sweep out design. No Exceptions. One (1) Driver & Officer Compt Non-Transverse 03-05-0500 REAR COMPARTMENTS The driver and officer rear compartments shall share a wall centered through the width of the cab, creating two (2) separate compartments. One (1) Officer Exterior Rear Compartment - Chrome Handle 03-05-0561 OFFICER EXTERIOR REAR COMPARTMENT HANDLE The Officer’s exterior rear compartment shall have a Chrome plated die cast steel handle. One (1) Officer Rear Cab Compartment Manual Door Locks 03-05-0460 REAR CAB COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKS The officer side rear cab compartment shall include a manual door lock. The door lock shall be an integral part of the compartment handle. The door may be unlocked from the exterior with a key. One (1) Officer Rear Compartment Interior Finish Gray 05-01-5125 OFFICER REAR COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH The interior of the officer side rear compartment shall be finished in a gray coating. One (1) Officer Rear Compt Lighting LED Strip 18" 08-00-2112 OFFICER REAR CAB COMPARTMENT LIGHTING The officer's side rear compartment shall include one (1) 18"strip of LED lighting and shall be located in the inside front corner of the compartment near the door. One (1) Cab Entry Doors 03-06-1015 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 11 CAB DOORS The cab shall include a total of four (4) doors, two (2) forward and two (2) rear crew doors. The forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 45" wide, and have a cab structure opening of 42.5" wide; and the rear crew doors shall be a minimum of 41" wide, and a cab structure opening of 38.5" wide to provide enhanced entry and egress of the cab. The two (2) forward doors shall offer a clear opening measurement of 51.5" wide and the two (2) rear crew doors shall have a clear opening measurement of 45.75" wide, measured from cab door seal to open door seal. No Exceptions. Each cab door shall feature:  Superior strength and rigidity from 3/16" closed section extruded door frames  Insulation and damping inside each door for a solid feel and minimized reverberation when closed  A minimum of 1" rolled rubber bulb seal style gasket and an "L" foam seal around the door ensuring a weather tight fit  Integrated, mechanical door stop  A full length, hidden piano style 10 gauge stainless steel door hinge with a 1/4" pin, which shall be mounted inside the panel of the door prohibiting dirt and debris from becoming trapped in the hinge  An integrated one-piece inner door assembly that includes a glass track, mounting provisions for window regulator, door handle and door panel shall be utilized. The inner door assembly shall be easily removed with nut inserts. Self-tapping screws shall not be acceptable. One (1) Steps w/Grip Strut Lwr, Treadplate Middle 03-06-0015 CAB STEPS The cab steps shall meet NFPA 13-7.3 in size and slip resistance requirements. The cab shall incorporate a two-step design at each door, with a first step height of approximately 22” from the ground. The leading edge of the first step shall be 5" further outboard than the second step to provide a staircase design for safer egress. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 12 The front cab first step shall measure a minimum of 32" wide x 9-1/2" deep. The front cab intermediate step shall measure a minimum 33" wide x 8-1/2" deep. The crew cab first step shall measure a minimum of 26-1/2" wide x 9-1/2" deep. The crew cab intermediate step shall measure a minimum 28" wide x 9-1/2" deep. The top crew step shall incorporate an angle approximately midway from the rear wall to the crew door hinge extending out the flooring under the rear facing outer seat positions, offering foot placement for safety while seated in this position. CAB STEP TRIM The lower cab steps at all doors shall be finished with a grip strut material. The intermediate cab steps shall be finished with an embossed aluminum tread plate. One (1) Full Length Cab Entry Doors 03-06-1025 FULL HEIGHT DOORS All doors shall be full height from the roof of the cab extending down to cover and protect the entrance step areas. One (1) No Lower Door Kick Panel (No Overlay) 03-06-1500 DOOR FILL PANEL The door fill panel shall have the same finish as the door. One (1) Cab Door Hardware Chrome (4) 03-06-1100 DOOR HANDLES The exterior door handles shall be constructed of die-cast steel and chrome plated for a pleasing appearance. They shall feature a vertically oriented heavy duty pull style handles which are extended out and suitable for easy grasping with a gloved hand. The interior door handle shall be a chrome plated paddle style latch. The paddle shall be hinged towards the front of the cab and shall include a manual door lock unless otherwise specified. Each door latch shall feature a military grade aligning dove tail guide striker assembly for precision door closure which prevents sagging throughout the life of the vehicle. No exceptions. One (1) Cab Door Locks Manual 03-06-1120 CAB DOOR LOCKS Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 13 All cab doors shall include manual door locks with keys. The door lock shall include a toggle and shall be an integral part of the interior door handle which is red in color. The exterior door lock is integral with the door latch. The cab doors may be unlocked from the exterior with a key or through a thumb turn from inside the cab. One (1) Interior 1-Piece Door Panel Type Aluminum 03-06-1135 INTERIOR CAB DOORS All cab doors shall consist of a one-piece formed and stamped aluminum interior panel. The panel shall include a formed collar around the interior door latch. ABS material shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions. One (1) Door Panel Finish ARMA Gray 03-06-1205 INTERIOR CAB DOOR FINISH All cab doors shall be finished with ARMA coating for durability. The finish shall be gray in color. One (1) Interior Handle Front Door Grab Handles 04-05-0105 INTERIOR FRONT DOOR PULL The interior driver and officer cab doors shall include one (1) customized cast aluminum single piece door grab pulls designed specifically for the fire service. The single piece door pull shall have a curved designed in a “L” formation to provide multiple points for grasping with a gloved hand. The horizontal dimension shall be a minimum of 28" and the vertical dimension shall be a minimum of 20". The door pulls shall have an ergonomic curve making them easier to grasp when entering and exiting the cab. No Exceptions. The door pull shall feature secure mounting in three separate locations of the pull utilizing stainless steel fasteners with nut inserts in each location. Self-taping screws or other mounting techniques shall not be allowed for interior door pulls or grab handles. Each handle shall be constructed of A356 aluminum casting and shall feature a black powder coated finish. One (1) Interior Grab Handle Rear Door Chicago Style 34" Black Powder Coat 04-05-0150 INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE REAR DOOR A black powder coated cast aluminum grab handle shall be provided on the inside of each rear crew door. The handle shall extend horizontally the width of the window just above the windowsill. The handle shall assist with entry and egress from the crew area of the vehicle. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 14 The interior driver and officer rear cab crew doors shall include one (1) customized cast aluminum single piece door grab pulls designed specifically for the fire service. The door pulls shall have an ergonomic curve making them easier to grasp when entering and exiting the cab. No Exceptions. The door pull shall feature secure mounting with stainless steel fasteners with nut inserts in each location. Self-taping screws or other mounting techniques shall not be allowed for interior door pulls or grab handles. Each handle shall be constructed of A356 aluminum casting and shall feature a black powder coated finish. One (1) Windshield One Piece 03-08-0101 WINDSHIELD A one (1)-piece, safety glass full width windshield with more than 3,228 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. No Exceptions. The windshield shall feature:  A completely uninterrupted view from both the driver and officer positions  The windshield will consist of three (3) layers; the outer layer, the middle safety laminate, and the inner layer. The .114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage.  Economical replacement readily available from auto glass supplier  Easily removable for replacement using standard automotive techniques  A frit band will be provided along with an outer trim seal on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. One (1) Windshield Wiper System Single Motor (2) Wipers 03-08-0102 WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM A single windshield wiper system shall be incorporated in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements. Two (2) 22" windshield wiper arms shall be mounted below the windshield. Each arm shall include a 26" long wiper to provide optimum windshield clearing. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 15 The windshield wiper fluid reservoir can be filled without raising the cab. One (1) Windshield Wiper Activation Switch on Driver Panel 08-02-0135 WINDSHIELD WIPER ACTIVATION The windshield wipers shall be activated through a switch on the driver's panel. One (1) Window 50% Tint Driver w/Manual Regulator 03-08-0150 DRIVER WINDOW The driver's door shall include a window which measures 24" wide x 23" high with a minimum clear viewing area of 552 square inches. The glass shall include a dark tint and through the use of a manual crank style handle shall roll completely into the door housing. There shall be a fixed angled window in the forward portion of the door. It shall measure 6" wide at the bottom 1.5" wide at the top, and it shall be 24" tall; with a clear viewing area of 90 square inches. Both windows shall be trimmed in a black anodized aluminum ring and rubber seal to keep water from entering the cab when closed. One (1) Window 50% Tint Officer w/Manual Regulator 03-08-0152 OFFICER WINDOW The officer's door shall include a window which measures 24" wide x 23" high with a minimum clear viewing area of 552 square inches. The glass shall include a dark tint and through the use of a manual crank style handle shall roll completely into the door housing. There shall be a fixed angled window in the forward portion of the door. It shall measure 6" wide at the bottom 1.5" wide at the top, and it shall be 24" tall; with a clear viewing area of 90 square inches. Both windows shall be trimmed in a black anodized aluminum ring and rubber seal to keep water from entering the cab when closed. One (1) Window 50% Tint Driver Crew Door w/Manual Regulator 03-08-0220 REAR DRIVER SIDE WINDOW The rear driver's side door shall include a window which is 26.75" wide x 21.75" high with a minimum clear viewable area of 581 square inches. The glass shall include a dark tint and through the use of a crank style handle shall roll completely into the door housing. One (1) Window 50% Tint Officer Crew Door Manual Regulator 03-08-0250 REAR OFFICER SIDE WINDOW Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 16 The rear officer's side crew door shall include a window measuring 26.75" wide x 21.75" high with a minimum clear viewable area of 581 square inches. The glass shall include a dark tint and through the use of a crank style handle shall roll completely into the door housing. One (1) Window 50% Tint Side Rear Driver Fixed 8"W x 24"H 03-08-0470 DRIVER REAR CAB WINDOW The cab shall include a fixed driver's side window which shall be located at the rear of the cab behind the rear doors. The glass shall include a dark tint and shall be trimmed in a black anodized rubber ring for a tight seal when closed. One (1) Window 50% Tint Side Rear Officer Fixed 8"W x 24"H 03-08-0520 OFFICER REAR CAB WINDOW The cab shall include a fixed officer's side window which shall be located at the rear of the cab behind the rear doors. The glass shall include a dark gray tint and shall be trimmed in a black anodized rubber ring for a tight seal when closed. One (1) CAB INTERIOR AND TRIM 04-00-0000 One (1) Cab Insulation Interior Ceiling 03-09-8010 CAB INSULATION The cab shall be completely insulated from road and vehicle resonance, exterior sound and thermal intrusion. The cab insulation system shall be comprised of three separate components each designed to assure optimal thermal and acoustic properties are achieved. Two layers of insulation material shall be utilized in conjunction with a .2” air barrier. The cab shall utilize at a minimum 10 mils of flexible extensional visco elastic vibration damping insulation offering excellent acoustic reduction properties. A minimum of .8” of SCbond Polyurethane Foam insulation shall be applied as an additional insulation between the cab skin and all interior ceiling surfaces. The insulation shall have a density of 10 lb/ft3 +/-.5 providing better thermal properties and acoustic reduction properties. The interior cab insulation system shall ensure that no seated position within the cab exceeds Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 17 72dB as certified by the manufacture. This decibel rating shall be measured with the apparatus traveling 45 mph with climate control settings off. All insulation used in the construction of the cab shall be marine grade featuring longevity and resistance to degradation. Use of open cell material as the primary insulation will not be acceptable. No exceptions. One (1) Cab Insulation Engine Tunnel 03-09-8015 ENGINE TUNNEL INSULATION The engine tunnel shall include an insulated barrier from noise on the underside of each tunnel surface. This barrier shall be engineered for surrounding engines. The insulation barrier shall provide an acceptable decibel level within the cab meeting or exceeding the recommendations of NFPA 1901. The thickness of the engine tunnel insulation shall be 1" thick. The insulating material shall be open cell polyether based foam with a textured surface, specifically designed for acoustic absorption. Use of aluminized faced material on the engine tunnel shall not be acceptable. No exceptions. The engine tunnel insulation shall be precisely cut and sealed to fit each segment on the underside of the tunnel surface. The insulation shall then be affixed by a pressure sensitive adhesive. The insulation shall meet or exceed FMVSS 302 flammability testing. One (1) Cab Insulation Underbody 03-09-8017 CAB UNDERBODY INSULATION The underside of the cab shall include at a minimum of 1" of a uni-seal Cab-Foam insulation offering reducing vibration noise and thermal effect to the interior of the cab. One (1) Cab Insulation Cab Damping 03-09-8020 DAMPING INSULATION The entire cab, including the ceiling and walls shall include additional insulation reducing structure borne noise from vibration, impact and resonance within the cab. One (1) Interior Trim Color Gray, 70" -11" Roof Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 18 04-01-1100 INTERIOR TRIM MATERIAL The interior trim shall feature a 31 oz. marine grade vinyl which features a tensile strength of ASTM D751 of excellent, tear strength meeting the Federal standard 191-5134 of excellent and shall be oil resistant passing the CID-A-A-2950A requirement for no permeation. Due to the excellent qualities of the marine grade vinyl material, no other type of interior trim shall be acceptable. No Exceptions. The soft trim vinyl shall feature mildew resistance passing ASTM G21-90 and shall be rated to -25 degrees Fahrenheit. The vinyl shall be flame retardant meeting California Fire Code 117, UFAC Class 1, and BIFMA Class 1 and shall have a high resistance to abrasion. The interior of the cab including the ceiling panels shall feature this soft trim and shall be gray in color. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab shall be completely insulated from road and vehicle resonance, exterior sound and thermal intrusion. The cab insulation system shall be comprised of three separate components each designed to assure optimal thermal and acoustic properties are achieved. Two layers of insulation material shall be utilized in conjunction with a .2” air barrier. The cab shall utilize at a minimum 10 mils of flexible extensional visco elastic vibration damping insulation offering excellent acoustic reduction properties. A minimum of .8” of SCbond Polyurethane Foam insulation shall be applied as an additional insulation between the cab skin and all interior ceiling and wall surfaces. The insulation shall have a density of 10 lb/ft3 +/-.5 providing better thermal properties and acoustic reduction properties. The interior cab insulation system shall ensure that no seated position within the cab exceeds 72dB as certified by the manufacture. This decibel rating shall be measured with the apparatus traveling 45 mph with climate control settings off. All insulation used in the construction of the cab shall be marine grade featuring longevity and Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 19 resistance to degradation. Use of open cell material as the primary insulation will not be acceptable. No exceptions. The interior of the cab including the rear wall and ceiling panels shall be insulated. One (1) Interior Trim Color Gray Rear Wall 11" Roof 04-01-1120 REAR WALL INTERIOR MATERIAL The rear wall of the cab shall be covered in gray 31 oz. marine grade vinyl for a more pleasing appearance. One (1) Interior Floor Covering Color Black, 70" 04-02-1125 FLOOR MAT The interior flooring of the cab shall be covered with an advanced black multi-layer acoustic dampening mat. The floor matting shall be an open/closed cell, flexible polyurethane polyamide material with frictional dampening and dissipation properties. The mat shall be a fire and skid resistant non-wicking material. One (1) Interior Trim Sun Visor Tinted 04-02-1702 SUN VISORS The driver and officer seats shall feature a sun visor mounted in the header over each seating position. The sun visors shall be gray tinted plastic. One (1) Cab Dash & Engine Tunnel, Composite Dash 04-03-1000 CAB DASH The cab dash shall offer heavy duty, durable construction using resin transfer molding (RTM) technology formed composite material. The composite material shall be .28" thick for improved resistance and military type strength. RTM is a low pressure, closed molding process which offers a dimensionally accurate and high quality surface finish composite molding, using liquid thermoset polymers reinforced with various forms of fiber reinforcements. The matrix selection of polymer and reinforcement dictates molding mechanical and surface finish performance. ABS polymer construction shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions. The cab dash shall offer a finish of a polyurethane coating for a rugged design and finish. No Exceptions. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 20 The polyurethane finish shall provide a tough, flexible, impact-absorbing, chemical & abrasion-resistant, even-textured and skid-resistant surface. The polyurethane finish shall offer durability and scratch resistance even against today's advanced firefighting turnout materials with consistent, even coverage and a uniform texture. The polyurethane coating finish shall resist fading from UV light. This construction shall allow for a clean, seamless dash area that shall reduce unnecessary joining of cab dash components. This design allows for the following features:  Optimal heating and cooling of cab occupants, HVAC louvers shall be integrated into the gauge panel with a total of six (6) louvers; three louvers pointing at the driver and three louvers pointing at the officer.  The cab dash instrument cluster shall be installed on a painted fire service grade RTM composite fiberglass panel. This panel shall provide for easy removal to increase serviceability and provide ease of maintenance.  For improved safety cab switches and controls shall be ergonomically located within easy reach of the driver when in the seated position with seatbelts fastened. This design will reduce driver distraction and increase safety by putting frequently accessed driver controls within easy reach to allow the driver more time to focus on the road.  The officer side cab dash shall have a painted fire service grade RTM composite fiberglass panel that shall house the three HVAC louvers on the officer side. This panel will also provide ergonomically located switches and controls for the officer. All controls shall be within easy reach while in the seated position with seatbelts fastened.  Access panels on the top of the dash for both the driver and officer sides easing maintenance access to controls, components and gauge assemblies  The driver side dash shall include gauges for primary air pressure, secondary air pressure, a Pacific Insight instrumentation gauge panel and the DEF gauge as standard  The driver side dash shall also include two (2) lower panels to the left and right of the steering column for FMVSS switches such as the Off/Ignition and start switches and the park brake assembly  The driver dash shall include a panel for inclusion of an optional Weldon Vista screen and seven (7) additional switches or the HVAC controls and additional switching to the right of the Driver Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 21  The officer dash shall include a recessed area for optional mounting cradles or brackets for a laptop computer, mobile data terminal, map compartment or clip board  The officer dash shall include a panel for inclusion of an optional Weldon Vista screen and or provisions for switches and gauges to the left of the Officer ENGINE TUNNEL The engine tunnel shall be constructed of aluminum offering superior durability in addition to thermal and acoustic resistance. Covering the engine tunnel shall be a layer of formed composite material for a contoured transition into the dash and offering a pleasing appearance. The tunnel shall feature a polyurethance coating which shall match the dash and header in texture and color for a consistent appearance and robust finish with a thickness of approximately .28". The engine tunnel shall feature:  A low profile design measuring approximately 46.5" wide and 23-1/2" in height from the crew floor shall offer optimum visibility of the windshield and cab interior from any seated position. No Exception.  The engine tunnel at the driver's position shall be a tapered design, featuring 24" clear width at floor level, first taper shall start 16" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 25.5" and the final taper shall start at 20.5" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 33".  The engine tunnel at the officer's position shall be a tapered design, featuring 22-1/2" clear width at floor level, first taper shall start 16" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 24" and the final taper shall start at 20.5" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 31-1/2".  The design shall offer a minimum of 26" for the driver and 24" for the officer as measured from the inside door pan to the top edge of the tunnel. The dimension measured at the "H" (hip) point, with the seat in the lowest position, shall be a minimum of 28-1/2" for the driver and 27" for the officer. No Exception.  Recessed sections for ease of mounting equipment at the rear of the tunnel or for compartments and bases which can be used for installing Fire/EMS equipment and components such as flashlights and light boxes One (1) Cab Dash & Engine Tunnel ARMA Coating Black 04-03-1022 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 22 CAB DASH & ENGINE TUNNEL The cab dash and the engine tunnel of the cab shall be coated with ARMA coating for a durable finish. The color shall be black. One (1) Officer MDT Mount 04-03-2000 MOBILE DATA TERMINAL PROVISION The officer dash shall feature a mobile data terminal base which shall support a customer provided docking station for their laptop computer or a tablet and keyboard. This provision shall include a slide out which shall offer easy access and storing to the Officer. One (1) Officer Glove Compt 04-03-2100 OFFICER GLOVE COMPARTMENT The officer side of the cab dash shall include a glove compartment with door and latch. One (1) Havis Console 04-04-1100 MODULAR CENTER DASH CONSOLE The dash and front portion of the tunnel shall include an angled modular console centered between the driver and officer positions. The console shall feature:  A heavy duty housing constructed from 14 gauge steel which is powder coated with a durable semi-gloss textured black finish to provide glare and corrosion resistance  The console top constructed of black anodized aluminum extruded rails which allow for mounting brackets, plates, and other console options  Integral nut tracks which allow mounting of equipment to the sides of the console by way of sliding 1/4"-20 hex nuts  A hinged lid constructed from 16 gauge steel also powder coated for corrosion resistance  The availability of pre wiring for specific components  A modular design for ease of changes and future additions such as changing out brands of radio, types of sirens or adding accessory space The console shall offer an available eight (8) zones configured with mounting plates for optional components as shown below: Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 23 One (1) Mic Tab(s) 04-04-1111 MICROPHONE TABS One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing mic tabs shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Black Blank Plate 04-04-1116 BLACK MOUNTING PLATE One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing blank plates shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Black Plate(s) for Communication Radio 04-04-1126 BLACK MOUNTING PLATE FOR RADIO One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing radio mounting shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Black Plates with (2) Power Points 04-04-1131 BLACK MOUNTING PLATE FOR POWER POINTS One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing two (2) 12 volt power points shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Map Light 04-04-1141 CONSOLE MOUNTED MAP LIGHTS One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing a map light shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: Two (2) Cup Holder, Dual 04-04-1161 CONSOLE MOUNTED CUP HOLDER Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 24 Two (2) black mounting plate(s) containing two cup holders shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Black Plate for Siren 04-04-1176 CONSOLE MOUNTED SIREN One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing mounting for a siren shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Black Plate for Arrowstick 04-04-1181 CONSOLE MOUNTED TRAFFICE LIGHTBAR CONTROLLER One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing a plate to mount the traffic advisor lightbar controller shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console. The location(s) shall be as follows: One (1) Instrumentation Panel Inlay Silver 08-01-0143 INSTRUMENTATION PANEL The instrumentation panel inlay shall be painted a custom color, as instructed by the fire department. One (1) Cab Coating Interior Gray 05-01-1055 INTERIOR CAB FINISH The interior cab shall be finished in a high performance polyurethane coating coating including the interior A, B, C and D pillars, all occupant seat frames and any surrounding surfaces extending to the ball seal around each door. This type of coating shall feature:  Durability, scratch, chemical and abrasion resistance  Consistent, even coverage and a uniform texture  Resistance from fading from exposure to UV light  Gray in color One (1) Cab Header / Heating and AC 03-08-4000 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 25 One (1) Heating w/ Air Conditioning, Overhead, VMUX 05-02-0010 CAB HEADER The cab header shall offer heavy duty, durable construction using resin transfer molding (RTM) technology formed composite material. The composite material shall be .28" thick for improved resistance and military type strength. RTM is a low pressure, closed molding process which offers a dimensionally accurate and high quality surface finish composite molding, using liquid thermoset polymers reinforced with various forms of fiber reinforcements. The matrix selection of polymer and reinforcement dictates molding mechanical and surface finish performance. ABS polymer construction shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions. The cab header shall offer a finish of a polyurethane coating for a rugged design and finish. No Exceptions. The polyurethane finish shall provide a tough, flexible, impact-absorbing, chemical & abrasion-resistant, even-textured and skid-resistant surface. The polyurethane finish shall offer durability and scratch resistance even against today's advanced firefighting turnout materials with consistent, even coverage and a uniform texture. The polyurethane coating finish shall resist fading from UV light. The cab header shall also be purpose built for integration of Fire/EMS components and ease of maintenance with panels above both the driver and officer positions measuring 8" wide x 15"long for mounting radios, aerial controls and switches. MVAC HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMS The interior cab climate control shall be comprised of a triple system that shall include a defroster, a cab and crew heater and air conditioner for a complete MVAC system. The air conditioning system shall be comprised of compressor, condenser, and a minimum of three (3) evaporators to provide consistent temperature control throughout the entire cab. The system shall be rated as an Emergency Vehicle grade for the use in Fire and Rescue style vehicles and shall provide environmental air treatment in accordance with published SAE standards. The MVAC system shall be tested and certified by the component manufacturer and a third party independent certified testing laboratory, including all three systems. Documentation of test results shall be provided with the bid. No Exceptions. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 26 The MVAC system shall be a total and complete system, and shall provide sufficient defrosting, heating and cooling to the entire cab. The MVAC system shall meet or exceed all specified items without the use of auxiliary heating and cooling systems. DEFROSTING SYSTEM The defrosting system shall feature:  To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 30,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 780 CFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab.  The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the instrument panel. For easy access, a removable cover will be installed over the defroster unit.  Mounting under the dash with fresh air intake providing excellent defrost and demist capabilities. Systems not utilizing fresh intake shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions.  Six (6) vents shall be located in the top forward portion of the dash for superior defrosting properties across the entire windshield.  The system shall be capable of clearing 90 percent or more of the windshield in fifteen (15) minutes or less after a three (3) hour cold soak at 0 degrees Fahrenheit (-17.78 degrees Celsius).  The system shall exceed Flash Flogging standards that are set forth in the SAE Heavy Duty Cab with Sleeper specifications. Documentation from a third party testing facility shall be available upon request. No Exception.  The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. HEATING SYSTEM The heating system shall feature:  Delivery of a minimum of 82,000 BTU/hour of heat to the entire cab. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 27  Heat and air circulation shall be provided to the driver and officer foot area of the cab as standard through ducting in the foot well area of both positions. No Exception.  Substantial air movement and heating provided to the driver and officer's position, with six (6) adjustable louvers, located in the dash, three (3) adjustable louvers directed at the driver and three (3) adjustable louvers directed at the officer  Dual overhead units, with five (5) adjustable louvers shall be mounted above the rear facing seat positions on the driver and officer side of the cab  A minimum of 880 CFM of air flow measured at the front seated positions and 1580 CFM of air flow per side in the rear seated positions for a combined total of 4040 CFM of air flow in the cab. No Exceptions.  The heater shall be plumbed with a shut off valve at the engine, so that the coolant bypasses the heaters.  The heater hoses used will be silicone high heat heater hose. AIR CONDITIONING The air conditioning system shall feature:  A minimum of 96,000 BTU/hour of cooling capacity to the entire cab.  One (1) evaporator shall be located under the center dash and Two (2) crew overhead evaporators located near the B-pillar on each side of the cab allowing for greater frontal visibility for the forward facing crew seating and allowing for more interior mounting of accessories.  A gravity condensation drain system shall be utilized. These drains shall remove all condensation from the evaporator units and direct it to the exterior of the chassis cab for optimal performance. Systems utilizing pumps to remove condensation, or gravity systems with poles or other obstructions located within the cab to route drains through shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions.  Substantial air movement for optimum cooling shall be provided to the driver and officer positions, with six (6) adjustable louvers, located in the dash, three (3) adjustable louvers shall be directed at the driver and three (3) adjustable louvers shall be directed at the officer  The air condition system shall be capable of cooling the cab from 110 degrees Fahrenheit (43.33 degrees Celsius) to 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.11 degrees Celsius) at 80% humidity in less than Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 28 30 minutes with an engine RPM of 1200; after a three (3) hour heat soak. A certification document from the testing facility shall be available upon request. No Exception. Proposals offering ceiling mounted evaporator units in the center of the cab above or on the engine tunnel shall not be accepted as this is a safety consideration due to the lack of visibility and communication within the cab. One (1) Cab Paint A/C Condenser on Roof 05-01-6010 CAB PAINT AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER The air conditioning condenser shall be painted to match the roof color. One (1) A/C Condenser Location Roof Mount Mid Center 05-02-0200 CONDENSOR The cab air conditioning system shall include one (1) low profile HE-condenser which shall be centered forward on the roof of the cab. One (1) Auxiliary Defroster Fans 05-02-0300 AUXILIARY DEFROSTER FANS Two (2) each 6" diameter defrost fans integrated into the driver and officer header angled towards the windshield and individually switched for improved air circulation. One (1) A/C Air Compressor for Lithium Greenstar 05-02-0500 AIR COMPRESSOR FOR GREENSTAR The auxiliary air conditioning system shall include an additional 16V D/C powered air conditioning compressor rated at 15,000 BTU. The auxiliary air conditioning compressor shall be plumbed into the existing HVAC system. The 16V D/C powered air compressor shall reduce operating cost by eliminating the need to operate the chassis engine at high idle in order to operate the air conditioning system to maintain the cab air conditioning system. The system will reduce unnecessary hours on the on the chassis engine, which will in turn will reduce overall wear, and eliminate vehicle emissions, and fuel consumption when in LPB Greenstar Mode. One (1) Auxiliary Heating System (For Greenstar) 05-02-0700 AUXILIARY HEATING SYSTEM (FOR GREENSTAR) The auxiliary heating system shall include a diesel fired Espar heater rated at 17,500 BTU. The auxiliary heater shall be plumbed into the HVAC and engine coolant system and will include an Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 29 integrated pump to circulate coolant throughout the cooling system including the engine and heat exchangers. The diesel fired Espar coolant heater shall reduce operating cost by eliminating the need to operate the chassis engine at high idle in order to maintain the cab heating system. The Espar heater will operate at approximately .1 gallons per hour. One (1) Heat & A/C Activation VISTA, Rear Crew Manual 08-02-0121 HEATING AND COOLING CONTROLS The HVAC system shall be controlled through all available vistas, and the HVAC system for the crew area shall be controlled through a manual panel located in the crew area. One (1) Rear Crew Controls Manual - Custom Location - Remote Mt 08-02-0106 REAR CREW ARE CONTROLS – FORWARD FACING DRIVER’S SIDE The controls for the crew area heat shall be mounted overhead, along the ceiling. The final location shall be determined at the preconstruction. One (1) Seat Color Gray/Red Seat Belt 03-09-0100 SEAT AND SEAT BELT COLOR This seat in the cab shall be gray in color with a red seat belt. One (1) Seat Driver Bostrom Sierra 8-Way Electric ABTS ITS RollTek 03-09-0606 DRIVER SEAT-RollTek The driver's seat shall be a H. O. Bostrom Sierra Electric 8-Way, high back ABTS bucket seat. The seat shall have contoured, high-density cushions with lumbar support. The seat cushion shall be supported with a serpentine spring suspension. The seat shall have eight-inch fore and aft adjustment, 2 inch height adjustment, front of seat tilt, rear of seat tilt, reclining seat back and occupancy sensor in the seat cushion. All seat adjustments will be electric and will be adjusted with a switch mounted under the front of the seat cushion. The seat control switch bracket will have a slotted mounting to allow up to 1” of rearward adjustment to accommodate user preference. The seat shall be equipped with a red, integrated 3-point shoulder harness and lap belt and an emergency locking retractor. The seat belt shall include a buckle latched switch. The seat belt Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 30 shall include a rotating bezel guide at the upper shoulder point and shall be routed through the seat frame and covering to protect webbing. One (1) Seat Back Non-SCBA 03-09-0121 SEAT BACK The seat back shall incorporate a standard style headrest. One (1) Seat Mounting Driver Electric 03-09-0213 SEAT MOUNTING DRIVER The driver’s electric seat shall be installed in an ergonomic position in relation to the cab dash. The power seat or seats installed in the cab shall be wired directly to battery power. One (1) Seat Material Ballistic 03-09-0900 SEAT MATERIAL The seats shall include a covering of high strength, wear resistant fabric made of durable ballistic polyester. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the back side of the material to help protect the seats from UV rays and from being saturated or contaminated by fluids. One (1) Driver Seat Box Storage Compartment 03-09-3010 DRIVER SEAT BOX STORAGE COMPARTMENT There shall be a storage area under the driver’s seat. The compartment shall be 21.25 inches wide, 22.50 inches long, and 6.25 inches high. The access opening shall be 12.00 inches wide and 4.50 inches high. One (1) Seat Box Driver & Officer Storage Access Doors (2) Driver/Officer 03-09-3236 ALUMINUM ACCESS DOOR There shall be an aluminum door cover provided for the driver and officer seat compartment. The door shall be coated to match the interior of the cab, and it shall be equipped with a piano style hinge and a manual latch. One (1) Seat Officer Bostrom Sierra 8-Way Electric ABTS ITS RollTek 03-09-0629 OFFICER SEAT-RollTek The officer's seat shall be a H. O. Bostrom Sierra Electric 8-Way, high back ABTS bucket seat. The seat shall have contoured, high-density cushions with lumbar support. The seat cushion Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 31 shall be supported with a serpentine spring suspension. The seat shall have eight-inch fore and aft adjustment, 2 inch height adjustment, front of seat tilt, rear of seat tilt, reclining seat back and Occupancy sensor in the seat cushion. All seat adjustments will be electric and will be adjusted with a switch mounted under the front of the seat cushion. The seat control switch bracket will have a slotted mounting to allow up to 1” of rearward adjustment to accommodate user preference. The seat shall be equipped with a red integrated 3-point shoulder harness and lap belt and an emergency locking retractor. The seat belt shall include a buckle latched switch. The seat belt shall include a rotating bezel guide at the upper shoulder point and shall be routed through the seat frame and covering to protect webbing. One (1) Seat Back Non-SCBA 03-09-0300 SEAT BACK The seat back shall incorporate a standard style back. One (1) Seat Material Ballistic 03-09-0900 SEAT MATERIAL The seats shall include a covering of high strength, wear resistant fabric made of durable ballistic polyester. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the back side of the material to help protect the seats from UV rays and from being saturated or contaminated by fluids. One (1) Officer Seat Box Storage Compartment 03-09-3020 OFFICER’S SEAT BOX STORAGE COMPATMENT There shall be a storage area under the officer’s seat. The compartment shall be 19.75 inches wide, 17.50 inches long, and 6.25 inches high. The access opening shall be 9.00 inches wide and 4.50 inches high. One (1) ===== NO Theater Seats - Pick to Select ===== 03-09-0810 Two (2) Seat Crew Rear Facing Outer Bostrom Tanker Fixed ABTS IBP RollTek 03-09-0652 REAR FACING OUTER SEAT-RollTek {Quantity} rearward facing outer crew seat shall be a H. O. Bostrom Tanker 450 ABTS (All Belts To Seat/Integrated Seat Belts) series high back seat with fixed base. The seat shall have contoured, high-density cushions with lumbar support and Occupancy sensor in the seat cushion. The seat cushion shall be supported with a serpentine spring suspension. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 32 The seat shall be equipped with a red integrated 3-point shoulder harness and lap belt and an emergency locking retractor. The seat belt shall include a buckle latched switch. The seat belt shall include a rotating bezel guide at the upper shoulder point and shall be routed through the seat frame and covering to protect webbing. The seat shall have integrated belt pretension (IBP) devise and Side Release Airbag (SRA). Two (2) Seat Back Crew SCBA Bostrom SecureAll 03-09-0301 SCBA SEAT The seat shall be an HO Bostrom Tanker 450 series seat. The seat shall include an SCBA storage area with one piece flip-up headrest with spring return. The seat shall include two part bolster padding with removeable insert to accommodate SCBA's with rigid waist belts. SEAT BACK A SecureAll™ SCBA locking system which shall be one bracket model and store all U.S. and International SCBA brands and sizes while in transit or for storage within the seat back. The bracket shall be easily adjustable for all SCBA brands and cylinder diameters. All adjustment points shall utilize similar hardware and adjustments shall be made with one tool.  The bracket shall be adjustable to compensate for different cylinder lengths without the use of tools. The adjustment shall be made by raising a lever and moving the top clamp vertically   A center guide fork shall keep the SCBA tank in place for a safe and comfortable fit in the seat back cavity. The SCBA unit simply needs to be pushed against the pivot arm to engage the patented auto- locking system. Once the lock is engaged, the top clamp shall surround the top of the SCBA tank for a secure fit in all directions The SecureAll™ shall include a release handle which shall be integrated into the seat cushion for quick and easy release. This shall eliminate the need for straps or pull cords to interfere with other SCBA equipment. Two (2) Seat Mounting Rear Facing Outer 03-09-0380 REAR FACING OUTER SEAT MOUNTING Each rear facing outer seat shall be mounted facing the rear of the cab. Two (2) Seat Material Ballistic 03-09-0900 SEAT MATERIAL The seats shall include a covering of high strength, wear resistant fabric made of durable ballistic polyester. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 33 A PVC coating shall be bonded to the back side of the material to help protect the seats from UV rays and from being saturated or contaminated by fluids. Two (2) Seat Crew Forward Facing Center Bostrom Tanker Fixed RollTek 03-09-0802 FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT-RollTek {Quantity} forward facing center crew seat shall be a H. O. Bostrom ABTS (All Belts To Seat/Integrated Seat Belts) series high back seat with fixed base. The seat shall have contoured, high-density cushions with lumbar support and Occupancy sensor in the seat cushion. The seat cushion shall be supported with a serpentine spring suspension. The seat shall be equipped with a red integrated 3-point shoulder harness and lap belt and an emergency locking retractor. The seat belt shall include a buckle latched switch. The seat belt shall include a rotating bezel guide at the upper shoulder point and shall be routed through the seat frame and covering to protect webbing. The seat shall have an integrated belt pretension (IBP) device. Two (2) Seat Back Non-SCBA 03-09-0300 SEAT BACK The seat back shall incorporate a standard style back. Two (2) Seat Mounting Forward Facing Center 03-09-0575 SEAT MOUNTING FORWARD FACING CENTER The forward facing center seats shall be installed facing the front of the cab. Two (2) Seat Material Ballistic 03-09-0900 SEAT MATERIAL The seats shall include a covering of high strength, wear resistant fabric made of durable ballistic polyester. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the back side of the material to help protect the seats from UV rays and from being saturated or contaminated by fluids. One (1) Seat Box (60/54) Forward Facing (FFC Seats) 03-09-3100 SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING ENCLOSED The forward facing center seats shall include an enclosed seat box which is located and installed on the rear wall. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 34 The seat box shall be constructed of no less than 5052-H32 .19" thick aluminum plate. One (1) Seat Box (60/54) Forward Facing Storage Access Cutout (1) Center Forward 03-09-3200 SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING ACCESS The seat frame shall include a cutout in the center of the wall facing the tunnel for access. One (1) Seat Box Finish Gray 03-09-4005 SEAT COMPARTMENT FINISH The seat frame shall be finished in a high performance polyurethane coating. The color shall be gray. One (1) Exterior Grab Handles with White LED Lighting 18" 04-05-2005 EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES One (1) 18” exterior assist handle shall be mounted behind each of the cab doors. The grab handle shall be made of 1.25” diameter aluminum to enable non-slip assistance with a gloved hand and mounted on stanchions. The handle shall feature white LED lights which shall illuminate when the respective door is opened. One (1) S/S Scuff Plate for Grab Handle 18" 04-05-2060 SCUFF PLATE The grab handles shall include a stainless steel scuff plate to protect painted surfaces. One (1) Grab Handle LED Light Actvtn w/ Parking Brake 08-01-0800 GRAB HANDLE LIGHT ACTIVATION The grab handle lights shall activate when the park brake is engaged. One (1) Additional Exterior Grab Handle 11" - Cab Face Center 04-05-2020 ADDITIONAL GRAB HANDLE The cab face shall include a11” aluminum grab handle mounted on stanchions which shall be mounted in the center of the cab face above the grille. One (1) ===== Traditional Front with Rectangular Headlamp Bezels ===== 04-08-0010 CAB FASCIA The cab fascia shall offer a traditional, yet aggressive appearance, in its design and shall be constructed of work-hardened 5052-H32 aluminum. This design shall feature:  A super structure which is fully welded to the cab, for a seamless and robust integration Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 35  Thermoformed headlamp bezels, constructed of impact resistant, polycarbonate composite which is vacuum metalized to eliminate pealing and bubbling of a chrome type film or plating  Traditional style headlight bezels with 4 x 6 high intensity headlights which shall add a classic look to the fascia while improving visibility  The turn signal lights shall be located in the lower outboard portion of the head lamp bezel and a warning light in the lower inboard position One (1) Front Grille, 3D Chrome 04-08-0110 FRONT GRILLE A prominent front grille shall punctuate the aggressive design of the cab with its outboard wing style warning light bezels and heavy framework. The front grille shall feature:  Stamped steel construction for superior strength and durability  Chrome plated for an aesthetically pleasing appearance  Tiltable and/or removable mesh panel for fluid fill and fluid check access  Two (2) 4” x 6” warning light locations in the upper wings  Up to six (6) warning light locations along the mid bar for a variety of warning light combinations One (1) Wing Light Bezel - Stainless 04-08-0022 LIGHT BEZEL The front grille shall include wing light bezels. The bezels shall be constructed of a stainless material. One (1) Front Grille, United States of America Flag Inlay 04-08-0072 FRONT GRILLE - UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FLAG INLAY An American Flag shall be painted over the front grille honeycomb inlay, with a minimum of two (2) coats of clear coat to help protect the painted surface. One (1) Logo, Rosenbauer, Grille Mount 04-08-0090 GRILLE LOGO The front grille shall include a Rosenbauer logo. One (1) Front Grille Inlay, Black Honeycomb 04-08-0120 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 36 FRONT GRILLE INLAY The front grille shall include a honeycomb inlay of stainless steel, painted black, which shall provide air flow to through the grille and provide a sporty, muscular appearance to the front of the apparatus. One (1) Fluid Fills at Grille 06-03-2010 FLUID FILLS & CHECK For ease of maintenance and access, the following fluid checks shall be located behind the tiltable and/or removable mesh panel:  Engine Oil dipstick  Engine Coolant Sight Glass  Power Steering Fluid dipstick  Windshield Washer Fluid The following fluid fill shall be located behind the tiltable and/or removable mesh panel:  Engine Oil  Power Steering  Windshield Washer Proposals including access to fluid checks and fills through the tunnel or by raising the cab shall not be considered. One (1) Headlights, Quad, with Rectangular Bezel 08-00-0503 HEADLIGHTS A quadruple headlight assembly shall be provided in the fascia to enhance the look. The top two (2) bezels shall include head lamps while the lower bezels shall house a turn signal in the outboard position and a warning light in the inboard position. One (1) DRL & Wig Wag, Alternating Headlights - VMUX 08-00-0521 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS The daytime running light feature shall include the headlights on low beam and the marker lights shall be illuminated and a wig-wag or alternating feature. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 37 HEADLIGHT FLASHER Deliberate operator selection of high beams will override the flashing function until low beams are again selected. Per NFPA, these clear flashing lights will also be disabled “On Scene” when the park brake is applied. One (1) Alternating Headlights Activate VISTA 08-01-0341 HEADLIGHT FLASHER SWITCH The alternating high beam headlamp switch shall be located in the VISTA screen. One (1) Front Turn Signals Whelen 600 LED (2) 08-00-0602 FRONT TURN SIGNALS Two (2) Whelen Series 600 LED square, front turn signal assemblies shall be included on the front fascia directly below the headlights, one each side of the cab grille. Each turn signal shall be mounted in an attractive façade style bezel which is an integral part of the fascia. One (1) Side Marker Light LED (2) 08-00-0606 SIDE MARKER LIGHTS Two (2) Weldon amber LED round, side marker light assemblies shall be mounted on the side of the cab ahead of the driver door, adjacent to the front head lamp bezel. One (1) Headlight & Marker Light Activated Rocker Switch Driver Panel 08-01-0303 HEADLIGHT AND MARKER LIGHT ACTIVATION The head light and marker lights shall be activated through a switch on the driver's panel. One (1) Front Marker Lamps Face Mounted LED (Center 3 Lightings, 2 Corner) 08-00-0608 FRONT MARKER LAMPS The cab front shall include five (5) LED amber marker lamps above the windshield in accordance with the Department of Transportation requirements. One (1) Cab Fender Stainless Steel 04-08-0151 CAB FENDERS The cab wheel wells shall include full width, 14 gauge 304 polished, stainless steel cab fenders to resist corrosion and enable easier cleaning maintenance. The inner liner, measuring 18" wide shall be constructed of plastic with an outer fenderette measuring 2.5" wide. One (1) Logo, Commander, Cab Sides 04-09-0300 COMMANDER LOGO Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 38 A COMMANDER logo shall be installed on each side of the chassis cab. One (1) Mud Flaps Front 04-10-0351 FRONT MUD FLAPS The cab and chassis shall be provided with rubber front mud flaps. One (1) Cab Tilt System - Heavy Duty w/ Manual Back Up 05-00-0205 CAB TILT SYSTEM The cab shall be a full tilt style. A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. The dual lift cylinders shall lift the cab 45 degrees from a horizontal plane facilitating easy engine maintenance. The chassis engine shall be able to be removed if required without tilting the cab beyond 45-degrees. The center line of the chassis cab tilt shall be a minimum of 76" from the center line of the front axle, providing a 27" corridor between the cab and front tire for maximum work space and accessibility to fan, fan belt, fan drive, air compressor, power steering pump, alternator and air filter. The tilt angle shall allow access to the engine and area under the cab without contacting any components mounted to the gravel shield. The cylinder shall be a Trunion style for improved stability in the tilted position and shall have an integral accumulator so as to not interfere with the cab mounting system creating a smoother and quieter ride. The cab shall include a four (4)-point rubber isolated cab pivot and mounting system. The rear histic mounts shall be isolated from the chassis frame to reduce the transfer of road vibrations and frame torque into the cab, while providing superior handling characteristics. The front cab pivot assemblies shall be a 1/2" A36 steel plate with a .31" thick 2-1/2" diameter tube cross member mechanically attached to the cab and frame. There shall be two (2) greaseable rubber isolated engineered bushings to reduce the transfer of road vibrations into the cab. The cab shall be locked down by a two (2)-point automatic spring-loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 39 The cylinders shall include blocking valves (velocity fuses) which prevent motion when no control buttons are pushed. In the event of a hydraulic system failure, the valves shall retain the fluid in the cylinders. A redundant mechanical stay arm shall automatically be engaged once the cab has been fully raised. Before lowering the cab, this device must be disengaged using the stay arm control located on the driver’s side rear of the cab, providing the operator protection from high engine exhaust temperatures. All mounting points shall be bolted directly to the frame rail. The cab lift safety system shall be interlocked with the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition is in the on position. If the parking brake is release, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled. There shall be a manual pump incorporated in the event of a system failure to the cab tilt system. A warning light shall illuminate in the cab instrument panel to indicate whenever the cab is not fully latched in the locked down position, and the parking break is release. One (1) Cab Tilt Limit Switch 05-00-0021 CAB TILT LIMIT SWITCH A cab tilt limit switch shall be included with the cab tilt system. The switch shall effectively limit cab's travel to 35 degrees when being tilted. There shall be a safety bar to hold the cab at 35 degrees for additional safety. One (1) Cab Tilt Lock Down Indicator 05-00-0045 CAB TILT LOCK DOWN INDICATOR The cab dash shall include a message located within the dual air pressure gauge which shall alert the driver when the cab is unlocked and ajar. The alert message shall cease to be displayed when the cab is in the fully lowered position and the hold down hooks are secured and locked to the cab mounts. In addition to the alert message an audible alarm shall sound when the cab is unlocked and ajar and the parking brake is released. One (1) REARVIEW MIRRORS 05-00-5000 One (1) Bus Style Mirrors Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 40 05-00-5005 One (1) Ramco-Bus-Drv Dr Mt (CRM-1350PCHR)-Off Dr Mt (CRM-1350PCHR)-H&R,H&R(LWR)CVX 05-00-7130 REARVIEW MIRRORS Ramco model CRM-1350-PCHR bus style mirrors shall be provided. The mirror heads shall be injection molded chrome plated ABS plastic and shall measure 9.75" wide x 13.5" high. The mirrors shall be mounted one (1) on each the driver and officer doors of the cab with polished die-cast aluminum arms. The mirrors shall feature an upper heated remote controlled flat glass and a lower heated remote controlled convex glass. The mirror control switches shall be located within easy reach of the driver. The mirrors shall be manufactured using the finest quality non-glare glass and shall feature a rigid mounting reducing vibration. The mirrors shall be corrosion free under all weather conditions. One (1) Rearview Mirror Heat Activated VISTA 08-01-0822 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOTE ACTIVATION The driver's panel shall include activation for the rearview mirrors remote function. The activation for the mirror heat shall be through the Weldon Vista screen. One (1) Cab Paint Exterior Single Color 05-01-5010 CAB SINGLE TONE PAINT The cab surface shall be thoroughly washed with grease cutting solvent (PPG DX330) prior to any sanding. The cab surface shall then be sanded and minor imperfections filled and sanded. The prepared surface shall then be washed again with (PPG DX330) to remove any contaminants from all surfaces to be painted. The first coating to be applied shall be a pre-treat self-etching primer (PPG DX1787) (.5 to 1.0 dry film build) for maximum adhesion to the body material. The next two to four coats shall be an acrylic urethane primer resurfacing agent (PPG K38). The film build shall be 4-6 mils when dry. The primer coat, after appropriate dry time, shall be sanded with 320-600 grit sandpaper to ensure a maximum gloss finish. The last step shall be an application of at least three coats of PPG Concept acrylic urethane two-component color (single stage). The film build shall be 2-3 mils when dry. The single stage acrylic urethane, when mixed with component (PPG DCX61) catalyst shall provide a UV barrier to prevent fading and chalking. The cab shall be painted one color, to be determined prior to the cab assembly. One (1) Cab Paint Lower / Primary 05-01-5021 CAB PAINT LOWER Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 41 The lower or primary cab color shall be PPG ______________________ color and ____________ number. One (1) Cab Undercoating 05-01-6051 CAB UNDERCOAT The cab shall have an undercoat applied prior to the cab being set on the running gear. The under coat shall be a waterborne, one-component, air dry undercoat formulated to prevent chipping, cracking and marring of painted or unpainted surfaces after exposure to high impact sand, gravel or other abrasive materials. It shall also have high corrosion resistance. One (1) Front Axle Meritor MFS 20000# Beam 07-05-0102 FRONT AXLE A Meritor MFS Easy Steer non-drive axle shall be incorporated as the front axle for the chassis. The axle shall feature:  A capacity of 20,000 pounds  A 3.74” drop and a 71” king pin intersection (KPI)  A conventional style hub with a standard knuckle One (1) Front Wheel Bearing Lube Oil 07-05-0120 FRONT WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION The front axle wheel bearings shall be lubricated with oil. The oil level can be visually checked via clear inspection windows in the front axle hubs. One (1) Front Suspension Hendrickson 9 Leaf Spring 20 K 07-05-0231 FRONT SUSPENSION The front suspension shall include a Hendrickson leaf spring suspension. The suspension shall feature:  Capacity rating of 20,000 pounds  9 Leafs  Case hardened threaded bushings  A Grease fitting Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 42  Double wrapped front eye FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS Two (2) Bilstein inert, nitrogen gas filled shock absorbers shall be provided and installed as part of the front suspension system. The shocks shall be a monotubular design and fabricated using a special extrusion method, utilizing a single blank of steel without a welded seam, achieving an extremely tight peak-to-valley tolerance and maintains consistent wall thickness. The monotubular design shall provide superior strength while maximizing heat dissipation and shock life. The ride afforded through the use of a gas shock is more consistent and shall not deteriorate with heat, the same way a conventional oil filled hydraulic shock would. The Bilstein front shocks shall include a digressive working piston assembly allowing independent tuning of the compression and rebound damping forces to provide optimum ride and comfort without compromise. The working piston design shall feature fewer parts than most conventional twin tube and “road sensing” shock designs and shall contribute to the durability and long life of the Bilstein shock absorbers. Proposals offering the use of conventional twin tube or “road sensing” designed shocks shall not be considered. One (1) Power Steering Gear TRW TAS 85 w/Assist- 20K and up 07-05-0319 POWER STEERING GEAR WITH ASSIST The power steering gear shall be a TRW model TAS 85 and shall include the following:  A balanced, hydraulic, positive displacement, sliding vane power steering pump which is gear driven from the engine  One-piece, 2" diameter drag link for maintaining consistent wheel alignment resulting in less maintenance.  The steering gear shall be mounted on a plane that is at a 9-degree angle in relationship to the center plane of the chassis. This mounting technique is designed to reduce the operating angle of input steering shafts. A more direct, responsive, and smoother handling vehicle will result from these unique design characteristics. A certified torque and geometry study by TRW shall be available upon request. One (1) Chassis Alignment 07-06-0420 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 43 CHASSIS ALIGNMENT The chassis frame rails shall be measured to insure the length is correct and cross checked to make sure they run parallel and are square to each other. The front and rear axles shall be laser aligned. The front tires and wheels shall be aligned and toe-in set on the front tires by the chassis manufacturer. Alignment documentation shall be delivered with chassis. One (1) Front Cramp Angle 46 Degrees 07-06-0508 FRONT AXLE CRAMP ANGLE The chassis shall have a front axle cramp angle of 46 degrees to the left and right. The manufacturer shall provide third party verification of cramp angle upon request from the fire department. One (1) (2) Front Tires 385/65R 22.5 Good Year G296 MSA J 07-07-0143 FRONT TIRES The front tires shall be Good Year 38565R 22.5 G296 MSA “J” tubeless radial. The front tires shall feature:  A stamped load capacity of 18,740 pounds per axle with a speed capacity of 65 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch  Deep 23/32” tread helps put more wearable rubber on the road for enhanced mileage.  Severe service compound helps resist cuts, chips and tears and offers enhanced mileage.  Deep, wide circumferential grooves with more than 500 biting edges help promote all-season traction on wet, snowy and dry roads.  Optimized tread design helps reduce road noise for a quiet ride. One (1) (2) Front Wheels Accuride 22.5 x 12.25 Aluminum 07-07-0711 FRONT WHEELS The front wheels shall be Accuride hub piloted, 22.50 inch X 12.25 inch aluminum wheels. The hub piloted mounting system shall provide easy installation and shall include two-piece flange nuts. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 44 One (1) Front Brakes Meritor EX225 Disc 17" 07-08-0203 FRONT BRAKES The front brakes shall be Meritor EX225 Disc Plus disc brakes with 17" vented rotors. The front brakes shall include brake chambers supplied by Meritor and shall be approved per application. One (1) 4 Spoke Steering Wheel w/4 Front Airbag & ESC Tilt/Telescopic 18" 07-05-0303 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN The cab shall include a Douglas Autotech steering column. The steering column shall feature an 18”, four (4) spoke steering wheel located at the driver’s position; a seven (7) position tilt and 2.25” telescopic adjustment. The steering wheel shall be provided with a black vinyl cover with foam padding and a horn button, self-canceling turn signal switch, four-way hazard switch and headlamp dimmer switch. One (1) Rear Axle, Single, 24000# Meritor RS-24-160 W/ Synthetic Oil 07-06-0100 REAR AXLE A Meritor RS-24-160 driving axle shall be incorporated as the rear axle for the chassis. The axle shall feature:  Rated capacity of 24,000 pounds  Heavy duty Hypoid gearing for longer life, increased strength and quieter operation  Industry-standard wheel ends for compatibility with both disc and drum brakes, and unitized oil seal technology to keep lubricant in and help prevent contaminant damage  Rigid differential case for high axle strength and reduced maintenance  Rugged Dependability  Rectangular shaped, hot formed housing with a standard wall thickness of .50” at spring seat for extra strength and rigidity REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL LUBRICATION The rear axle differential shall be lubricated with synthetic oil. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 45 REAR WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION The rear axle wheel bearings shall be lubricated with synthetic oil. One (1) Rear Suspension Neway ADZ124-Air 24000# 07-06-0210 REAR SUSPENSION The single rear axle shall feature a Neway ADZ air suspension. The suspension shall include two optimized air bags mounted to cast structural trailing arms, a V-Rod torque rod shall be used for increased roll stability and two heavy duty shock absorbers. Dual air height control valves shall be installed to ensure equal frame height on both sides of the vehicle regardless of the load. The rear suspension capacity shall be rated at 24,000 pounds. One (1) Rear Brakes Meritor EX225 Disc 17" 07-08-0253 REAR BRAKES The rear brakes shall be Meritor EX225 Disc Plus disc brakes with 17.00 inch vented rotors. The rear brakes shall include brake chambers supplied by Meritor and shall be approved per application. One (1) (4) Rear Tires 11R 22.5 Goodyear G622 RSD "H" 07-07-0305 REAR TIRES The rear tires shall be Goodyear 11R 22.5 16PR “H” tubeless radial G622 RSD all weather tread. The rear tires shall feature:  A stamped load capacity of 24,020 pounds per axle with a speed capacity of 75 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch One (1) (4) Rear Wheels Accuride 22.5 x 8.25 Aluminum 07-07-0754 REAR WHEEL The rear wheels shall be Accuride hub piloted, heavy duty, 22.50 inch x 8.25 inch aluminum wheels. Each outer wheel shall have a polished aluminum finish on the exterior surface and each inner wheel shall have a machine finish. The wheels shall be forged from a single piece of aluminum which shall be corrosion resistant, engineered to be lightweight and provide exceptional performance. The hub piloted mounting system shall provide easy installation and shall include two-piece flange nuts. One (1) Wheel Guards - Single Axle Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 46 07-07-0980 WHEEL GUARDS The rear wheels shall include a plastic isolator approximately 0.04” thick installed between the Aluminum and steel to help prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metal contact.  Engineering Note: If alum outer and steel inner rims the guard will be between rims, if all alum rims it will be installed between inner rim and hub. One (1) Vehicle Top Speed 68 07-07-0996 VEHICLE TOP SPEED The top speed of the vehicle shall be programmed at approximately 68 MPH +/-2 MPH at governed engine RPM. One (1) Electronic Stability Control Single Axle 07-08-0103 BRAKE SYSTEM A rapid build-up air brake system shall be provided. The air brakes shall include a two (2) air tank, three (3) reservoir system with a minimum of 4152 cubic inch of air capacity. A floor mounted treadle valve shall be mounted inside the cab for graduated control of applying and releasing the brakes. The system shall include an anti-compounding feature. All air reservoirs provided on the chassis shall be labeled for identification. The rear axle spring brakes shall automatically apply in any situation when the air pressure falls below 25 PSI and shall include a mechanical means for releasing the spring brakes when necessary. An audible alarm shall designate when the system air pressure is below 60 PSI. A four (4) sensor, four (4) modulator anti-lock braking system (ABS) shall be installed on the front and rear axles in order to prevent the brakes from locking or skidding while braking during hard stops or on icy or wet surfaces. This in turn shall allow the driver to maintain steering control under heavy braking and in most instances, shorten the braking distance. The electronic monitoring system shall incorporate diagonal circuitry which shall monitor wheel speed during braking through a sensor and tone ring on each wheel. A dash mounted ABS lamp shall be provided to notify the driver of a system malfunction. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system device when required. The speedometer screen shall be capable of reporting all active defaults using PID/SID and FMI standards. Additional safety shall be accommodated through Automatic Traction Control (ATC) which shall be installed on the single rear axle. The ATC system shall apply the ABS when the drive wheels loose traction. The system shall scale the electronic engine throttle back to prevent wheel spin while accelerating on ice or wet surfaces. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 47 The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) unit is a functional extension of the electronic braking system. It is able to detect any skidding of the vehicle about its vertical axis as well as any rollover tendency. The control unit comprises an angular-speed sensor that measures the vehicle’s motion about the vertical axis, caused, for instance, by cornering or by skidding on a slippery road surface. An acceleration sensor measures the vehicle’s lateral acceleration. The Controller Area Network (CAN) bus provides information on the steering angle. On the basis of lateral acceleration and steering angle, an integrated microcontroller calculates a theoretical angular speed for the stable vehicle condition. The Meritor Wabco ABS and ESC system shall come with a three (3) year/300,000 mile parts and labor warranty. One (1) Mud/Snow Switch 07-05-0500 MUD / SNOW SWITCH A momentary rocker style switch shall be provided and properly labeled “mud/snow”. When the switch is pressed once, the system shall allow a momentary wheel slip to obtain traction under extreme mud and snow conditions. During this condition the ATC light and the light on the rocker switch shall blink continuously notifying the driver of activation. Pressing the switch again shall deactivate the mud/snow feature. One (1) Air Tank Brackets - Hot Dipped Galvanized 07-08-0189 AIR TANK BRACKETS The air tank shall be mounted to the frame rail with brackets that are hot dipped galvanized thereby creating a barrier and cathodic protection from corrosion, and eliminating the requirement for finish paint and the subsequent requirements for touch up paint and/or total repaint after a period of time due to nicks, chips and corrosion. Powder coated or painted air tank brackets shall not be accepted. No exception. One (1) Park Brake Rear Wheels Only 07-08-0301 PARK BRAKE Upon application of the push-pull valve in the cab, the rear brakes will engage via mechanical spring force. This is accomplished by dual chamber rear brakes, satisfying the FMVSS parking brake requirements. Park brake system shall include an anti-compounding feature. One (1) Park Brake Control Driver Dash 08-02-0130 PARK BRAKE CONTROL Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 48 A Meritor-Wabco manual hand control push-pull style valve shall operate the parking brake system. The control shall be yellow in color. The parking brake actuation valve shall be mounted on the driver's side dash to the right of the steering column within easy reach of the driver. One (1) Wabco System Saver 1200 07-08-0410 AIR DRYER The brake system shall include a Wabco System Saver 1200 Plus air dryer with an integral 100 watt heater with a Metri-Pack sealed connector. The system shall have an integrated purge volume and integrated governor. The system shall have the following features:  Premium desiccant provides greater water adsorption  Replaceable spin on cartridge for simple maintenance  Compact light weight design  Pressure relief safety valve  Turbo cut-off valve for boosted compressor applications  Service components are external for easy replacement  Common service components proven for reliability and quality  Integrated with the air governor. . One (1) Moisture Ejectors Manual 07-08-0551 MOISTURE EJECTORS Manual pet-cock type drain valves shall be installed on all reservoirs of the air supply system. One (1) Air Supply Lines Nylon 07-08-0570 AIR SUPPLY LINES A dual air system plumbed with color coded reinforced nylon tubing air lines shall be installed on the chassis. The primary (rear) brake line shall be green, the secondary (front) brake line red, the parking brake line orange and the auxiliary (outlet) will be blue. Brass push-lock type fittings shall be used on the nylon tubing. All drop hoses shall include fiber Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 49 reinforced neoprene covered hoses. One (1) Frame Single Channel 35" Frame Width 07-09-0010 FRAME The chassis frame shall consist of single “C” style parallel rails, constructed of high strength low alloy and shall feature the following:  A Domex MODEL110XF 10.19” high by 3.63” deep cold rolled steel frame.  The 10.19” frame height shall be maintained throughout the entire length of the frame to allow for maximum storage capacity for the entire apparatus.  If frame rails that are larger than those specified are to be utilized, the maximum height of each frame rail shall not exceed 10.25” at any point on the frame rail. This will ensure the lowest possible vehicle center of gravity allowing maximum stability as well as providing the lowest body height possible.  Frame rail shall have a consistent frame web throughout the entire length.  The entire frame rail design shall be manufactured in the United States of America and readily available on the aftermarket.  Grade 8 Yellow zinc coated fasteners, huck bolts shall not be acceptable  Manufacturer's lifetime warranty The frame ratings shall be as follows:  110,000 PSI minimum yield strength high strength low alloy steel  Minimum Resisting Bending Moment (RBM) of 1,860,000 inch pounds per rail To avoid frame cracking and failure over time, the top flange of the frame adjacent to the engine installation shall have a tapered design. Notches for engine components shall not be accepted due to fatigue and the potential for cracking. No Exceptions. UNDER FRAME REINFORCEMENT An under slung frame reinforcement shall be installed below the frame rails in the transmission area to increase the vertical rigidity of the frame. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 50 The under frame reinforcement provides:  Enhanced handling  Improved ride quality  Increase resistance to frame and cross member fatigue  Enhanced vehicle stability providing improved safety to occupants CROSS MEMBERS There shall be a minimum of seven (7) steel plate cross members installed on the apparatus.  50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel plate cross members  Manufacturer's lifetime warranty to match frame warranty. No Exceptions.  Installed with one-piece cross member gusset to maximize vertical strength and minimize cross member flex  Crossmembers can be inverted when required to allow for PTO drive line installation without the need for notching or modifying the cross members in anyway. No Exceptions. FRONT FRAME EXTENSION A single piece 80,000 PSI steel extension shall be installed on the front of the frame rails.  Reduces frame flex which translates into improved vehicle handling and ride quality  Designs using multiple piece, bolted together extensions will not be acceptable since they are prone to more flexing, possible frame failure and cab cracking  Allows radiator to be removed through the bottom of the frame extension without tilting the chassis cab  Minimizes damage to the chassis cab in the event of frontal impact accident  Maintains structural integrity of the chassis frame rails while attaching bumper extensions of varying lengths Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 51  Splayed or notched frame rails and/or extensions shall not be accepted  Provides foundational strength and stability of the cab tilt system which provides superior access to engine and cooling components One (1) Frame/Front Extension Hot Dip Galvanized 07-09-0136 FRAME FINISH Prior to assembly, each frame rail section and cross member shall be hot dip galvanized. The galvanizing process will permeate each frame section to prevent rust and corrosion and not be merely an over-coating. The galvanized frame sections shall be provided in the natural finish eliminating the requirement for finish paint and the subsequent requirements for touch up paint and/or total repaint after a period of time due to nicks, chips and corrosion. Galvanizing shall provide a barrier and cathodic protection from corrosion. During the galvanizing process, the complete frame sections and cross members shall be immersed in molten zinc. Through diffusion, the zinc shall bond to the steel at the molecular level. The resulting zinc coating shall provide a barrier that shields the steel from the environment. FRONT FRAME EXTENSION FINISH The front frame extension shall be hot dipped galvanized to resist weather, dirt and other corrosive material. Proposals offering powder coated or painted frames shall not be accepted. No Exceptions. One (1) Galvanized Frame Warranty BR 08-09-0200 FRAME WARRANTY Rosenbauer Motors, LLC hereby warrants the galvanized frame rails shall be warranted for a period of twenty 20 years and includes the following coverage:  The galvanized surfaces of the frame rails and cross members shall be free from corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, adhesion, blistering or peeling.  The galvanized surfaces of the frame rails and cross members shall be free from any corrosion perforation. Under this warranty Rosenbauer Motors, LLC agrees to repair or refinish any galvanized surface that has Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 52 been found to have a defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or galvanized material where there is no indication of abuse, neglect, unusual or other than normal service providing that such item or items are, at the option of Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, made available for our inspection at our request, returned to our factory or other location designated by us with transportation prepaid within thirty days after the date of failure or within twenty years from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser, whichever occurs first, and inspection indicates the failure was attributed to a defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or galvanized material selection. Written authorization for repair or item replacement must be sought from Rosenbauer Motors, LLC customer service prior to the repair or item replacement occurring. Coverage Period 0 – 10 years = 100% 11 – 15 years = 50% 16 – 20 years = 25% This warranty shall not apply to or cover:  Normal maintenance services including clean and repair of surface corrosion caused by normal road salt/chemicals or debris contacting the frame rails and cross members.  Damage to the galvanized frame rails caused by exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions or acidic environment.  Any item that has been repaired, replaced or altered by a facility not approved in advance by Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, or in a manner which, at Rosenbauer Motors, LLC discretion, may adversely affect the safe operation or durability of the vehicle or item.  Special, incidental or consequential damages including, but not limited to, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use, lost profits or transportation fees or charges to or from any facility.  Any malfunction resulting from misuse, negligence, alteration, accident or lack of operational knowledge, lack of normal or required maintenance or adjustments, fire or acts of God. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability or make any alteration to this warranty in connection with the sale of our apparatus unless expressly given in writing by Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, 5190 260th St. Wyoming, MN 55092. NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. One (1) Front Bumper Maximum Force Structural Steel Channel 07-09-0502 FRONT BUMPER Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 53 The chassis shall be equipped with a Maximum Force front bumper featuring:  12” high with a 3” flange and 102” wide  ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel offering superior strength and rigidity with less weight  A flange thickness of .5”  Web face thickness of .282” One (1) Front Bumper Paint Powder Coat Black 07-12-0103 FRONT BUMPER PAINT The front bumper shall be powder coated black. One (1) Front Bumper Extension Length 21" 07-09-0550 BUMPER EXTENSION The bumper shall extend 21” from the cab fascia to the edge of the bumper face. One (1) Tow Eyes 3" Brite Plated Above 07-13-0405 TOW EYES Two (2) 3" tow eyes shall be mounted to bumper extension on the top of the bumper. The tow eyes shall be heavy polished nickel plated steel which shall not chip when used with chains and hooks. One (1) Engine Placement 06-00-0050 ENGINE PLACEMENT The engine shall be a maximum of 36" from the center line of the front axle to the front face of the engine block. The engine valve cover shall be a maximum of 23" from the top of the frame. The engine placement shall provide optimal weight distribution to the front axle to enhance vehicle handling. More weight out in front of the front axle can cause a “fulcrum effect” and cause unsafe “bump steer” conditions. The engine shall be mounted in a position that provides for the lowest possible height of the interior engine tunnel. An engine tunnel height from the floor of the chassis cab shall be no more then 21” high inside the cab. Engine placement shall provide a minimum of 11” between the engine fan and radiator to maximize the airflow and cooling of the engine. One (1) Engine, Cummins ISL 9L, Base Spec 06-00-0910 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 54 ENGINE A Cummins ISL 9.0 liter, four-cycle diesel fueled, turbo charged engine shall feature the following:  One of the highest power to weight ratios in its class  Heavy-duty replaceable wet liners, roller followers, by-pass oil filtration with replaceable spin on cartridge and targeted piston cooling for longer service in tough work environments  Improved cooled EGR system  543 Cubic inches of displacement  High pressure common rail fuel system producing a precise quantity of fuel at ultra high pressures  Fully integrated, robust electronic engine controls  Electric fuel lift pump. No Exceptions. The engine shall be coupled with a Holset VGT™ (Variable Geometry Turbocharger). The engine shall be filled with Citgo brand Citgard 500 (or equivalent) SAE 15W40 CJ4 low ash engine oil for proper engine lubrication. The engine shall be EPA certified to meet the 2013 emissions standards without compromising performance, reliability or durability using cooled exhaust gas recirculation and selective catalytic reduction technology. The engine shall include an original equipment manufacturer installed oil drain plug. The engine shall include programming which will govern the top speed of the vehicle. AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor provided for the engine shall be a Wabco® SS318 single cylinder pass-through drive type compressor which shall be capable of producing 18.7 CFM at 1200 engine RPMs. The air compressor shall feature a higher delivery efficiency translating to more air delivery per horsepower absorbed. The compressor shall include an aluminum cylinder head which shall improve cooling, reduce weight and decrease carbon formation. Superior Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 55 piston and bore finishing technology shall reduce oil consumption and significantly increasing the system component life. AIR GOVERNOR An air governor shall be provided to control the cut-in and cut-out pressures of the engine mounted air compressor. The governor shall be calibrated to meet FMVSS requirements. The air governor shall be integrated in the air dryer assembly. One (1) 450HP Cummins ISL 9L 06-00-1016 HORSEPOWER The engine shall have 450 horsepower at 2100 RPM, with a governed speed of 2200 RPM. The engine shall have 1250 foot pounds of torque at 1400 RPM. One (1) Fan Clutch - ISL 06-02-1110 ENGINE FAN DRIVE The engine cooling system fan shall incorporate a thermostatically controlled, Horton clutched type fan drive. When the clutched fan is disengaged it shall facilitate improved vehicle performance, cab heating in cold climates, and fuel economy. The fan clutch design shall be fail safe so that if the clutch drive fails, the fan shall engage to prevent engine overheating due to the fan clutch failure. The clutch fan shall automatically engage in pump mode (when applicable). One (1) Auxiliary Engine Brake Compression Brake (JAKE) 06-02-1526 AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE A Cummins engine compression brake, for the six (6) cylinder engine, shall be provided. The engine compression brake shall:  Activate upon 0% accelerator when in operation mode and activate the vehicle’s brake lights. A cutout relay shall be installed to disable the compression brake when in pump mode or when an ABS event occurs. TRANSMISSION PRE-SELECT Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 56 When the auxiliary brake is engaged, the transmission shall automatically shift to fourth gear to decrease the rate of speed. The transmission shall assist the secondary braking system, thereby slowing the vehicle. One (1) Auxiliary Engine Brake Control On/Off & Low/Med/High Switch Driver Panel 08-01-0204 AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL An auxiliary engine brake control device shall be included. The electronic control device shall monitor various conditions and shall activate the engine brake only if all of the following conditions are simultaneously detected:  A valid gear ratio is detected.  The driver has requested or enabled engine compression brake operation.  The throttle is at a minimum engine speed position.  The electronic controller is not presently attempting to execute an electronically controlled final drive gear shift. The auxiliary brake shall be controlled through an on/off switch and individual low/medium/high selector switches on the Driver's panel. The engine brake status shall be displayed through indicator lights on the dash panel in view of the driver. One (1) Engine High Idle Speed 1250 RPM 06-03-1010 ENGINE PROGRAMMING HIGH IDLE SPEED A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the Driver'st panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab Driver's panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is set and the truck transmission is in neutral. One (1) Engine High Idle Control Manual & Automatic VISTA 06-03-1023 ENGINE HIGH IDLE CONTROL The vehicle shall be equipped with an automatic high-idle speed control. The high idle shall be pre-set so when activated, it will operate the engine at the appropriate RPM to increase alternator output and optimize output of the HVAC system. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 57 This device shall operate only when the master switch is activated and the transmission is in neutral with the parking brake set. The device shall disengage when the operator depresses the brake pedal, or the transmission is placed in gear, and shall be available to manually or automatically re-engage when the brake is released, or when the transmission is placed in neutral. A light on the Vista screen shall indicate the high idle speed control. One (1) Engine Air Intake Filtration and Restriction ISL 06-05-3010 ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake system shall include an ember separator air intake filter which shall be located behind the fascia. The filter shall protect the downstream air filter from embers using a combination of unique flat and crimped metal screens constructed into a corrosion resistant steel frame. This multilayered screen shall be designed to trap embers or allow them to burn out before passing through the pack, while creating only minimal air flow restriction through the system. Periodic cleaning or replacement of the screen shall be all that is required after installation. The intake shall also feature a cyclone style water separator to remove unwanted moisture from incoming air. The engine shall include an air intake filter which shall be bolted to the frame and located under the front of the cab. This dry type filter shall ensure dust and debris is safely contained inside the disposable housing, eliminating the chance of contaminating the air intake system during air filter service via a leak-tight seal. The filter must have a capacity of no less than 1350 cubic feet of air per minute. The filter paper media must be of a flame retardant treated material. An electric air filter restriction indicator shall also be included with the system. One (1) Engine Exhaust System Under Frm Officer Inboard w/DPF/SCR Inline ISL 9L 06-06-3615 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF), a diesel oxidation catalyst, and a selective catalytic reduction catalyst (SCR) to meet current EPA standards. The selective catalytic reduction catalyst shall utilize a diesel exhaust fluid solution consisting of urea and purified water to convert nitrogen oxide into nitrogen, water, and trace amounts of carbon dioxide. The solution shall be injected into the system through the decomposition tube between the DPF and SCR. The system shall utilize 0.065 inch thick stainless steel exhaust tubing between the engine turbo and the DPF. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 58 The DPF, the decomposition tube, and the SCR canister through the end of the tailpipe shall all be connected with zero leak gasketed clamps. The discharge shall terminate horizontally on the right side of the vehicle ahead of the rear tires with an exhaust gas diffuser. The diffuser shall lower exhaust gas temperatures during the regeneration cycle. The DPF and SCR shall be mounted to the frame using brackets that shall be hot dipped galvanized there by creating a superior barrier from corrosion. Powder coated or painted brackets shall not be accepted. No exception. One (1) DEF Tank 06-06-4000 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK There shall be a molded cross linked polyethylene tank for the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). The tank shall have a capacity of not less than five (5) usable gallons and shall be mounted on the left hand side of the chassis frame in front of the batteries below the frame. The DEF tank shall be designed with capacity for expansion in case of fluid freezing. Engine coolant, which shall be thermostatically controlled, shall be run through lines in the tank to help prevent the DEF from freezing and to provide a means of thawing the fluid if it should become frozen. One (1) Engine Exh Acc Temp Mitigation 06-08-0100 ENGINE EXHAUST ACCESSORIES An exhaust temperature mitigation device shall be shipped loose for installation by the body manufacturer on the vehicle. The temperature mitigation device shall lower the temperature of the exhaust by combining ambient air with the exhaust gasses at the exhaust outlet. One (1) Engine Exhaust Wrap 06-08-0200 ENGINE EXHAUST WRAP The exhaust tubing between the engine turbo and the diesel particulate filter (DPF) shall be wrapped with a thermal cover in order to retain the necessary heat for DPF regeneration. The exhaust wrap shall also help protect surrounding components from radiant heat which can be transferred from the exhaust. One (1) DPF Control Regeneration Switch & Inhibit Switch Covered 08-02-0140 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CONTROLS Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 59 There shall be two (2) controls for the diesel particulate filter. One (1) control shall be for regeneration and one (1) control shall be for regeneration inhibit. Each switch shall be located in a covered location. One (1) Engine Cooling System- ISL 06-04-2002 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system requirements. The system shall include and feature the following:  A vertically stacked charge air cooler providing the maximum cooling capacity for the engine. Proposals offering horizontally stacked charge air cooler shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions  The charge air cooler and radiator shall measure not less than 1382 square inches  A one (1) piece nine (9) blade fan and shroud  A surge tank with a low coolant probe and capable of removing entrained air from the cooling system  Radiator re-circulation shields to prevent heated air from re-entering the cooling system and affecting performance  Mounts allowing the entire radiator to drop through the frame for service when needed - No Exceptions  Engine placement shall provide a minimum of 8” between the engine fan and radiator to maximize the airflow and cooling of the engine.  A Spin on Element water filter with corrosion inhibitor shall be provided for the cooling system. No Exception.  Shut off valves by the coolant filter shall be supplied. No Exception. COOLANT HOSES The cooling systems hose shall be formed silicone hose and formed aluminized steel tubing and include stainless steel constant torque band clamps. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 60 ENGINE COOLANT The cooling package shall include standard green coolant. The coolant shall contain a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol and de-ionized water to keep the coolant from freezing to a temperature of -34 degrees F. One (1) Engine Pump Heat Exchanger ISL 06-05-1002 ENGINE PUMP HEAT EXCHANGER A single bundle type coolant to water heat exchanger shall be installed between the engine and the radiator. This pump heat exchanger shall circulate water from the fire pump to the heat exchanger thereby reducing the temperature of the coolant for the engine. The heat exchanger shall be designed to prohibit water from the pump from coming in contact with the engine coolant. One (1) Transmission Allison 3000 EVS 07-01-0100 TRANSMISSION The drive train shall include an Allison model EVS 3000 torque converting, automatic transmission which shall include electronic controls. The transmission shall feature two (2) 10-bolt PTO pads located on the converter housing. The transmission shall include two (2) internal oil filters and Allison approved transmission fluid which shall be utilized in the lubrication of the EVS transmission. An electronic oil level sensor shall be included with the readout located in the shift selector. The transmission shall include prognostic diagnostic capabilities. These capabilities shall include the monitoring of the fluid life, filter change indication, and transmission clutch maintenance. The transmission gear ratios shall be: 1st 3.49:1 2nd 1.86:1 3rd 1.41:1 4th 1.00:1 5th 0.75:1 6th 0.65:1 (if applicable) Rev 5.03:1 TRANSMISSION COOLING SYSTEM Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 61 The transmission shall include a water to oil cooler system located in the cooling loop between the radiator and the engine. The transmission cooling system shall meet all transmission manufacturer requirements. The transmission cooling system shall feature continuous flow of engine bypass water to maintain uninterrupted transmission cooling. TRANSMISSION DRAIN PLUG The transmission shall include an original equipment manufacturer installed oil drain plug. AUTOMATIC NEUTRAL The transmission shall be provided with an automatic neutral. When the parking brake is applied the transmission automatically returns to neutral. One (1) Transmission Fluid - Synthetic 07-01-0502 TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission shall include two (2) internal oil filters and Allison approved synthetic transmission fluid which shall be utilized in the lubrication of the EVS transmission. An electronic oil level sensor shall be included with the readout located in the shift selector. One (1) Transmission GEN V-E Push Button Key Pad 07-02-0008 TRANSMISSION SHIFT SELECTOR An Allison GEN V pressure sensitive range selector touch pad shall be provided and located on the tunnel to the right of the driver. The shift selector shall provide an indicator on the digital display and shall alert the driver/operator when a specific maintenance function is required. One (1) Transmission Mode Programming 6th Startup/6th Mode 07-02-0054 TRANSMISSION MODE PROGRAMMING The transmission, upon start-up, will select a six (6) speed operation without the need to press the mode button. One (1) Transmission Feature Programming I/O Package 198/Pumper 07-02-0066 TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING The EVS group package number 127 shall contain the 198 vocational package for the fire service for this apparatus as a Pumper. This package shall incorporate an automatic neutral with selector override. This feature commands the transmission to neutral when the park brake is applied, Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 62 regardless of drive range requested on the shift selector which requires re-selecting the drive range to shift out of neutral for the override. This package shall be coupled with the use of a split shaft PTO and incorporate pumping circuits. These circuits shall be used allowing the vehicle to operate in the fourth range lockup while operating the pump mode due to the 1 to 1 ratio through the transmission, therefore the output speed of the engine is the input speed to the pump. The pump output can be easily calculated by using this input speed and the drive ratio of the pump itself to rate the gallons of water the pump can provide. An eight (8) pin diagnostic connector will be provided next to the steering column. The trans module shall contain the following circuits: Function ID Description Wire assignment C PTO Request 142 J Fire Truck Pump Mode (4th Lockup) 122 / 123 C Range Indicator 145 (4th) G PTO Enable Output 130 Signal Return 103 One (1) Driveline Spicer 1710 HD 07-02-0251 DRIVELINE All drivelines shall be heavy duty metal tube and equipped with Spicer 1710 series universal joints. The shafts shall be dynamically balanced prior to installation to alleviate future vibration. In areas of the driveline where a slip shaft is required, the splined slip joint shall be coated with Glide Coat®. Any carrier bearing brackets that are utilized on the apparatus shall be hot dipped galvanized as to provide a superior barrier and cathodic protection from corrosion. Proposals offering powder coated or painted brackets shall not be accepted. No exception. One (1) Driveline Guards - 200" Wheelbase or Less 07-02-0260 DRIVELINE GUARDS All of the drivelines shall have a guard loop provided and installed to support the driveline shaft for routine maintenance and in the event of a driveline component failure. One (1) Fuel Tank 68 Gallon/257 Liter - Dual Fill 07-04-0312 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 63 FUEL SYSTEM The fuel tank shall have a capacity of sixty-eight (68) gallons/two hundred fifty-seven (257) liters. The tank shall offer:  A vent port which will facilitate venting to the top of the fill neck for rapid filling without any “blow-back”  Two (2) 2” NPT fill ports for left and right hand fill with a .5” NPT drain plug centered side to side, 9" from the front of the tank  A roll over ball check vent for temperature related fuel expansion and draw  A design including dual draw tubes and sender flanges  A baffled design which shall be constructed of steel  A black Powder Coated exterior to ensure corrosion resistance The fuel tank shall be mounted below the frame, behind the rear axle. There shall be two (2) three-piece strap hanger assemblies with “U” straps bolted midway on the fuel tank, allowing the tank to be easily lowered and removed for service purposes. The strap hanger material shall be stainless steel. No Exceptions. For isolation of vibration and movement, rubber isolating pads shall be provided between the tank and the hanger strap assemblies. The tank straps shall be attached to rubber coated cross members which help isolate the tank from frame flex. Strap mounting studs through the rail, hidden behind the body shall not be acceptable. All fuel lines shall be connected with steel fittings with all fittings pointed towards the right side (curbside) of the chassis. The chassis fuel lines shall feature an additional 4’ of length provided so the tank can be easily lowered and removed for service purposes which shall be coiled and secured at the top of the tank. One (1) Fuel Filter/Water Separator Cummins FS1065 07-04-0108 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 64 The fuel system shall have a Fleetguard FS1065 fuel filter/water separator as a primary filter. The fuel filter shall have a drain valve. A water in fuel sensor shall be provided and wired to an instrument panel lamp and audible alarm to indicate when water is present in the fuel/water separator. A secondary fuel filter shall be included as approved by the engine manufacturer. One (1) Fuel Lines Aramid Braid 07-04-0216 FUEL LINES The fuel system supply and return lines installed from the fuel tank to the engine shall be black aramid braided lines with a fiber outer braid. The fuel lines shall connected with reusable steel fittings. Fuel line is compatible with bio-fuel blends. One (1) Fuel Shutoff Valve at Primary Filter and at Tank 07-04-0220 FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE Two (2) fuel shutoff valves shall be installed in the fuel draw line. One (1) valve shall be installed at the primary fuel filter to allow the fuel filter to be changed without loss of fuel to the fuel pump. A second fuel shutoff valve shall be installed in the fuel draw line, near the fuel tank to allow maintenance to be performed with minimal loss of fuel. One (1) Fuel Cooler Behind Battery Box 07-04-0230 FUEL COOLER The cross flow air to fuel cooler shall be all aluminum and shall be provided to lower fuel temperature allowing the vehicle to operate at higher ambient temperatures. The fuel cooler shall be located behind the battery box, under the frame. The fuel cooler shall incorporate a fan for improved heat transfer. The fuel cooler shall be mounted to the frame using hot dipped galvanized brackets. Powder coated or painted brackets shall not be acceptable. No exception. One (1) Alternator Leece-Neville 270 Amp Lithium System 08-00-0410 ALTERNATOR The charging system shall include a 270 amp Leece Neville 15.9 volt alternator. The alternator shall include an Ignition-excited regulator. This is intended to be used for the HP40012-NRG e-Pak Lithium Polymer battery system. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 65 One (1) Electrical System 12V DC Weldon V-MUX 08-00-0100 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM There shall be a 12 volt direct current single starting electrical system providing power to all components for the cab and chassis. The system shall feature:  A Weldon Multiplexed system  300 degree Fahrenheit high temperature, flame retardant loom  All SAE wiring color coded and labeled as to its function  Wiring which is cross link with 311 degree Fahrenheit insulation  A suppressed system in accordance with SAE J551 The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be a combination of automatic and manual reset breakers. This will provide a durability and capacity maximization of the electrical system. When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. EMI/RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 66 conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following specifications: SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable SAE J1292 - Automobile, truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on-highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol SAE J2030 - Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 67 For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses will be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed. Wiring will be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires will not be allowed. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 3.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors will be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:  All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap will not be allowed.  All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.  Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.  For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work.  Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non-waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug.  Any lights containing non-waterproof sockets in a weather-exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.  All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.  Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 68  Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield.  Cab and crew cab harnessing will not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels will be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab will allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring.  All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date.  All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab will be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12-volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following requirements: SAE J1127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:  All battery cables and battery harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number.  Splices will not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses.  For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color.  For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 69 All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding will not be allowed. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. One (1) Instrumentation Pacific Insight Standard Green Star "Lithium Only" 08-01-0013 CAB INSTRUMENTATION The instrumentation panel within the cab shall feature a Pacific Insight gauge panel which shall include three (3) 5"diameter information centers, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a LCD diagnostic panel. The gauges shall be easy to read including red backlighting. The instrument panel shall contain the following gauges and indictors: The middle information center shall include:  A programmable speedometer to read either 0 to 140 MPH or 0 to 140 KM/H  An amber telltale lamp indicating the Check Engine  An amber telltale lamp indicating MIL Engine Emissions System Malfunction  A red telltale lamp indicating Stop Engine  A tachometer gauge with 0-3,000 RPM The right hand side information center shall include:  A gauge to display the engine oil pressure with high and low level indicators and stop engine alarm  A fuel level gauge with a low fuel indicator and alarm  An LED bar displaying 4 stages of the level for the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) with a refill indicator  A voltage gauge with low voltage indicator  A water temperature gauge with high water temp indicator and alarm The left hand side information center shall include:  A primary air PSI gauge including low air and high air warning displays  A secondary air PSI gauge with low and high air warning indication Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 70 An LCD diagnostic display, located in the left hand side information center shall include digital readouts for the following:  Odometer  Transmission oil temp  Engine oil temp  Speedometer  Engine hours  Engine and transmission code  Exhaust temp  Engine coolant temp  Engine oil PSI  Turbo boost PSI  Primary air pressure  Secondary air pressure  Engine load %  Engine torque  Battery volts  Fuel level %  Vehicle speed  RPM  DEF level  Instant fuel economy  Average fuel economy  Engine hours  Capable to record four trips, each shall be include: Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 71 · Trip distance · Fuel economy · Fuel used · Idle fuel used  The LCD screen shall also provide diagnostic capability To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the middle information center. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following indicator lamps shall be located on the Telltale panel: BLUE Indicator Lights  High Beam Headlight GREEN Indicator Lights  Right Turn Indicator  Left Turn Indicator  Battery On (Always On) YELLOW Indicator Lights  Particle Filter Regeneration (DPF)  Regeneration Inhibit (Switch Engaged)  Check Transmission  Air Intake Restriction  High Exhaust System Temperature (HEST)  Wait to Start  ATC (Automatic Traction Control) (when applicable)  Water in Fuel Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 72 RED Indicator Lights  Low Engine Coolant Level  Air Bag Warning (when applicable)  High Transmission Temperature  ABS  Parking Brake ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced with a button on the right side of the LCD screen. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door, left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved trouble shooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include the following:  Engine diagnostic port  Transmission diagnostic port  ABS diagnostic port Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 73  SRS diagnostic port (when applicable)  V-Mux USB diagnostic port (when applicable)  Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator)  Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (when applicable)  Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (when applicable) One (1) Instrumentation Backlighting Red 08-01-0125 BACKLIGHTING COLOR The instrumentation gauges and the switch panel legends shall be backlit using amber LED backlighting. One (1) Driver & Officer VISTA Display Weldon Vista IV 08-01-0051 MULTIPLEX DISPLAYS Two (2) Weldon Vista IV displays shall be located one (1) on the driver’s side dash and one (1) on the officer’s side of the dash. The Vista IV displays shall feature:  A full color LCD display screens  A message bar displaying the time of day, and important messages requiring acknowledgement by the user  Four (4) push button style controls on either side of the screen for the on-board diagnostics  Seven (7) push button style controls located below the screen for the on-board diagnostics  Video ready display screens for back- up cameras, thermal cameras, and DVD  A DIN type input connector ready for GPS interfacing shall be incorporated into the back of the display  There shall be a display which indicates any open door with a visual display.  There shall be a text message indication for low washer fluid. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 74 The Vista IV displays shall measure approximately 10.36” wide x 7.63” in height. Each shall offer varying fonts and background colors, shall be fully programmable to the needs of the customer and shall offer virtually infinite flexibility for screen configuration options. One (1) Driver Panel / Switch Panel (6 Switches) Under the Vista Screen 08-01-0054 DRIVER SWITCHES The driver switch panel to the right of the Driver's position shall include one (1) row with six (6) backlit rocker switches with laser etched labels located under the Weldon Vista screen. Standard switches shall include:  Windshield Wiper/Washer Control (except when Smart Wheel is specified)  Dash panel dimmer switch One (1) Officer Speedometer Analog - Officer Vista 08-01-0105 OFFICER SPEEDOMETER The officer's vista shall include an analog speedometer. One (1) Assc Power Distribution Panel Bhnd Off Seat 10 Position 40A Batt Dir 08-02-0176 ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL An accessory power distribution panel shall be installed behind the officer's seat. The panel shall feature ten (10) blade type fuses protected by a 40 amp fuse. The panel shall be capable of carrying up to a maximum 40 amp battery direct load. Three (3) Communication Antenna Base Driver Cab Roof 08-03-0111 COMMUNICATION ANTENNA BASE A communications antenna shall be provided and mounted on the cab roof on the Driver's side. Three (3) Communication Antenna Cable Routing Under Officer Front Seat 08-03-0120 COMMUNICATION ANTENNA CABLE ROUTING The cable routing for the communication antenna shall terminate under the Officer seat. One (1) Aux Comm Ant Base Driver Cab Roof RBM Sply 08-03-0220 COMMUNICATION ANTENNA BASE An auxiliary communications antenna shall be provided and mounted on the forward section of the cab roof on the driver's side. One (1) Communication Antenna Cable Routing Under Officer Front Seat Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 75 08-03-0120 COMMUNICATION ANTENNA CABLE ROUTING The cable routing for the communication antenna shall terminate under the Officer seat. One (1) Weldon VDR/Seat Belt Warn - VISTA 08-02-0610 DATA RECORDING SYSTEM The chassis shall have a Weldon Vehicle Data Recorder system installed. The system shall be designed to meet NFPA 1901. The following information shall be recorded:  Vehicle Speed  Acceleration  Deceleration  Engine Speed  Engine Throttle Position  ABS Event  Seat Occupied Status  Seat Belt Status  Master Optical Warning Device Switch Position  Service Brake  Engine Hours  Time  Date Each portion of the data shall be recorded at the specified intervals and stored for the specified length of time to meet NFPA 1901 guidelines and shall be retrievable by connecting a laptop computer to the VDR system. The laptop connection shall be a panel mounted female type A USB connection point, remotely mounted in the left side foot well of the cab. The latest software shall be available for download from the Weldon website. SEAT BELT WARNING A Weldon seat belt warning system, integrated with the Vehicle Data Recorder system, shall be installed for each seat within the cab. The system shall activate an indicator light in the instrument panel, a digital seat position indicator with a seat position legend in the switch panel, and an audible alarm. The warning system shall activate when any seat is occupied with a minimum of 60 pounds, the corresponding seat belt remains unfastened, and the park brake is released. The warning system shall also activate when any seat is occupied, the corresponding seat belt was fastened in an Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 76 incorrect sequence, and the park brake is released. Once activated, the visual indicators and audible alarm shall remain active until all occupied seats have the seat belts fastened. One (1) Batteries (1) Green Star Lithium 08-00-0304 BATTERIES The single start electrical system shall include (1) Lithium battery. The battery shall feature:  A 210 minute reserve capacity  4/0 welding type dual path starter cables per SAE J541  Heat shrink and sealant encapsulated ends on the cables One (1) Battery Box Driver Side Steel w/Cover 08-00-0202 BATTERY COMPARTMENT A well ventilated battery storage compartment shall house the batteries on the driver side of the chassis and shall be located so as to offer easy access to the batteries when the cab is tilted. The battery compartment shall feature:  3/16" steel construction with powder coated finish  A complete floor of heavy duty, industrial grade, recycled Turtle Tile brand interlocking matting  A double hinged powder coated steel cover with two (2) push button latches shall be utilized providing easy access to the batteries, while also being capable of supporting a 250 lb. load. No tools shall be required to gain access to the batteries.  When in the open position, the double hinged door shall be flush with the bottom of the battery compartment, allowing for a sweep out style floor and removal of the batteries when necessary, without the inference of a lower lip. No Exceptions. One (1) Battery Cables (Lithium) 08-00-0247 BATTERY CABLES The starting system shall include cables which shall be protected by a 275 degree F, minimum high temperature flame retardant loom. The loom shall be sealed to keep out dirt, dust and debris. One (1) Greenstar Lithium System 08-00-0253 One (1) 2 Position Battery Master - Driver's Kick Plate Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 77 08-01-0034 IGNITION A master battery system with a keyless start ignition system shall be provided. Each system shall be controlled by a Land & Sea brand two position switch, of which shall be mounted on the left side driver kick panel. A push button type starter button shall be provided on the driver dash to the left of the steering wheel. The starter button shall only operate when both the master battery and ignition switches are in the “ON” position. One (1) Power & Ground Stud 40A Batt Direct / 15A Ignition 08-01-0040 POWER & GROUND STUD An electrical distribution panel shall include two (2) power studs. The studs shall be size #10 and each of the power studs shall be circuit protected with a fuse of the specified amperage. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 40 amp battery direct load. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 15 amp ignition switched load. The two (2) power studs shall share one (1) #10 ground stud. One (1) Ground Lights LED Whelen 3SC0CDCR 08-00-0721 GROUND LIGHTS Each door shall include a Whelen 3SC0CDCR LED NFPA compliant ground light mounted to the underside of the cab step below each door. Each light shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing which is vibration welded and a bulb which shall be shock mounted for extended life. One (1) Ground Lights Activation w/Respective Door & Park Brake 08-01-0752 GROUND LIGHT ACTIVATION The ground lights shall activate when the park brake is engaged and when either the front or rear side doors is open, the respective ground light shall activate. One (1) Cab Step Lights LED (1 Per Step) 08-00-0732 CAB STEP LIGHTING One (1) LED light shall be mounted to the riser of the middle cab step, a total of eight (8) step lights for the cab, in accordance with NFPA. Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 78 Each light shall include a polycarbonate lens and shall be contained in a housing which is vibration welded with a bulb which shall be shock mounted. Each step light shall not be any larger than 3" in diameter. One (1) Step Lights Activated Respective Door 08-01-0753 The step lighting shall activate by opening any of the cab doors. One (1) Engine Compartment Work Light LED (2) 08-00-0783 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTING Two (2) LED lights shall be mounted to the engine compartment in such a fashion as to provide as much light as possible to the engine compartment area. The engine compartment lighting shall activate with the tilting of the cab. One (1) Interior Overhead LED Lighting Red/Clear - W/ Override Switch in Vista 08-00-0791 INTERIOR OVERHEAD CAB LED LIGHTING Each cab door shall include a dual red and white LED lamp.There shall be one (1) light centered over each of the Driver and Officer’s seat and one centered over each crew door. The clear lamp shall illuminate with the opening of each respective door with both the red and clear portions of the lamp activated by individual switches on each lamp, as well as an overide switch in the Vista. One (1) Cornering Lights LED on Bumper Tail Whelen 500 08-00-0702 CORNERING LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen # 500 LED cornering lights which shall be mounted, one (1) on each of the driver and officer bumper tails for additional lighting when turning a corner. Each lamp shall illuminate when the respective turn signal is activated. One (1) Dr Open/Hazard Wrn Lt, Flash, Whln 5SR00FRR LED (Do Not Move Apparatus) 08-00-4070 DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS/ HAZARD LIGHT The front headliner of the cab shall include a flashing red Whelen 500 Series LED light clearly labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus". The flashing red light shall be located centered left to right for greatest visibility. The light and alarm shall be interlocked for activation when either a cab door is not firmly closed or an apparatus compartment door is not closed, and the parking brake is released. One (1) Door Open Alarm 08-00-4103 Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 79 DOOR OPEN ALARM There shall be an alarm interlocked for activation when the parking brake is released and either a cab door or apparatus compartment door is not completely closed. One (1) Back Up Alarm, Preco-Matic 1059 08-01-2030 BACK-UP ALARM {Quantity} Preco self-adjusting automatic electric back-up alarm shall be wired to the back-up light circuit, and mounted under the rear of the apparatus body. One (1) Back Up Alarm, Over-Ride Swtch , Auto Reset, Vista Screen 08-01-2050 OVER-RIDE SWITCH One (1) over-ride switch, auto reset shall be provided in the on the Vista display and control screen. One (1) Officer Side Camera; Rear Camera; Driver & Officer Vista 08-06-0150 REAR & SIDE FACING CAMERA A rear facing box style rearview camera shall be installed on the rear of the vehicle. There shall also be a teardrop style rearview camera mounted to the Officer side of the vehicle. The rear camera shall be activated when the vehicle transmission is shifted to reverse, and the side tear drop camera shall be activated with the blinker. The image viewed on the Driver and Officer side Vista. One (1) Sound For Backup Camera With Vista Display 08-06-0305 SOUND FOR BACKUP CAMERA There shall be a speaker mounted in the forward overhead position that is dedicated to the backup microphone. It shall be activated when the transmission is shifted into reverse; and it shall enable the driver to hear what is happening behind the apparatus. One (1) Battery Chrgr, KUSS, Autocharge 5000 091-217-16 08-08-KM12 BATTERY CHARGER One (1) Kussmaul Autocharge 5000 model #091-217-16, 50 amp fully automatic high output battery charger shall be wired to the 16 volt battery system. The charger unit shall be mounted in a clean dry area and will be accessible for service and/or maintenance. One (1) Manual Shoreline 08-08-0099 One (1) Shoreline, AC Connector, Manual, 20A, Yellow Max Fire Apparatus 10085-0006 10/22/13 80 08-08-20MY The manual shoreline cover shall be Yellow in color. One (1) Shoreline Location Driver's Mid Front Step RWD 08-08-06SR SHORELINE LOCATION The shoreline shall be located in the driver middle step in towards the front of the cab. One (1) Indicator Location Driver's Mid Step RWD 08-08-41CS The Battery Charger indicator shall be located in the driver's mid step rearward. QUOTATION Max Fire Apparatus Poudre Fire Authority 2109 West Chase Gregg Miller Fort Collins, CO 80525 102 Remington Fort Collins, CO 80524 (970) 416-2314 gmiller@poudre-fire.org Quote No: 131015-0010 10/22/2013 Page 1 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG == General Pmpr/Tnkr Bid Prep Forms - 518.090 05/18/09 == 1 1 00-00-1100 S Information Request Form (Factory Required) 1 00-00-1300 S PFA Commander 4X2 1 00-00-1499 Overall Height Restriction, NONE 1 1 00-00-1509 Overall Length Restriction, NONE 1 1 00-00-1519 Overall Width Restriction, NONE 1 1 00-00-1529 Wheelbase Restriction, NONE 1 1 00-00-1540 S < MINIMUM ANGLE OF APPROACH 1 1 12 degrees 00-00-1550 S < MINIMUM ANGLE OF DEPARTURE 1 1 12 degrees 00-12-1100 Financial Stability Response 1 1 01-06-0560 Electronic Stability Control 1 3 02-06-0300 Company History, Minnesota Division 1 3 == General Pmpr/Tnkr Warranties-BR - 518.090 05/18/09 == 1 4 01-16-0150 |-- Warranty, Apparatus, Bumper to Bumper, 1 Year, BR 1 4 01-19-0460 |-- Warranty, Bdy, Alum, Life-Time, Transferable, BR 1 5 01-19-2450 |-- Warranty, Subframe, Lifetime Alum, Transferable, BR 1 6 01-20-0360 |-- Warranty, Paint, PPG, 10 Years, EXT, BR 1 7 01-17-0750 |-- Pump Warranty, Waterous, 5 Years, BR 1 7 02-14-6250 Plmbg Warranty, Stnls Stl, 10 Years, BR 1 8 01-33-3100 |-- Mnls, Bdy Complete, 1 Set Printed With CD, BR 1 9 02-90-0500 Chassis, Commander Cstm 1 10 == EXT Pmpr/Tnkr - DC Elect System COMMANDERS ONLY - 2013.010 01/03/13 == 1 10 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PACKAGES - RACH 1 56-01-1360 |-- Siren, Elect, F-S PA-300 w/Priority #69002 1 10 56-02-1250 S < |-- Spkr, Cast Products, 100 Watt SH2015 2 10 Change quantity to two (2) 56-03-1400 |-- Spkr Lctn, Bumper, Rcsd, One Ea Side 2 10 56-06-0600 S < |-- Siren, Screaming Eagle, Mech, Bumper, Rcsd, Right Side 1 11 --Change siren to Screaming Eagle 56-07-1300 S < |-- Siren Cntrl, Screaming Eagle, Driver's Side Foot Swtch 1 11 Change verbiage to Screaming Eagle 56-07-1100 S < |-- Siren Brake, Screaming Eagle, Driver's Side 1 11 Change verbiage to Screaming Eagle 10/22/2013 Page 2 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 56-08-1200 |-- Bell, Chrome, South Park, With Eagle 1 11 56-08-1400 < |-- Bell Cntrl, Elec 1 11 There needs to be a ding damper adjustment. Just ask, really. CAB LIGHTBARS - UPPER ZONE A 1 57-03-1000 |-- ===== Code 3 Lt Bars - Long ===== 1 57-03-2800 S < |-- Lt Bar, Code 3, RMX80NFPA4 80" Light Bars 1 11 A Code 3 RMX80NFPA4 80" lightbar is to be provided with Opticom and two takedowns. See accompanying layout sheet (rev032612) WARNING LIGHT PACKAGE ALL CLEAR LENSES THROUGHOUT. 57-03-7100 S |-- Traffic Emitter, E795H Opticom, Instld in Code3 Lt Bar 1 11 57-10-0600 |-- Lightbar Cntrl, with Master Warning Switch 1 11 REAR FACING UPPER WARN LTS - UPPER ZONE C 1 58-71-1520 U < |-- Wrn Lts, Code3 Rr (2) 4" x 6", Red LED/Clear Lens 1 12 Rear Face Upper, per drawing, in addition to rear Upper Beacons. Code3 4" x 6" Red LED wClear Lenses 58-72-1900 S < |-- Wrn Lts, Code 3, Upper Rr (2) Prizm Duobeam, Amber LED/clear lens 1 12 Code 3 Prizm Duobeam Amber w/Clear Lens both LH and RH. NOTE: amber/amber with clear lenses does NOT meet NFPA output reqs. so the Rear Face Upper warns have been changed to Code 3 4X6 Red LED w/clear Lens, for package certification. 58-74-5200 |-- Mtg, Rr Wrn Lt, Bdy Compt 1 12 CAB WARNING LTS 1 58-03-6400 < |-- Wrn Lts, Whelen, Upper Wing, (2) #600 S-LED 1 12 Red left, blue right 58-03-7310 < |-- Wrn Lts, Whelen, Inbrd Hdlght Frnt, (2) #600 S-LED 1 12 Red left, blue right 58-09-1520 < |-- Wrn Lts, Whelen, Intrsct (2) #600 S-LED 1 12 60BR6FCR split blue/red LED, clear lens 58-26-1520 < |-- Wrn Lts, Whelen, Low Mid Bdy (2) #600 S-LED 1 12 Red LED/clear lens. Low/Fwd on pump panel 58-36-1520 < |-- Wrn Lts, Whelen, Low Rr Side (2) #600 SLED 1 13 Red LED/ clear lens, rear wheel wells 58-01-1100 |-- Bezels, Chrome, Wrn Lts (1 pair) 1 13 58-81-1520 < |-- Wrn Lts, Whelen, Low Rr (2) #600 S-LED 1 13 Red LED/ clear lens 50-08-1000 S < Elecal, Base, Multi-Plex, Weldon V-MUX Bdy 1 13 (2) Changes reqd to Chs Supplied Electrical Scheme: Change Aux Brake Trans Pre-Select to 2nd Gear. Do NOT Auto-Pop-Up Seat Belt Status Screen ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE VISTA. All 12V relays and solenoids and breakers shall be located in a weather tight compartment above the pump compartment. The compartment is to be accessible from the front of the pump module when the cab is tilted via a hinged/latched door. 10/22/2013 Page 3 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 55-13-1060 |-- V-MUX Dr Open, Isolation, Body Main Cmpt Doors 1 17 50-12-1090 Swtch Panel, Dash, Chassis Supplied 1 50-15-3100 Battery Swtch, Mstr Disconnect 1 50-41-3000 < Air Horns, (2) Rcsd, One Ea Side Bumper 1 17 --Inboard frame rail, each side. 50-43-2000 |-- Air Horn Cntrl, Driver, Horn Ring, Air/Elec 1 17 DOME-CABINET-INTERIOR-ENGINE-PUMP LtS 1 51-05-1100 Dome Lt, Chassis Supl'd 1 51-05-6290 Lt, Engine Cmpt, Chassis Supl'd 1 51-05-6400 Lt, Pump Cmpt, 12 Volt LED With Swtch 1 17 51-05-9000 |-- Switch on Light Head 1 17 52-01-1500 < |-- Back Up Alarm, Back Step To Cab Audible Wrn System 1 17 Tie to chassis electric horn and label "Signal" See drawing for mounting location expectation. Same as 3183. 52-02-1110 Back Up Camera, Install Chassis Supl'd, Mn 1 18 52-04-1760 < Sptlt, GoLight, On Cab Roof 2 18 qty 2 To be mounted on pedestals as on 3183. Not on condenser. 52-08-1009 |-- Hand Lights, NFPA Compliance - Spl'd/Instl'd by DEPT 1 18 52-10-2200 S < Intercom System, David Clark, 3800 Series, Install Cstmr Supld 1 18 Install per layout provided by Dave Kelln 52-15-1500 < Radio Spkr, Fire, Install Cstmer Supl'd, Ea 1 18 Location: Inside Cab, Officer's Side Wall, High, between Officer's Seat and RFO seat. 52-15-1700 Radio, Fire, Install Cstmer Supl'd 2 18 52-15-1800 |-- Radio, Fire, Remote Head, Install Cstmer Supl'd 2 19 52-25-1100 < Knox Box, Sentralock, Install Cstmer Supl'd 1 19 Mount in flat area of Havis 53-01-1200 Marker Lts, LED, DOT Requirements 1 19 53-03-0050 Weldon Rr DOT LED Lting Pkg (4x6) 1 53-03-2400 |-- Tail/Brake Lts, Weldon, LED, 4"x6" 1 19 53-04-2400 |-- Turn Signals, Weldon, LED, 4"x6" 1 19 53-06-1300 |-- Backup Lts, Weldon, Incan, 4"x6" 1 19 53-05-1800 Turn Signals, Mid Bdy, LED Marker Lt 1 19 53-06-3500 U < Aux Backup Lts, Whelen, 500 LED, angled in rear rub rails. 1 19 Whelen 500 series LED lights, (1) each side, shall be installed in the rear lower rub rails. These shall have clear lenses. The lights shall active when reverse is selected. 10/22/2013 Page 4 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG To be centered under L3/R3 compartments. 54-03-1420 |-- Ground Lts, Mid Body, LED, Pr Whelen 3SC0CDCR 1 20 54-03-1620 |-- Ground Lts, Rr Step, LED, Pr Whelen 3SC0CDCR 1 20 54-04-1999 |-- Lt Swtch , Ground Lts w/ Park Brake 1 20 54-10-1460 Step Lt, Rr Tailboard, OSS Nt Stk, 9" LED , Plshd Bzl, Ea 2 20 54-11-2100 Lt Swtch , Step/Wlkwy Lts Wired Park Brake Swtch 1 20 54-15-1380 Scene Lt, Whelen, 900 S-LED 2 21 54-15-1400 |-- Scene Lt, Bezel Stand Off, Straight 2 21 54-15-5100 |-- Scene Lt Lctn, Left Side Of Cab 1 21 54-15-5200 |-- Scene Lt Lctn, Right Side Of Cab 1 21 54-15-6400 |-- Scene Lt Swtch , Left Scene Lts, Cab 1 21 54-15-6500 |-- Scene Lt Swtch , Right Scene Lts, Cab 1 21 54-15-6700 S < |-- Scene Lt Swtch , With Respective Cab Side Door 1 21 Cab scene lights shall be switched from in the cab and with the opening of any respective cab side door. 54-15-4510 |-- Scene Lt, Fire Research, LED Q65 2 21 54-15-5700 |-- Scene Lt Lctn, Rr Of Bdy 2 22 54-15-6600 |-- Scene Lt Swtch , Rr Scene Lts, Cab 1 22 54-15-6700 |-- Scene Lt Swtch , Rr Scene Lts, Auto w/ Reverse 1 22 58-92-1400 < Traffic Arrow Lt, Code 3, 47" LED, NASL847 1 22 Default to flash mode for response mode 58-95-1400 S < Traffic Arrow Lt Mtg, Surface Mt, Handrail Above Hose Bed 1 22 Mount in structure behind hose bed covers and above hose bed, between body sides, similar to 3183. == General SA Pmpr/Tnkr Chassis Modifictns - 518.090 05/18/ 1 22 10-01-1100 Vehicle Dimensions, Sngl Axle 1 22 10-02-1100 Label, Data, Fluid Levels 1 23 10-02-1200 Label, Data, Height x Length, Weight 1 23 10-02-1300 Label, Data, "No Ride" Rr Step 1 23 10-02-2100 S Label, Indicating Number of Seats 1 23 10-02-2500 Label, "Caution: Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated" 1 24 10-03-3100 Tow Hooks, Frnt, Supl'd With Chs 1 10-03-6000 Tow Plates (2), Rr Frame Rail, Under Step 1 24 80-43-2400 |-- Painting, Tow Plates, Blk 1 24 10-04-2450 |-- Bumper Gravelshield, 21", By Bdy Bldr, EXT 1 24 10-04-2720 < |-- Bumper Cmpt, Center, Hosewell Compt 1 24 150' of 1.75" double jacket hose. 10-04-3160 < |-- Bumper Cmpt Door, Alum T/P, Raised Style 1 24 D ring latch. OK to raise 2" if it does not affect tilt. 10-04-2920 < |-- Bumper Cmpt, Right, Hosewell Compt 1 25 Reference prebuild sketch truck #13772 10-04-3150 |-- Bumper Cmpt Door, Alum T/P, Flat Style 1 25 10-06-1200 Whl Cvr, Hub/Lug, Install Chs Supl'd, Sngl Axle 1 25 10-06-1600 S < Cat's Eye Tire Pressure Indicator, Sngl Axle 1 25 Tire pressure monitor to be Cat's Eye on the rear axle. linkmfg.com LED indicators on the front axle. 10/22/2013 Page 5 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG Part number must be determined by application. Only one model exist. 10-07-1200 |-- Exhaust, Extension Under RH, Bdy 1 25 10-07-1500 |-- Exhaust Heat Shield, Under Bdy Compts 1 25 10-08-2100 Mud Flaps, Rr Whls, Blk, w/ Bdy 1 25 10-12-6400 S < |-- SCBA Brkt, Cab Wall Mt, Zico "NFPA" Restraint, Ea 2 25 --Pedestal mount outboard forward facing crew seats, one each side. 10-13-1200 S < |-- Cab Interior Accessory Mounting Plates, Alum. 1 26 *Same as 3183* There shall be four DA aluminum accessory mounting plates installed inside the crew area of the cab. The plates shall be attached to the walls, to allow mounting of helmet holders and other accessories. One plate shall be located on each side wall in the LFD area and one plate shall be located on the rear wall on each left and right sides above the SCBA brackets. 30-02-1690 |-- === NO Dr Locks, Roll-up Doors (Ea) - Pick To Select === 1 10-13-1800 S < |-- Cabinet, Rr Of Engine Tunnel, Rr Facing, Drop Down Door 1 26 Cabinet to have supported drop down door to be used as desk. Approval drawing required. 10-13-3540 |-- Exterior Finish, Cabinet, To Match Cab Interior 1 26 55-01-3350 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 9" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 26 55-06-1300 |-- Cmpt Lt, CPI Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 26 10-13-4300 S < |-- Cabinet, Notebook Style, Front Cab, Six 1 26 Map book holder ahead of rear engine tunnel cabinet/desk similar to Red Oak, +1" H overall and +1" W overall, with glove boxes. Approval drawing required. 10-13-3540 |-- Exterior Finish, Cabinet, To Match Cab Interior 1 27 10-13-3550 |-- Interior Finish, Cabinet, Natural 1 27 10-18-6000 S < Cab Tilt Control, Cstm, PumpCmpt 1 27 Locate in the pump compartment, driver's side. == General Midship Pmpr/Tnkr Pump&Plumbing - 518.090 05/18/ 1 27 20-23-8200 S |-- Pump, Waterous, CMUC20, 2 Stage, Midship 1 27 20-23-8110 |-- Pump Flow Rtng, Waterous, CMUC20, 1500 GPM 1 28 22-24-1300 < |-- Intk, Gtd, 6" NST, 6" AKR Elec Vlv, LH Side, Bhnd Pnl 1 28 Add Air Bleed to TOP of Inlet 22-40-7900 |-- Adptr, LW Alum, 30 Deg, 6"F x 5" Storz 1 29 22-41-7200 |-- Cap, 5" Storz, LW Alum, Lckng, w/Chain or Cable 1 29 22-24-3300 < |-- Intk, Gtd, 6" NST, 6" AKR Elec Vlv, RH Side, Bhnd Pnl 1 29 Add Air Bleed to TOP of Inlet. 22-40-7920 < |-- Adptr, Color Coded, 30 Deg, 6"F x 5" Storz 1 29 Maroon 22-41-7220 < |-- Cap, 5" Storz, Color Coded, Lckng, w/Chain or Cable 1 29 Maroon 20-26-1200 |-- Pump, Waterous, Transfer Vlv, Elec 1 29 10/22/2013 Page 6 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 20-26-2200 |-- Pump Seal, Mech, Waterous 1 30 20-26-2400 |-- Pump Impeller, Waterous, Flame Plated Hubs 1 30 20-26-3050 < |-- Pump Manufacturer's Pneumatic Pump Shift 1 30 --changed pump shift to full air 20-26-4400 S < |-- Pump Primer, Waterous, VPO, Oil Less, Elec, Push Pull 1 31 utilize a mechanical priming valve with push pull control in lieu of vacuum operated. 27-10-4550 |-- Pressure Gvrnr, Class 1, TPG+, w/Bdy 1 31 STAINLESS STEEL PUMP PLUMBING * 1 21-00-2000 |-- Screens/Anodes, Pump 1 32 21-00-3300 |-- Piping, Stnls Stl - 1250 GPM & Up 1 32 21-01-0200 |-- Pump Drain, Master, Manifold, Push Pull Type 1 32 21-01-5500 |-- Intk Manifold, Stnls Stl 1 32 21-01-6500 |-- Dschg Manifold, Stnls Stl 1 32 21-01-7100 |-- Painting, Pump & Piping, Silver 1 33 21-01-8100 |-- Threads, National Hose (NST) 1 33 22-51-7000 |-- Tank-To-Pump, Water Tank, 3-1/2", Waterous 1 33 22-55-1400 |-- Intk Vlv Cntrl, Pull Rod, 1/4 Turn Lckg - IC 1 33 23-02-1300 S |-- Tank Fill/Cooling Line, Water Tank, 2" 1 33 24-62-1200 S < |-- Vlv Mfger, NRS, (2") 1 33 The specified valve shall be a non-rising stem two-inch (2") valve. 20-30-3100 |-- Pump Instln, Midship Split-Shaft, By Bdy Bldr 1 34 20-31-1000 Fire Pump Testing - Pumpers/Tankers 1 20-31-1100 |-- Pump Test, Pumper, UL 1 34 20-31-1300 S < |-- Pump Test, Altitude Requirements 1 34 5000' 20-31-1500 |-- Pump Test, Label 1 34 20-31-3200 Dump-Relief Vlv, Suction Side, ELK #240, NST 1 35 20-31-4100 Pump Cooler, Bypass-To-Tank, 3/8" 1 35 20-31-5100 Heat Exchanger, Engine, Hook-Up Only 1 35 20-31-5300 Heat exchanger, Hose, Silicone 1 35 22-12-1100 Intk, Aux, Gtd, 2-1/2", NST, Left Side 1 35 22-41-1100 |-- Plug, 2-1/2", Chrome Rocker Lug, w/Chain 1 36 24-62-1250 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2") 1 36 22-55-4050 |-- Intk Vlv Cntrl, AKR, Mnl Swing Type-Adjacent 1 36 22-12-3100 < Intk, Aux, Gtd, 2-1/2", NST, Right Side 1 36 Hold location ahead of steamer as shown on drawing 4497-09. 22-41-1100 |-- Plug, 2-1/2", Chrome Rocker Lug, w/Chain 1 36 24-62-1250 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2") 1 36 22-55-4050 < |-- Intk Vlv Cntrl, AKR, Mnl Swing Type-Adjacent 1 36 Different than 3183. 23-05-3200 |-- Dschg, 2" x 1-1/2" Front Cntr Bumper, Swivel 1 36 21-01-2200 |-- Drain/Bleeder, Class 1, Automatic 1 37 23-05-9200 < |-- Hose Connection, Abv Frnt Bmpr, Swivel 1 37 To be chrome and on the officer's side. 24-61-1200 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2") 1 37 24-53-0030 < |-- Dschg Vlv Cntrl, Pull Rod, 1/4 Turn, SM, AKR - IC 1 37 --deleted electric valve 27-02-3200 |-- Gauge, Dschg, Class 1, 3-1/2" 400#, White Face 1 37 23-09-4100 < Dschg, 2-1/2", Left Side, Pump Panel 1 37 PFA prefers this discharge to be located aft of the steamer, as low as possible. Manual swing adjacent used for 13772, Reference P4497-09 for location. 10/22/2013 Page 7 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 21-01-2502 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 1 37 24-02-1200 |-- Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 1 38 24-03-1400 |-- Cap, 2-1/2", NST Chrome, Rocker Lug, w/Chain 1 38 24-61-1250 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2") 1 38 24-53-0800 |-- Dschg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, Mnl Swing Type-Adjacent, Lckg 1 38 27-02-3200 |-- Gauge, Dschg, Class 1, 3-1/2" 400#, White Face 1 38 23-10-4100 Dschg, 2-1/2", Right Side, Pump Panel 1 38 21-01-2502 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 1 38 24-02-1200 |-- Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 1 38 24-03-1400 |-- Cap, 2-1/2", NST Chrome, Rocker Lug, w/Chain 1 38 24-61-1270 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2"), Electric 1 39 24-53-5100 |-- Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 2-1/2" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 1 39 23-10-5200 Dschg, 3" x 4"NST, Right Side, Pump Panel 1 39 21-01-2502 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 1 39 24-01-4000 |-- Adptr, LW Alum, 5" Storz x 2-1/2"M 1 39 24-02-2620 < |-- Elbow, Color Coded, 5" Storz x 4"F 1 39 Red 24-03-1400 |-- Cap, 2-1/2", NST Chrome, Rocker Lug, w/Chain 1 39 24-61-1320 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (3"), Electric 1 40 24-53-5200 |-- Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 3" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 1 40 23-13-3100 Dschg, 2-1/2", Left Rr 1 40 21-01-2502 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 1 40 24-01-2400 |-- Adptr, Reducing, 2-1/2" NST F x 1-1/2" NST M, Chrome 1 40 24-02-1200 |-- Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 1 40 24-61-1270 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2"), Electric 1 40 24-53-5100 |-- Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 2-1/2" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 1 40 23-13-3200 Dschg, 2-1/2", Right Rr 2 41 21-01-2502 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 2 41 24-01-2400 |-- Adptr, Reducing, 2-1/2" NST F x 1-1/2" NST M, Chrome 2 41 24-02-1200 |-- Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 2 41 24-61-1270 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2"), Electric 2 41 24-53-5100 |-- Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 2-1/2" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 2 41 24-11-3200 S < Monitor Dschg, 3", Over Midship Pump Enclsr 1 42 Above pump, rearward. Terminate in 3" NPT. **Wiring for DMA light to be supplied.** 21-01-2500 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn 1 42 24-13-3100 S < |-- Mntr, AKR, Apollo #2, #3433 Hi-Riser, (2)2.5" Inlts, No Nzl 1 42 Note: On 13462, the Ground Stand was delivered with 3" Inlets, which were incorrect and refused. Confirm on future Poudre orders if Ground Stand is desired, and if so, confirm 2-1/2" inlets. 24-18-4210 |-- Nzl, Mstr Strm, AKR 5160, Akromatic, 1250GPM 1 42 24-61-1320 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (3"), Electric 1 43 24-53-5200 |-- Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 3" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 1 43 24-30-3700 < |-- Hose Reel, HAN, LwrRr Cmpt, Elec, Stl Pntd 1 43 Hose to be customer supplied/installed. 24-31-2100 |-- Hose Reel, Rwnd Cntrl, Weatherproof Push Button 1 43 24-32-1400 |-- Dschg, Hose Reel, 1-1/2" 1 43 21-01-2500 |-- Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn 1 43 24-32-1700 |-- Dschg, Hose Reel, Plmbd to Normal Pressure 1 44 24-61-1150 |-- Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (1-1/2") 1 44 24-53-0030 |-- Dschg Vlv Cntrl, Pull Rod, 1/4 Turn, SM, AKR - IC 1 44 27-02-3200 |-- Gauge, Dschg, Class 1, 3-1/2" 400#, White Face 1 44 10/22/2013 Page 8 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 24-33-9300 |-- Roller, Hose Reel, Rr 1 44 24-33-9700 |-- Roller, Hose Reel, Vrtcl 2 44 80-43-1600 |-- Painting, Hose Reel, Silver Grey 1 44 25-06-4200 < |-- Foam Sys, F/PRO 2002, Cls A/B, 5G/400P,12V 1 44 Foam capable discharges shall be the (3) rear, (1) right side 2.5", front bumper, and booster reel. All foam discharge labels shall be white with black letters. 25-20-1200 |-- Foam Plmbg, Sngl Class A Tank, 1" Mnl Vlv 1 46 25-21-1500 |-- Foam Tank, Intgrl Poly, 30 Gal, Class A 1 47 25-22-9300 |-- Foam Tank, UPF 1 48 25-23-1000 |-- Foam Tank Drain, 1" Gate Vlv, Under Tank 1 48 27-36-2000 |-- Foam Tank Gauge, Class 1, Intelli-Tank, Pump Panel 1 48 25-19-9000 |-- Foam System, NFPA #1901, Install Standards 1 48 == General Pmpr/Tnkr-Side Mount Pump Cmpt - 518.090 05/18/0 1 49 26-02-1300 < Pump Enc, Side Mt, Extrd Alum, 50-59"W 1 49 Pump panel layout approval drawing to be provided. Group foam controls and foam discharges. Co-locate the tank to pump, refill/recirc, and primer controls. Place the transfer valve switch as high as practical. ALL Hardware on front panel of Pump Enclosure to be Loctited. This panel came loose on 3183. 26-10-2300 S < Pump Enc Cmpt, SM, Hng Panels, Upper 1 50 Same as 3183. Hinged side panels shall be located at the upper side of the pump module. The access panels will be constructed as large as space permits. Hinged door constructed of material same as right side pump panel shall be installed upper side of the compartment and shall be provided with a positive latching system for easy opening. There shall be a gas strut type hold open mechanism. The hinge shall be at the top of the panel and shall permit the panel to open a minimum of 90 degrees. 26-30-1100 Rng Brd, LH Pump Panel, Alum T/P, SM 1 51 26-30-5000 < |-- Hosewell, Rning Brd, Pump Panel, LH 1 51 25' of 5" supply line, with couplers. The hosewell on 3183 worked out well. FD requests 10" deep, if it doesn't interfere with heat pan and/or ground clearance. 26-30-6100 |-- Hosewell, Rning Brd, Cvr, Tread Plate, Ea 1 51 26-30-1150 Rng Brd, RH Pump Panel, Alum T/P, SM 1 51 26-31-1110 < Gauge Panel, Upper LH, S/S, EXT 1 51 Panel to open as far as practical. 26-31-1300 < Pump Side Access Door, Upper RH, S/S 1 52 Door must open at least 90 degrees, prefer greater. 26-35-3210 < Pump Panel, Stnls Stl, LH/RH, SM, EXT 1 52 Review tag verbiage. Colocate all foam controls and foam discharge controls. Pump panel layout approval drawing is required. 26-35-1100 |-- Pump Panel, Bltd, LH 1 52 26-35-1400 |-- Pump Panel, Hngd, RH 1 52 26-50-1200 < Heater, Pump Enc, 30,000BTU, w/Swtch 1 52 10/22/2013 Page 9 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG --deleted constant run verbiage, standard application now. 26-50-1300 |-- Silicone Hose, Heater, Pump Enc (IPOS) 1 52 26-50-3200 S < Heat Pan, Pump Enc, Midship, Slide Out Panels, Alum 1 53 Two piece heat pan bottom to be removed from both sides. 26-55-1100 Labels, Test Data and Safety Placards 1 53 26-55-2410 < Labels, IC Color Coded, EXT 1 53 Any FOAM Labels to be WHITE Background with BLACK Lettering. Review tag verbiage. 26-56-1152 Pump Panel Lt, Midship LH, Grote 18" LED Slim White 1 53 26-56-1252 Pump Panel Lt, Midship RH, Grote 18" LED Slim White 1 54 26-56-2000 Pump Panel Lt, Actuated w/Pump Engagement 1 54 27-01-2200 |-- Mstr Gauges, Class 1, 6" PSI, WF, Pr 1 54 27-01-4100 < Gauge, Test Taps 1 54 To be installed at bottom of pump panel. 27-34-1100 Fuel Gauge, Chassis, Pump Panel 1 54 27-35-2020 S < Water Tank Gauge, Class 1, ITL Dual Display, LH & RH Pump Pnl 1 55 Second display to be on officer's side pump panel. 27-35-6102 |-- Water Tank Gauge, Whelen PS TANK LED, Level Lts, Pair, Cls 1 1 55 27-37-1100 < Air Horn, Push Button, Pump Panel 1 55 Silicone rear electrical connections. == General HLHD / HRHD SA Pmpr/Tnkr - 518.090 05/18/09 == 1 56 25-28-1360 S < Water Tank, 650 Gal, Pmpr/Tnkr , Poly, T-Tank 1 56 Tank shall be L shaped to provide lower effective hosebed height. Water tank size shall be 650 gallons. Water tank refill bung to be located as high as practical on the tank, to avoid accidental draining of the entire tank. 25-42-1100 |-- Water Tank, Base Specs, Poly 1 56 25-42-1200 < |-- Water Tank, Manufacturer, UPF, Poly 1 57 No brand preference on water tank. 01-18-0450 |-- Warranty, Water Tank, UPF, BR 1 58 25-44-1700 |-- Water Tank, Fill Tower, 10" x 10", EXT 1 59 25-50-0500 |-- Tank Drains, EXT 1 25-50-1400 |-- Water Tank Clean-out & Plug, 3" 1 59 29-00-2400 Hosebed, Pmpr, <168" L, HD, 71" Wide - EXT 1 59 29-10-1050 Hosebed, Grating, Extrd Alum, <168" Long - EXT 1 59 29-10-5020 Hosebed Storage Cpcty, EXT 1 29-10-5100 |-- Hosebed, Strge Cpcty, 55 Cubic Feet, Minimum 1 59 29-10-5400 < |-- Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 1.75" DJ Hose (50-ft Lngth) 8 59 (2) Pre-Connects @ 200' each. Far LH and Far RH slots. 29-10-5600 < |-- Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 2.5" DJ Hose (50-ft Lngth) 6 60 10/22/2013 Page 10 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 300' Pre-connect, Inner RH Slot. 29-10-5700 < |-- Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 3" DJ Hose (50-ft Lngth) 16 60 (2) Slots @ 400' each, RH. 29-10-6000 < |-- Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 5" LDH SJ Rubber (100-ft) 8 60 800' 5" in LH Hosebed. 29-10-8150 < Hosebed, Divider, 1/4" Alum, EXT 4 60 Dividers to be full height to bottom of covers, with the exception of the the far RH divider, between the 1-3/4" and 2-1/2" pre-connects, to be as short as possible, based on height of 300' of 2-1/2". 23-08-8100 S < |-- Speedlay, 1-1/2", Removable Hose Tray, Alum 3 60 Two (2) trays shall be for the 1.75" preconnects. Each shall accommodate 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose. One (1) to fit in the slot at the center of hosebed, for storage of 200' 1-1/2" hose. Include nylon slide strips on surface below the tray. 29-10-8550 Hosebed, Partition, Front of Hosebed, > 48" - EXT 1 60 29-20-3550 S < Hosebed Cvr, Alum T/P, <168" L, 49-74" Wide - MN 1 60 The hosebed covers shall be each secured using two rubber T handle latches. Hosebed cover support to be used for highrise pack storage. 5.5" gap between the (2) uprights. There shall be a full height stop installed in the gap, to prevent hosepack from sliding forward. The stop shall be located 78" from rear opening. Pike pole storage at bottom of gap, minimum height possible. Same as 3183. Four (4) tubes for long handled tools, (shovels, rake, etc.) shall be provided below the hosebed cover, above the 5" supply hose (left side hosebed cover) 29-20-6650 |-- Mnl Operation, Hosebed Cvr, Alum T/P 1 61 29-20-7325 |-- Hsbd Cvr Lt, OSS Value Line, 36" LED Tube Lt, Ea 4 61 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 4 61 29-20-7800 S < |-- Rr Vinyl Flaps for Alum Cvr 1 61 Color: Red At the vertical center access seam of the end flaps there shall be a minimum 4" overlap from the right flap to the left flap. This center access seam shall have a minimum of (2) vertical rows of velcro closure. There shall be a plastic panel or comparable material integrated into the flap(s) over the pike pole storage area to prevent puncturing the cover. Secure rear vinyl flap with 1" nylon webbing and alligator clips. BODY CONSTRUCTION 1 61 30-01-2000 Bdy Const - Rosenbauer EXT - SA Pmpr/Tnkr 1 61 30-01-2250 |-- Electrolysis Corrosion Cntrl 1 64 30-10-1500 |-- Sub-Frame, EXT, SA Pmpr/Tnkr 1 64 44-05-1200 |-- Whl Well Panel, Alum, Pntd, Sngl Axle 1 65 44-06-4320 |-- Fenderette, Polished Stainless Steel, EXT 1 65 31-01-5040 100" OAW, 12-26" Half Dpth Both Sides, HL/HR 1 65 31-01-5244 Hngd/Roll Up Combination, HL/HR, 150" Bdy 1 30-02-1800 |-- Drs, Hngd/Roll-Up Combination Specs, EXT 1 66 30-02-1520 < |-- Dr Handle, Eberhard 21100 Series, Hngd Drs (Ea) 6 69 Door handles to have vertical orientation to match cab. 30-02-1690 |-- === NO Dr Locks, Roll-up Doors (Ea) - Pick To Select === 7 30-02-1900 |-- Side Body Header, Tread Plate, EXT 1 69 31-01-5200 |-- Bdy, Rosenbauer EXT, Pmpr/Tnkr , 150" 1 69 32-05-4079 S |-- Cmpt Height, 79" High Left, High Side 1 70 10/22/2013 Page 11 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 32-05-6154 |-- Ahd Rr Whls-34" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 1 70 45-00-4425 |-- Ahd Rr Whls, Left, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 1 44-40-1020 |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 70 45-02-4100 < |-- Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 2 70 Lower shelf to be installed 14" below upper shelf. 45-05-4100 < |-- Slide Tray, 250#, Alum 3/16" (1/4 Dpth), EXT 1 70 To be mounted 23" above floor of compartment 55-01-3390 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 71 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 71 32-05-7034 < |-- Abv Rr Whls-52" Sngl Cmpt, No Hyd Rack-Hngd Dble Drs 1 71 Door handle to be as low as possible. 45-00-4505 |-- Upr Hgh Sde Cmpt(s), Left, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 1 44-40-1020 |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 71 45-02-4100 |-- Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 1 71 55-01-3370 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 27" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 71 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 72 32-05-8054 < |-- Bhd Rr Whls-44" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 1 72 Compartment width may need to grow for air ride. 45-00-4625 |-- Bhnd Rr Whls, Left, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 1 44-40-1020 < |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 72 --the vent in L3 (lower forward wall) is to be sealed off and a vent is to be installed in the ceiling extrusion panel to provide ventilation but reduce dust infiltration into the compartment. 45-02-4100 < |-- Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 2 72 One shelf is to be located directly above the two drawer module. 45-05-4100 S < |-- Slide Tray, 250#, Alum 3/16" (1/4 Dpth), EXT 2 72 Match 3183. (2) Drawers, located at the top of the deep portion of compartment L3. Each drawer to be 6" H x as wide and deep as possible. Install a shelf directly above upper drawer. Width will need to accommodate LED tube lights. Handhole cutouts. Positive hold open/close devices. DA finish. Can be built as single module or components, whichever is easiest for removal/install if access is needed to electrical components behind panel. PFA says single strut or lighter struts are acceptable. Opening and closing with two struts as on 3183 is difficult. 45-19-1300 < |-- Equipment Mounting Pnl, Rr Wall, PAC TRAC 1 72 PAC Trac to rear compt wall, only between upper and lower shallow shelves, approx 20"H x 43" W 55-01-3390 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 73 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 73 32-06-4079 S |-- Cmpt Height, 79" High Right, High Side 1 73 32-06-6154 |-- Ahd Rr Whls-34" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 1 73 45-00-5415 |-- Ahd Rr Whls, Right, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 1 73 44-40-1020 |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 73 45-02-4100 < |-- Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 3 73 Two (2) 12" shelf and one (1) full depth shelves. 55-01-3390 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 74 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 74 32-06-7022 < |-- Abv Rr Whls-32" Sngl Compt w/ Hyd Rack-Hngd Dble Drs 1 74 Door handle to be as low as possible. 45-00-5505 |-- Upr Hgh Sde Cmpt(s), Right, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 1 44-40-1020 |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 74 45-02-4100 |-- Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 1 74 10/22/2013 Page 12 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 55-01-3320 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 27" LED Tube Lt, (1) Ea Cmpt 1 74 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 75 32-06-8054 < |-- Bhd Rr Whls-44" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 1 75 Compartment width may need to grow for air ride. 45-00-5615 |-- Bhnd Rr Whls, Right, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 1 44-40-1020 < |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 75 --the vent in R3 (lower forward wall) is to be sealed off and a vent is to be installed in the ceiling extrusion panel to provide ventilation but reduce dust infiltration into the compartment. 45-02-4100 |-- Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 3 75 55-01-3390 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 75 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 75 33-60-2100 Rr Bdy, Flat Back, EXT 1 76 32-08-5210 < |-- Rr Center Compt - Full Height Roll Up/Trans 1 76 Roll up door to have tall bottom rail feature. 45-00-6105 |-- Rr Cmpt, Cmpt, Provisions, Pmpr/Tnkr, EXT 1 44-40-1020 |-- Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 1 76 45-05-4100 < |-- Slide Tray, 250#, Alum 3/16" (1/4 Dpth), EXT 1 76 Tray to be situated on the officer's side of the booster reel. Match 3183. 55-01-3360 |-- Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 18" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 1 76 55-06-1100 |-- Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 1 76 33-61-1620 |-- Rr Step, EXT Bdy, Bolt-On, 18" 1 76 44-11-5150 Whl Well Cmpt, Ahd of Whls Left Side, EXT 1 77 44-10-2200 < |-- Whl Well Cmpt, Dual SCBA Tube, Brshd S/S Dr 1 77 CONFIRM BOTTLE DIMENSIONS 44-10-6000 |-- Whl Well Compt, SCBA Compt Straps 2 77 44-11-5350 Whl Well Cmpt, Bhnd Whls Left Side, EXT 1 77 44-07-1500 |-- Fuel Fill Door, Alum Pntd, LH Whl Well Panel 1 77 44-11-5550 Whl Well Cmpt, Ahd of Whls Right Side, EXT 1 78 44-10-2200 < |-- Whl Well Cmpt, Dual SCBA Tube, Brshd S/S Dr 1 78 CONFIRM BOTTLE DIMENSIONS 44-10-6000 |-- Whl Well Compt, SCBA Compt Straps 2 78 44-11-5750 Whl Well Cmpt, Bhnd Whls Right Side, EXT 1 78 44-07-3500 |-- Fuel Fill Door, Alum Pntd, RH Whl Well Panel 1 78 45-21-1100 S < SCBA Bttl Rck, Frmd Alum, (2) Cylinder Rack 1 78 --A 2-place SCBA cylinder module is to be fabricated from aluminum and shipped loose with the apparatus. The cylinders measure 6.5" x 20.5". The interior of the pockets are to be lined with rubber pads to protect the cylinders. See reference photo of 3183 R3 for existing location. CONFIRM BOTTLE DIMENSIONS!! 90-02-1550 S < Ladder Mtg, Hyd Rack, Center Mt Lo Pro, Right Side, EXT 1 79 Controls for ladder rack to be at RH pump panel Rack controls to be interlocked to RH Body doors - IF open, controls disabled. 90-03-0220 |-- Ladders, Ground, Provd'd By Manufacturer, MN 1 80 90-03-3300 |-- Ladder, Roof, Duo-Safety, 14' Alum 775-A 1 80 10/22/2013 Page 13 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 90-06-4600 |-- Ladder, Ext, Duo-Safety, 24' Alum, 2 Sect 900-A 1 80 90-02-5350 < Fldg Attic Ladder Mntg, On Hyd Rack-MN 1 80 Use Pac Trac Jumbo Lok #1070 90-03-0230 |-- Ladders, Fldg Attic, Provd'd By Manufacturer, MN 1 80 90-08-2600 |-- Ladder, Attic, Duo-Safety, 10' Alum, Fold 585-A 1 80 90-16-5300 S < Pike Pole Mtg, In Hosebed, Ea 2 81 pike pole compartment shall be constructed below hosepack storage in the middle of the hose bed. Diagonal/low-profile layout, same as 3183. 90-16-6100 Pike Pole Provd'd By, Bdy Bldr 1 81 90-16-2300 |-- Pike Pole, 6' Fbgls, Round Hndl 2 81 90-16-2800 < |-- Pike Pole, 10' Fbgls, Round Hndl 1 81 mounted on the ladder rack == General Pmpr/Tnkr Common Body Parts - 518.090 05/18/09 = 1 81 44-01-1400 |-- Bdy Trim, Frnt Bdy, Ht of Side Cmpts, Alum T/P 1 81 44-01-4020 |-- Bdy Trim, Rr Bdy, Smooth Alum for Chevron Stripe, EXT 1 81 44-07-4200 |-- Fuel Tank, Removeable Access Panel 1 81 33-62-1350 |-- Steps, Fldg, Rr Left Hand (4) 1 82 33-62-1650 |-- Steps, Fldg, Rr Right Hand (4) 1 82 33-70-1400 |-- Handrails, Rr Step, Vert, 60", Pair 1 82 33-70-2200 |-- Handrails, Pmpr, Below Hosebed, Horz, 60" 1 82 33-70-3100 S < |-- Handrails, Pmpr, Top of Bdy Sides, Rr, Spcl 2 82 --One (1) handrail shall be provided, mounted on the driver side rear face, outboard of the folding steps. The handrail is to loop over the top of the body and extend forward about 12". There is also to be a PAIR of 12" handrails attached to the top of the traffic arrow cross brace, to match 3183. --See attached photos. 44-02-1120 |-- Rub Rails, Lwr Bdy, EXT, Extrd Alum 1 82 UNDERBODY COMPARTMENTS 1 == General Pmpr/Tnkr - AC Electrical System - 518.090 05/18 1 83 60-90-1100 Green Star Idle Reduction Technology (IRT), EXT 1 83 60-91-3000 S < |-- Auxiliary Battery Power Unit (ABP) 1 83 Price adjusted per Wade Tschida email 130816 Changed charger reference to Kussmaul, 16VDC 60-20-1450 S < |-- GreenStar ABP Mounting 1 84 Delete generator mounting. 60-25-9600 S < Shore Power Strip, 120V, 15 Amp, Pluglock-PFP 5-Plug Strip Rcptcl 3 84 Please change quantity to (3). --Three (3) Panamax Pluglock-PFP 5-place 120v power strips are to be provided. 10/22/2013 Page 14 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG --Three (3) are to be provided, wired to shorepower. Located as follows: --In each of (3) cab cabinets. Final locations TBD. 63-15-3100 < Fldlt Cntrl Swtch, Brow Lts, Cab Dash 1 84 Install a switch, via Multiplex, on the Vista Secondary Menu for "Front Scene" lights. To activate the LED Take Down module integrated in the light bar. 64-20-1100 < Lt Tower Mtg, Hrzntl, Over Pump Enclsr 1 84 Light shall bed with light heads to left hand side. Ref; 3183. Above pump, forward position. 64-12-1300 S < |-- Lt Tower, KL415D LED-FRC 1 85 Change model to K415D LED-FRC 12VDC == General Pmpr/Tnkr - Equipment Systems - 518.090 05/18/09 1 86 45-25-1200 < Backboard Mtg, (1)Horz, With Runners 1 86 in rear compartment, accessed from the passenger side of vehicle Backboard storage to match 3462. 77-10-9200 S < Rcv'rs, Bdy Side, Winch/Rope, 9,000# w/Rcv'r, (1) Ea Side 2 86 (4) total. Tie-Offs only, not receivers. == General SA Pmpr/Tnkr - Pnt/Ltr/Str - 518.090 05/18/09 == 1 87 80-05-5200 Bdy Paint, Pmpr/Tnkr, Sngl Color, EXT 1 87 80-34-1250 S < Compt Finish, Liner Matl, Up to 8 Cmpts - MN 1 87 Coated with a heavy spray on lining material. Compartment floors and 6" up walls are to have bedliner material. Remainder of compartment is to be natural finished. The lining material shall be black in color. 80-40-1250 Whl Finish, By Chassis Manufacturer 1 80-42-1500 Bdy Paint, Touch Up, 2 oz. Bttl, One Color 1 88 80-43-1100 S Painting, Front Bumper, Job Color 1 88 80-44-1400 S < Undercoating, TrukGard, Body, Chs Frame, Sngl Axle 1 88 The entire underside of the apparatus body and chassis frame is to be cleaned and properly prepared for application of sprayed on TrukGard undercoating for added corrosion resistance. 80-50-1900 Lettering, 4" Scotchlite Reflect, 50 Letters 1 88 80-65-1300 Dr Seals, Install Cstmer Frnshd 1 88 80-71-1400 S < Stripe, Triple Reflective, 2" x 6" x 2" 1 88 --change striping to 2" X 6" X 2", white and blue 10/22/2013 Page 15 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY PG 80-75-1200 |-- Reflective Stripe Material, Blue 1 89 80-72-1010 < Stripe, Reflective, Diamond Grade, Chevron Pattern Frnt Bmpr 1 89 Red/Amber Dia Grade, entire front bumper same as #3462, 80-72-1110 < Stripe, Refl, Diamond Grde, Chevron Pattern Entire Rr, EXT 1 89 Red/Amber Dia Grade == General Pmpr/Tnkr - Loose Equipment - 518.090 05/18/09 = 1 89 90-01-0500 S < Equipment Loading Allowance of 3600# 1 89 --changed to 3600# for all equipment with assumption of an additional 1900# of hose, 5500# total. 90-01-5900 S < Whl Chocks Pair Zico #AC-44 NON-Fldg, w/ Mts 1 89 Zico AC-44, NON-Folding. Ship Loose, to be located at Final Inspection. 90-18-1100 S < Wrench, Hydrant/Spanner, W/Brkt, Dealer Supplied 3 89 Dealer supplied 90-18-1400 S < Wrench, Storz, (2) W/Brkt, Dealer Supplied 2 89 Dealer supplied Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 1 One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr Bid Prep Forms - 518.090 05/18/09 == One (1) Overall Height Restriction, NONE 00-00-1499 OVERALL HEIGHT An overall height restriction has not been specified for this apparatus. One (1) Overall Length Restriction, NONE 00-00-1509 OVERALL LENGTH An overall length restriction has not been specified for this apparatus. One (1) Overall Width Restriction, NONE 00-00-1519 OVERALL WIDTH An overall width restriction has not been specified for this apparatus. One (1) Wheelbase Restriction, NONE 00-00-1529 WHEELBASE A wheelbase restriction has not been specified for this apparatus. One (1) MINIMUM ANGLE OF APPROACH 00-00-1540 MINIMUM ANGLE OF APPROACH The minimum angle of approach for the apparatus shall not be less than: 12 degrees One (1) MINIMUM ANGLE OF DEPARTURE 00-00-1550 MINIMUM ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The minimum angle of departure for the apparatus shall not be less than: 12 degrees One (1) Financial Stability Response 00-12-1100 FINANCIAL STABILITY SPECIFICATIONS With high-profile instances of fire apparatus manufacturers encountering financial difficulties, it is imperative that fire departments be diligent in evaluating the financial position of the companies they solicit to build on their emergency response vehicles. A contract entered into with a company on shaky ground is a dangerous prospect, since conducting business with a manufacturer in such condition could open the department to monumental problems. Take, for instance, the growing theme of manufacturers requiring as opposed to offering pre-payment and progressive payment options with a corresponding discount off the price of a Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 2 vehicle. Such offers are made with an ulterior motive in mind, as it can be generally inferred that manufacturers requiring pre-payments and progressive payments do so because they need your cash today to fund production of other vehicles already in the backlog. Should problems arise, as has been the case in situations too numerous to mention, your department risks losing any down payments already made or even the entire cost of a piece of equipment should certain pre-pay discount situations go awry. While pre-payment discounts may be enticing, it is important to know just how stable the manufacturer seeking your funds is before you make that commitment. If you enter into one of these agreements and the manufacturer hits a rough patch, it is you that will be hurting, because your funds may not be recoverable. However, if you enter into a contract with a financially sound manufacturer, you will reap all of the benefits of a well-built truck at a lower cost. You may equally, by taking advantage of the time-value of money, be able to afford more truck than initially thought, because funds saved by leveraging pre-payment options could allow you get some added features that you might not necessarily have been able to afford. With this in mind, it must be noted that Rosenbauer is a company with rock-solid financial stability. This is a statement not made lightly, as we can prove it to you. We can provide language that you can insert into your bid specifications that stipulates that in order for bids to be accepted by a fire department, the company bidding must meet several fiscal criteria. The first criteria call for the successful bidder to meet a debt-to-equity ratio not exceeding a 2.0 rating. Rosenbauer presently stands at a 1.51 rating, which is well-below the accepted rating. This low number results from Rosenbauer owning more assets with a marginal debt service. This means we are not using lenders to fund our operations, nor our growth. The second requirement is that the debt coverage ratio of the successful body builder exceeds a 100 rating. The higher the number, the better able a company is to meet its payment obligations with banks and creditors. Rosenbauer’s number is at 279.6, which is nearly three times the required amount. The higher the debt coverage ratio, the easily and more fluidly a company is positioned to pay its monthly obligations and operating costs. The third criteria require that the equity ratio of the successful bidder must exceed .30 rating. A higher equity ratio indicates that the body builder has increased flexibility to meet its financial obligations which translates into greater financial stability. Rosenbauer currently has an equity ratio of .387 which is well above the accepted rating and an excellent indicator of financial strength. When exploring and evaluating various manufacturers to consider for building your apparatus, there is little doubt you will find one that stands on as firmly a financial ground as Rosenbauer. While others are experiencing stressful issues that raise doubts as to the company’s long-term Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 3 viability, Rosenbauer continues to demonstrate a strengthening of its financial position in the apparatus manufacturing industry. Because Rosenbauer meets and exceeds all the above-stated financial bid requirements, we are best positioned to ensure customers of a strong relationship with the company, which cannot be claimed by most of our competitors in this volatile market. The Rosenbauer America Dun and Bradstreet number is 02-447-3584. To acquire a Dun and Bradstreet report, telephone them at 1-800-234-3867 or visit their web site address at www.dnb.com. Dun and Bradstreet is nationally-recognized, independent financial analysis company. One (1) Electronic Stability Control 01-06-0560 ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL Electronic stability control shall be supplied on the chassis. One (1) Company History, Minnesota Division 02-06-0300 ROSENBAUER MINNESOTA COMPANY OVERVIEW Please allow us to share with you a brief summary of the history of Rosenbauer Minnesota, formally General Safety Equipment, LLC. Rosenbauer Minnesota, LLC is located in Wyoming, MN, where it manufactures a complete line of fire apparatus including pumpers, tankers, aerials, rescue units, ARFF, etc. The company operates in modern facilities consisting of 60,000 sq.ft., which features computer controlled fabricating equipment, down-draft paint booths, and CAD system. Production currently averages eight (8) units per month. Rosenbauer Minnesota was founded in 1929 in the town of Lindstrom, Minnesota. From its inception, Rosenbauer Minnesota was known for building high quality, customized fire apparatus. During the 1940s and 50s, Rosenbauer Minnesota manufactured over 600 vehicles for the U.S. Armed Forces, earning our company the Army-Navy “E” Award, the highest recognition available to a civilian company. Over the years, Rosenbauer Minnesota has developed and introduced many innovative concepts. Our most recent developments include an apparatus body so unique it has been awarded six design patents, and a newly designed airport crash truck (ARFF) that is the most advanced fire fighting vehicle of its kind in the world. Of all our accomplishments, the one we are most proud of is the close relationship maintained with our customers. We have many customers who have been using our apparatus exclusively Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 4 for over 50 years. In fact, over 80% of our orders come from “repeat” customers. We encourage you to discuss the quality and service of our apparatus with any one of our over 3,000 customers. In 1995, Rosenbauer Minnesota formed a partnership with Rosenbauer International, the largest and most respected fire apparatus company in the world. As a result of this partnership, American fire departments now have access to fire fighting technologies from throughout the world. As the partnership with Rosenbauer International progressed, we felt it was important to take advantage of economies of scale, yet be aligned with an organization that is 100% committed to the fire service. Thus, in 1998 Rosenbauer Minnesota of Wyoming, Minnesota and Rosenbauer International of Leonding, Austria partnered with Rosenbauer South Dakota, LLC to become Rosenbauer America. Thank you for considering a Rosenbauer unit. We are sure that you will be more than pleased with a quality apparatus from Rosenbauer. Feel free to contact us with any questions or concerns you may have regarding our proposal for fire apparatus. One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr Warranties-BR - 518.090 05/18/09 == One (1) Warranty, Apparatus, Bumper to Bumper, 1 Year, BR 01-16-0150 BUMPER TO BUMPER WARRANTY We warrant each new motorized fire apparatus manufactured by ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC for a period of ONE YEAR from the date of delivery, except for chassis and other components noted herein. Under this warranty we agree to furnish any parts to replace those that have failed due to defective material or workmanship where there is no indication of abuse, neglect, unusual or other than normal service providing that such parts are, at the option of ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC, made available for our inspection at our request, returned to our factory or other location designated by us with transportation prepaid within thirty days after the date of failure or within one year from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser, whichever occurs first, and inspection indicates the failure was attributed to defective material or workmanship. The warranty on the chassis and chassis supplied components, storage batteries, generators, electrical lamps and other devices subject to deterioration is limited to the warranty of the manufacturer thereof and adjustments for the same are to be made directly with the manufacturer by the customer. This warranty will not apply to any fire apparatus that has been repaired or altered outside our Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 5 factory in any way, which in our opinion might affect its stability or reliability. This warranty shall not apply to those items that are usually considered normal maintenance and upkeep services: including, but not limited to, normal lubrication or proper adjustment of minor auxiliary pumps or reels. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability in connection with the sales of our apparatus unless made in writing by ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC. One (1) Warranty, Bdy, Alum, Life-Time, Transferable, BR 01-19-0460 EXT MODULAR BODY WARRANTY - LIFE-TIME Rosenbauer America, LLC warrants to the original purchaser that the all aluminum body, fabricated by Rosenbauer America, LLC, under normal use and with reasonable maintenance, be structurally sound and will retain structural integrity for the life of the vehicle. Warranty coverage is transferable to second owner, if applicable, with proper notification made to Rosenbauer America, LLC. This warranty does not apply to the following items that are covered by a separate warranty: paint finish, hardware, moldings, and other accessories attached to this body. In addition, this warranty does not apply to any part or accessory manufactured by others and attached to this body. ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE ALUMINUM BODY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND HEREBY DISCLAIMED. Rosenbauer America, LLC will replace without charge, repair or make a fair allowance for any defect in material or workmanship demonstrated to its satisfaction to have existed at the time of delivery or not due to misuse, negligence, or accident. If Rosenbauer America, LLC elects to repair this body, the extent of such repair shall be determined solely by Rosenbauer America, LLC, and shall be performed solely at the Rosenbauer America, LLC factory, or at an approved facility. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be borne by the purchaser and is not an item covered under this warranty. Rosenbauer America, LLC will not be liable for damages and under no circumstances will its liability exceed the price for a defective body. The remedies set forth herein are exclusive and in substitution for all other remedies to which the purchaser would otherwise be entitled. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 6 Rosenbauer America, LLC will be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve months from the date the cause of the action occurred. Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufactureres. One (1) Warranty, Subframe, Lifetime Alum, Transferable, BR 01-19-2450 ALUMINUM SUBFRAME WARRANTY Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in this warranty, Rosenbauer America, LLC (hereby referred to as "seller"), hereby warrants to each original purchaser that each new aluminum body subframe (exclusive of paint finish and hardware) is structurally sound and free of all structural defects of both material and workmanship and further warrants that it will maintain such structural integrity for the lifetime of the body. Warranty coverage is transferable to second owner, if applicable, with proper notification made to Rosenbauer America, LLC. This warranty is conditioned upon normal use and reasonable maintenance of such subframe; prompt written notice of all defects to seller or one of the seller's then authorized dealers in the area; no repair or additions there to except by seller or authorized by it; said defect not resulting from misuse, negligence, accident, remount, overloading beyond applicable weight rating by customer or third parties. If any such conditions are not complied with, this warranty shall become void and unenforceable. Should repairs become necessary under the terms or the warranty, the extent of that repair shall be determined solely by the seller and shall be performed solely at Rosenbauer America, LLC or a repair facility designated by the seller. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be that of the purchaser and is not an item covered by this warranty. Seller reserves the unrestricted right at any time from time to time to make changes in the design of and/or improvements on its products without thereby imposing any obligation on itself to make corresponding changes or improvements in or on its products theretofore manufactured. EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS: THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF ANY AND ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC OR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS OTHER THAN SET FORTH IN THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. YOUR RIGHT TO SERVICE AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS ON THE TERMS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HERIN ARE YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND NEITHER Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 7 THE MANUFACTURER NOR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES, WHETHER ORDINARY, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL. Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. One (1) Warranty, Paint, PPG, 10 Years, EXT, BR 01-20-0360 PAINT WARRANTY TEN YEAR The PPG paint performance guarantee will cover the areas of the vehicle finished with the specified product for a period of TEN (10) years beginning the day the vehicle is delivered to the purchaser. The full apparatus body, manufactured and painted by Rosenbauer America, LLC, shall be covered for the following paint failures as outlined on the guarantee certificate:  Peeling or delaminating of the topcoat and/or other layers of paint.  Cracking or checking.  Loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking, or hazing.  Any paint failure caused by defective PPG Fleet Finishes, which are covered by this guarantee. All guarantee exclusions, limitations, and methods of claims are covered in the full certificate provided to the original purchaser. Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. One (1) Pump Warranty, Waterous, 5 Years, BR 01-17-0750 PUMP WARRANTY Waterous warrants, to the original buyer only, that products and parts manufactured by Waterous will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of five (5) years from the date the product is first placed in service, or five and one half 5-1/2 years from the date of shipment by Waterous, whichever period will be the first to expire; provided the buyer notifies Waterous in writing, of the defect in said product within the warranty period, and said product is found by Waterous to be conforming with the aforesaid warranty. When required in writing by Waterous, defective products must be promptly returned by the buyer to the Waterous Company at Waterous' plant at South St. Paul, Minnesota, or at such other place as may be specified by Waterous with transportation and other charges prepaid. A returned materials authorization (RMA) is required for all products and parts and may be requested by phone, fax or mail. The previously mentioned warranty excludes any responsibility or liability of Waterous for: Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 8 A. Damages or defects due to accident, abuse, misuse, abnormal operating conditions, negligence, accidental causes or improper maintenance, or attributable to written specifications or instructions furnished by buyer; B. Defects in products manufactured by others and furnished by Waterous hereunder, it being understood and agreed by the parties that the only warranty provided for such products shall be the warranty provided by the manufacturer thereof which, if assignable, Waterous will assign to the buyer, if requested by Buyer; C. Any product or part, altered, modified, serviced or repaired other than by Waterous, without its prior written consent. D. The cost of dismantling, removing, transporting, storing, or insuring the defective product or part and the cost of reinstallation. E. Normal wear items (packing, strainers, filters, light bulbs, anodes, intake screens, etc.) This warranty is subject to Waterous' conditions of sale (Waterous Company form number F-2190 as currently in effect all of which are herein incorporated and by this reference made a part hereof. All other warranties are excluded, whether expressed or implied by operation of law or otherwise, including all implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose. Waterous shall not be liable for consequential or incidental damages directly or indirectly arising or resulting from breach of any of the terms of this limited warranty or from the sale, handling, or use of any other product or part. Waterous' liability hereunder, either for breach of warranty or for negligence, is expressly limited at Waterous' option: A. To the replacement at the agreed point of delivery of any product or part, which upon inspection by Waterous or its duly authorized representative, is found not to conform to the limited warranty set forth above, or B. To the repair of such product or part, or C. To the refund or crediting to buyer of the net sales price of the defective product or part. Buyer's remedies contained herein are exclusive of any other remedy otherwise available to the buyer. One (1) Plmbg Warranty, Stnls Stl, 10 Years, BR 02-14-6250 STAINLESS STEEL PLUMBING WARRANTY Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in this warranty, Rosenbauer Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 9 America, LLC (hereby referred to as "seller"), hereby warrants to each original purchaser only that stainless steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the construction of the water/foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date of the delivery and shall terminate upon the transfer of possession or ownership by original purchaser. This warranty is conditioned upon normal use and reasonable maintenance of such plumbing; prompt written notice of all defects to seller or one of the seller's then authorized dealers in the area; no repair or additions there to except by seller or authorized by it; said defect not resulting from misuse, negligence, accident, remount, overloading beyond applicable weight rating by customer or third parties. If any such conditions are not complied with, this warranty shall become void and unenforceable. Should repairs become necessary under the terms or the warranty, the extent of that repair shall be determined solely by the seller and shall be performed solely at Rosenbauer America, LLC or a repair facility designated by the seller. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be that of the purchaser and is not an item covered by this warranty. Seller reserves the unrestricted right at any time from time to time to make changes in the design of and/or improvements on its products without thereby imposing any obligation on itself to make corresponding changes or improvements in or on its products theretofore manufactured. EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS: THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF ANY AND ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC OR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS OTHER THAN SET FORTH IN THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. YOUR RIGHT TO SERVICE AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS ON THE TERMS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HERIN ARE YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND NEITHER THE MANUFACTURER NOR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES, WHETHER ORDINARY, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL. One (1) Mnls, Bdy Complete, 1 Set Printed With CD, BR 01-33-3100 COMPLETE PRINTED MANUAL ROSENBAUER shall provide with the vehicle upon delivery, one (1) complete delivery manual. This manual shall be in a notebook type binder, with reference tabs for each section of the vehicle. A companion compact disk (CD) with all of the printed material in an electronic format (Adobe Acrobat PDF) shall be provided. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 10 Within each section shall be:  Individual component manufacturer instruction and parts manuals  Warranty forms for the body  Warranty forms for all major components  Warranty instructions and format to be used in compliance with warranty obligations  Wiring diagrams  Installation instruction and drawings for major parts  Visual graphics and electronic photos for the installation of major parts  Necessary normal routine service forms, publications and components of the body portion of the apparatus  Technical publications for training and instruction on major body components  Warning and safety related notices for personnel protection  Cab and chassis manuals on parts, service and maintenance shall be provided One (1) Chassis, Commander Cstm 02-90-0500 ROSENBAUER CUSTOM CHASSIS A Rosenbauer Commander custom fire truck chassis shall be furnished with the following apparatus body and equipment. See attached specifications for exact chassis configuration. One (1) == EXT Pmpr/Tnkr - DC Elect System COMMANDERS ONLY - 2013.010 01/03/13 == One (1) Siren, Elect, F-S PA-300 w/Priority #69002 56-01-1360 ELECTRONIC SIREN One (1) Federal Signal PA-300, model 69002, 100 watt full function electronic siren shall be mounted in the cab. The siren shall have the following features: electronic air horn, wail, yelp, priority, P.A., and shall have a hard wired microphone. The optional TAP II feature allows the driver to change the siren tone via the vehicle's horn ring. The siren shall be capable of driving (1) 100-watt speaker. The system shall automatically be protected from short circuits. Two (2) Spkr, Cast Products, 100 Watt SH2015 56-02-1250 SPEAKER Two (2) Cast Products Model #SH2015 100 watt speaker shall be installed on the apparatus. Two (2) Spkr Lctn, Bumper, Rcsd, One Ea Side 56-03-1400 SPEAKER LOCATIONS The siren speakers shall be recessed in the apparatus bumper with one (1) speaker on each side. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 11 One (1) Siren, Screaming Eagle, Mech, Bumper, Rcsd, Right Side 56-06-0600 MECHANICAL SIREN One (1) Screaming Eagle mechanical siren shall be recess mounted into the right side of the front bumper. One (1) Siren Cntrl, Screaming Eagle, Driver's Side Foot Swtch 56-07-1300 SIREN CONTROL One (1) foot switch shall be provided on the driver's side of the cab floor to activate the Screaming Eagle siren. One (1) Siren Brake, Screaming Eagle, Driver's Side 56-07-1100 SIREN BRAKE One (1) push button siren brake to silence the Screaming Eagle shall be provided on the driver's side dash. One (1) Bell, Chrome, South Park, With Eagle 56-08-1200 BELL One (1) South Park chrome fire bell with an eagle shall be mounted on the front bumper extension. One (1) Bell Cntrl, Elec 56-08-1400 BELL CONTROL The fire bell shall have an electronic switch for operation installed inside the chassis cab. One (1) Lt Bar, Code 3, RMX80NFPA4 80" Light Bars 57-03-2800 LIGHTBAR One (1) Code 3 Series RMX80NFPA4, 80" lightbar shall be installed. The location shall be in the front center of the apparatus cab roof. One (1) Traffic Emitter, E795H Opticom, Instld in Code3 Lt Bar 57-03-7100 TRAFFIC LIGHT CONTROL One (1) 3-M Opticom traffic light emitter system and control device shall be installed as specified in the lightbar. One (1) Lightbar Cntrl, with Master Warning Switch 57-10-0600 LIGHTBAR ACTIVATION Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 12 The front upper light bar activation shall be wired into the master warning switch. One (1) Wrn Lts, Code3 Rr (2) 4" x 6", Red LED/Clear Lens 58-71-1520 UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model #600 red Super LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side on the upper rear of the apparatus body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Wrn Lts, Code 3, Upper Rr (2) Prizm Duobeam, Amber LED/clear lens 58-72-1900 UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Code 3 Prizm Duobeams and shall have amber lenses. One (1) Mtg, Rr Wrn Lt, Bdy Compt 58-74-5200 REAR WARNING LIGHT MOUNTING The upper rear lights shall be mounted on the upper corners of the apparatus body, one on each side. One (1) Wrn Lts, Whelen, Upper Wing, (2) #600 S-LED 58-03-6400 UPPER WING FRONT WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model #600 red Super LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side one the front of the chassis cab, upper grille area. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Wrn Lts, Whelen, Inbrd Hdlght Frnt, (2) #600 S-LED 58-03-7310 LOWER FRONT WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model 600 super LED's warning lights shall be installed, one each side one the front of the chassis cab, inboard of the turn signals. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Wrn Lts, Whelen, Intrsct (2) #600 S-LED 58-09-1520 INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model #600 red Super LED warning lights shall be installed one each side of the chassis cab. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Wrn Lts, Whelen, Low Mid Bdy (2) #600 S-LED 58-26-1520 LOWER MID-BODY WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model #600 red Super LED warning lights shall be installed , one each Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 13 side of the apparatus, mid-body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Wrn Lts, Whelen, Low Rr Side (2) #600 SLED 58-36-1520 LOWER REAR SIDE WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model #600 red Super LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side of the apparatus body, towards the rear of the body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Bezels, Chrome, Wrn Lts (1 pair) 58-01-1100 There shall be chrome bezels supplied and installed on the warning lights. One (1) Wrn Lts, Whelen, Low Rr (2) #600 S-LED 58-81-1520 LOWER REAR WARNING LIGHTS One (1) pair of Whelen model #600 red Super LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side on the lower rear of the apparatus body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4" x 6". One (1) Elecal, Base, Multi-Plex, Weldon V-MUX Bdy 50-08-1000 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS The following specifications describe the low voltage electrical system on the specified rescue fire apparatus. The electrical system shall include all panels, electrical components, switches and relays, wiring harnesses and other electrical components. The electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to current automotive electrical system standards, the latest Federal DOT standards, and the requirements of the applicable NFPA 1901 standards. The apparatus shall have a Weldon V-MUX multiplexing system, to provide diagnostic capability. The system shall have the capability of delivering multiple signals via a CAN bus, utilizing specifications set forth by SAE J1939. The electrical system shall be pre-wired for computer modem accessibility to allow service personnel to easily plug in a modem to allow remote diagnostics, troubleshooting, or program additions. There shall be a diagnostic display provided in the cab. The multiplexed system shall use twisted-pair shielded wire within the electrical system for noise reduction. The diagnostic display shall allow for fault and condition messages to be displayed. For superior system integrity, the networked system shall meet the following minimum requirement components:  Power management center  Load shedding power management  Solid-state circuitry  Switch input capability  Responsible for lighting device activation Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 14  Self-contained diagnostic indicators  Power distribution module  Diagnostic display for warning message indication  High Idle Function All wiring shall be stranded copper or copper alloy conductors of a gauge rated to carry 125 percent of the maximum current for which the protected circuit. Voltage drops in all wiring from the power source to the device shall not exceed 10 percent. The wiring, wiring harness and insulation shall be in conformance to applicable SAE J-1128 with GXL temperature properties and NFPA standards. All exposed wiring shall be protected in a loom with a minimum temperature rating of 289 degrees Fahrenheit. All wiring looms shall be properly supported and attached to body members. The electrical conductors shall be constructed in accordance with applicable SAE standards, except when good engineering practice requires special construction. The wiring connections and terminations shall use a method that provides a positive mechanical and electrical connection and shall be installed in accordance with the device manufacturer's instructions. Electrical connections shall be with mechanical type fasteners and large rubber grommets where wiring passes through metal panels. The wiring between the cab and body shall be joined using Deutsche type connectors or in an enclosed terminal junction panel. This system will permit body removal with minimal impact on the apparatus electrical system. All connections shall be crimp-type with insulated shanks to resist moisture and foreign debris such as grease and road grime. Weather-resistant connectors shall be provided throughout to ensure the integrity of the electrical system. Any electrical junction or terminal boxes shall be weather resistant and located away from direct water spray. In addition, the main body junction panel shall house the automatically reset breakers and relays as required. There shall be no exposed electrical cabling, harnesses, or terminal connections located in compartments, unless they are enclosed in an electrical junction box or covered with a removable electrical panel. The wiring shall be secured in place and protected against heat, liquid contaminants and damage. Wiring shall be uniquely identified at least every two feet (2') by color coding or permanent marking with a circuit function code and identified on a reference chart or electrical wiring schematic per requirements of the applicable NFPA 1901 standards. The electrical circuits shall be provided with low voltage over current protective devices. Such devices shall be accessible and located in required terminal connection locations or weather resistant enclosures. The over current protection shall be suitable for electrical equipment and shall be the automatic reset type and meet SAE standards. All electrical equipment, switches, Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 15 relays, terminals, and connectors shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the protected circuit. The system shall have electro-magnetic interference suppression provided as required in applicable SAE standards. The electrical system shall include the following: a) Electrical terminals in weather exposed areas shall have a non-conductive grease or spray applied. A corrosion preventative compound shall be applicable to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. b) The electrical wiring shall be harnessed or be placed in a protective loom. c) Holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicone. Large fender washers shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. d) Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate. e) A coil of wire must be provided behind each electrical appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. f) All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. The warning lights shall be switched in the chassis cab with labeled switches in an accessible location. Individual rocker switches shall be provided only for warning lights added over the minimum requirement level of warning lights in either the stationary or moving modes. All electrical equipment switches shall be mounted on a switch panel mounted in the cab convenient to the operator. Rocker type warning light switches shall be utilized. For ease of nighttime operation, an integral indicator light shall be provided to indicate when the circuit is energized. All switches shall be appropriately identified as to their function. A single warning light switch shall activate all required warning lights. This switch will allow the vehicle to respond to an emergency and "call for the right of way". When the parking brake is applied, a "blocking right of way" system shall be automatically activated per requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard. All "clear" warning lights shall be automatically turned off upon application of the parking brake. NFPA REQUIRED TESTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The apparatus shall be electrically tested upon completion of the vehicle and prior to delivery. The electrical testing, certifications, and test results shall be submitted with the delivery documentation per requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard. The following minimum testing shall be completed by the apparatus manufacturer: Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 16 1. Reserve capacity test: The engine shall be started and kept running until the engine and engine compartment temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and the battery system is fully charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated for ten (10) minutes. All electrical loads shall be turned off prior to attempting to restart the engine. The battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a failed test. 2. Alternator performance test at idle: The minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running at idle speed. The engine temperature shall be stabilized at normal operating temperature. The battery system shall be tested to detect the presence of battery discharge current. The detection of battery discharge current shall be considered a test failure. 3. Alternator performance test at full load: The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the engine manufacturer's governed speed. The test duration shall be a minimum of two (2) hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted during this test. However, if an alarm sounds due to excessive battery discharge, as detected by the system requirements in the NFPA 1901 standard, or a system voltage of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12 volt system is present for more than 120 seconds, the test shall be considered a failure. 4. Low voltage alarm test: Following the completion of the above tests, the engine shall be shut off. The total continuous electrical load shall be activated and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The battery voltage shall be measured at the battery terminals. With the load still applied, a reading of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12 volt system shall be considered a test failure. The battery system shall then be able to restart the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure. NFPA REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The following documentation shall be provided on delivery of the apparatus: a. Documentation of the electrical system performance tests required above. b. A written load analysis, including: Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 17 1. The nameplate rating of the alternator. 2. The alternator rating under the conditions. 3. Each specified component load. 4. Individual intermittent loads. One (1) V-MUX Dr Open, Isolation, Body Main Cmpt Doors 55-13-1060 DOOR OPEN SYSTEM ON VISTA SCREEN The cab and body main compartment doors shall be wired to illuminate an open door indicator on the Weldon V-MUX Vista screen located in the cab when the parking brake is released. The indicator shall individually specify the door(s) that is(are) open. One (1) Air Horns, (2) Rcsd, One Ea Side Bumper 50-41-3000 AIR HORNS Two (2) 24.5" Stuttertone chrome plated air horns shall be recess mounted into the front bumper with one positioned on each side. An air protection valve shall be provided in the air horn piping that will not allow the chassis air brake system to drop below 90 PSI.. One (1) Air Horn Cntrl, Driver, Horn Ring, Air/Elec 50-43-2000 ELECTRIC TRAFFIC HORN AND AIR HORN SELECTOR SWITCH One (1) selector switch shall be provided on the cab's dash that will allow the chassis steering wheel horn button to activate either the electric traffic horn or air horn system. One (1) Lt, Pump Cmpt, 12 Volt LED With Swtch 51-05-6400 PUMP ENCLOSURE LIGHTS One (1) LED work light shall be provided in the pump enclosure. One (1) Switch on Light Head 51-05-9000 The control switch shall be mounted on the light head. One (1) Back Up Alarm, Back Step To Cab Audible Wrn System 52-01-1500 BUZZER SIGNAL SYSTEM One (1) buzzer signal system shall be installed for signal communication from the rear of the apparatus to the cab. A distinct sounding buzzer shall be mounted in the cab and a push button shall be mounted at the rear body. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 18 Labels installed at the rear and in cab to read: #1 - "STOP" #2 - "GO" #3 - "BACK UP" One (1) Back Up Camera, Install Chassis Supl'd, Mn 52-02-1110 BACKUP CAMERA One (1) chassis supplied rear camera system shall be mounted on the rear of the vehicle. The camera component and cabling from the camera to the back of the cab shall be installed by the apparatus body manufacturer. All other components shall be installed by the chassis manufacturer. Two (2) Sptlt, GoLight, On Cab Roof 52-04-1760 ROOF TOP SPOT LIGHT Two (2) GoLight spotlight shall be installed on the cab roof. One (1) Hand Lights, NFPA Compliance - Spl'd/Instl'd by DEPT 52-08-1009 HAND LIGHTS All NFPA required portable hand lights supplied by the Customer must be installed before the apparatus is placed into service. One (1) Intercom System, David Clark, 3800 Series, Install Cstmr Supld 52-10-2200 INTERCOM SYSTEM The vehicle shall be equipped with a David Clark 3800 intercom master station. The system shall come standard with headset jacks for two (2) intercom ONLY positions, appropriate for jump seat positions. Additional positions can be added through daisy chaining, including a wireless gateway. This system can operate with one (1) to four (4) mobile radios. Connection of this system to the mobile radio in not included, unless specified. One (1) Radio Spkr, Fire, Install Cstmer Supl'd, Ea 52-15-1500 RADIO SPEAKER One (1) fire radio speaker shall be supplied by the customer and installed on the apparatus. The location shall be determined by the customer. Two (2) Radio, Fire, Install Cstmer Supl'd 52-15-1700 RADIO Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 19 Two (2) fire radio shall be supplied by the customer and installed on the apparatus. The location shall be determined by the customer. Two (2) Radio, Fire, Remote Head, Install Cstmer Supl'd 52-15-1800 RADIO Two (2) fire radio remote head shall be supplied by the customer and installed on the apparatus. The location shall be determined by the customer. One (1) Knox Box, Sentralock, Install Cstmer Supl'd 52-25-1100 KNOX BOX One (1) Sentralock master key box shall be supplied by the customer and installed. The location shall be determined by the customer. One (1) Marker Lts, LED, DOT Requirements 53-01-1200 MARKER LIGHTS LED marker lights shall be installed on the vehicle in conformance to the Department of Transportation requirements. One (1) Tail/Brake Lts, Weldon, LED, 4"x6" 53-03-2400 TAIL LIGHTS Two (2) Weldon LED tail/brake lights shall be provided. The rectangular 4"x6" light shall be red. One (1) Turn Signals, Weldon, LED, 4"x6" 53-04-2400 TURN SIGNALS Two (2) Weldon turn signals shall be provided. The rectangular LED light shall be 4"x 6" in dimension. One (1) Backup Lts, Weldon, Incan, 4"x6" 53-06-1300 BACKUP LIGHTS Two (2) Weldon incandescent backup lights shall be installed on the rear of the apparatus body. The dimensions shall be 4" x 6" and the lens color shall be clear. One (1) Turn Signals, Mid Bdy, LED Marker Lt 53-05-1800 MID BODY LED TURN SIGNALS Two (2) mid body LED turn signals shall be provided. The location of the turn lights shall be at mid-body near the rear wheel axle. One (1) Aux Backup Lts, Whelen, 500 LED, angled in rear rub rails. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 20 53-06-3500 BACKUP LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen Series 500 LED auxiliary backup lights shall be installed on the lower rear side rub rails of the apparatus body. They shall be mounted on angled brackets to disperse the light rearward. The lens color shall be clear. One (1) Ground Lts, Mid Body, LED, Pr Whelen 3SC0CDCR 54-03-1420 GROUND LIGHTS There shall be two (2), one each side, Whelen 3SC0CDCR LED NFPA compliant ground light mounted to the underside of the rub rail, mid body. Each light shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing which is vibration welded and a bulb which shall be shock mounted for extended life. The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set. One (1) Ground Lts, Rr Step, LED, Pr Whelen 3SC0CDCR 54-03-1620 GROUND LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen 3SC0CDCR LED NFPA compliant ground light mounted to the underside of the rear step. Each light shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing which is vibration welded and a bulb which shall be shock mounted for extended life. The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set. One (1) Lt Swtch , Ground Lts w/ Park Brake 54-04-1999 The ground lights shall automatically activate when the parking brake is applied. Two (2) Step Lt, Rr Tailboard, OSS Nt Stk, 9" LED , Plshd Bzl, Ea 54-10-1460 REAR TAILBOARD LIGHTS Two (2) 9" long OnScene Solutions Night Stik LED lights shall be installed to illuminate the rear tailboard. Each light stick shall contain six LEDs per light producing approximately 37 lumens. The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. The light shall be mounted in a polished cast aluminum bezel. One (1) Lt Swtch , Step/Wlkwy Lts Wired Park Brake Swtch 54-11-2100 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 21 The step/walkway light switch shall be installed and wired to the parking brake. Two (2) Scene Lt, Whelen, 900 S-LED 54-15-1380 SCENE LIGHT Two (2) Whelen Series 900 Super LED 7-1/8" x 9-1/8" scene light shall be installed. Two (2) Scene Lt, Bezel Stand Off, Straight 54-15-1400 The scene light shall be provided with a straight stand off bezel. One (1) Scene Lt Lctn, Left Side Of Cab 54-15-5100 SCENE LIGHT LOCATION One (1) scene light shall be located on the left side of the cab. One (1) Scene Lt Lctn, Right Side Of Cab 54-15-5200 SCENE LIGHT LOCATION One (1) scene light shall be located on the right side of the cab. One (1) Scene Lt Swtch , Left Scene Lts, Cab 54-15-6400 SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING One (1) scene light switch with indicator shall be installed on the cab main switch panel to control the left side scene light(s). The switch shall be labeled "LEFT SCENE". One (1) Scene Lt Swtch , Right Scene Lts, Cab 54-15-6500 SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING One (1) scene light switch with indicator shall be installed on the cab main switch panel to control the right side scene light(s). The switch shall be labeled "RIGHT SCENE". One (1) Scene Lt Swtch , With Respective Cab Side Door 54-15-6700 SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING The cab scene lights shall activate automatically upon opening any respective side cab door. Two (2) Scene Lt, Fire Research, LED Q65 54-15-4510 SCENE LIGHT Two (2) Fire Research model SPA900-Q65 surface mount light shall be installed. The light shall be mounted with four (4) screws to a flat surface. It shall be 6 3/4" high by 9" wide and have a profile of less than 1 3/4" beyond the mounting surface. Wiring shall extend from a weatherproof strain relief at the rear of the light. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 22 The light shall have twenty-four (24) white LEDs that generate a rated 4600 lumens at 12 or 24 volts DC. The lens shall redirect the light along the vehicle and out onto the working area. The light housing shall be aluminum with a chrome colored bezel. Two (2) Scene Lt Lctn, Rr Of Bdy 54-15-5700 SCENE LIGHT LOCATION Two (2) scene light shall be located on the rear of the apparatus body. One (1) Scene Lt Swtch , Rr Scene Lts, Cab 54-15-6600 SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING One (1) scene light switch with indicator shall be installed on the cab main switch panel to control the rear scene light(s). The switch shall be labeled "REAR SCENE". One (1) Scene Lt Swtch , Rr Scene Lts, Auto w/ Reverse 54-15-6700 SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING The rear scene lights shall activate automatically upon placing the transmission into reverse. One (1) Traffic Arrow Lt, Code 3, 47" LED, NASL847 58-92-1400 TRAFFIC ARROW LIGHT One (1) Code 3 Model #NASL847 LED traffic warning light shall be installed at the rear of the body. The light shall be 47" long and contain eight (8) light modules. The model #ASBC control panel shall be mounted inside the chassis cab and be accessible to the driver and officer. One (1) Traffic Arrow Lt Mtg, Surface Mt, Handrail Above Hose Bed 58-95-1400 TRAFFIC ARROW LIGHT MOUNTING The traffic arrow light shall be recessed mounted at the rear of the apparatus body above the hose bed. One (1) == General SA Pmpr/Tnkr Chassis Modifictns - 518.090 05/18/ One (1) Vehicle Dimensions, Sngl Axle 10-01-1100 OVERALL DIMENSIONS The vehicle shall have the following dimensions:  Chassis wheelbase: Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 23  Cab to axle dimension of chassis:  Overall length:  Overall width:  Overall height One (1) Label, Data, Fluid Levels 10-02-1100 FLUID DATA PLAQUE One (1) fluid data plaque containing required information shall be provided based on the applicable components for this apparatus, compliant with NFPA Standards:  Engine oil  Engine coolant  Chassis transmission fluid  Drive axle lubricant  Power steering fluid  Pump transmission lubrication fluid  Other NFPA applicable fluid levels or data as required Location shall be in the driver's compartment or on driver's door. One (1) Label, Data, Height x Length, Weight 10-02-1200 DATA & WARNING LABELS HEIGHT LENGTH & WEIGHT A highly visible label indicating the overall height, length, and weight of the vehicle shall be installed in the cab dash area. CAB SEATING POSITION LIMITS The label shall also include the seating positions for firefighters. A weight allowance of 250 pounds for each shall be factored into the gross vehicle weight rating of the chassis. One (1) Label, Data, "No Ride" Rr Step 10-02-1300 NO RIDE LABEL One (1) "NO RIDERS" label shall be applied on the vehicle at the rear step area or other applicable areas. The label shall warn personnel that riding in or on these areas, while the vehicle is in motion is prohibited. One (1) Label, Indicating Number of Seats Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 24 10-02-2100 CAB SEATING POSITION LIMITS One (1) label shall be installed in the cab to indicate seating positions for firefighters. A weight allowance of 250 pounds for each shall be factored into the gross vehicle weight rating of the chassis. One (1) Label, "Caution: Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated" 10-02-2500 HELMET WARNING TAG One (1) label shall be installed in the cab, visible from each seating position. The label shall read "CAUTION: DO NOT WEAR HELMET WHILE SEATED." Helmets must be properly stowed while the vehicle is in motion according to the current edition of NFPA 1901. One (1) Tow Plates (2), Rr Frame Rail, Under Step 10-03-6000 REAR TOWING PROVISIONS There shall be two tow eyes furnished under the rear of the body and attached directly to each chassis frame rail. There shall be a reinforcement spreader bar connecting the two tow eyes. Tow eyes are to be constructed of 3/8" plate steel with a 4" I.D. hole, large enough for passing through a tow chain end hook. One (1) Painting, Tow Plates, Blk 80-43-2400 The tow plates shall be painted black. One (1) Bumper Gravelshield, 21", By Bdy Bldr, EXT 10-04-2450 FRONT BUMPER GRAVELSHIELD A 21" front to rear filler panel constructed from NFPA compliant, slip resistant aluminum tread plate shall be provided on the front chassis frame extension. The extension shall be covered on the top and sides, up to the level of front bumper and shall be reinforced to support one (1) firefighter (approximately 250 pounds) and the equipment specified to be installed. One (1) Bumper Cmpt, Center, Hosewell Compt 10-04-2720 FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT One (1) recessed fire hose compartment constructed from smooth aluminum shall be installed in the center of the front bumper extension. Water drain holes shall be drilled in the bottom. One (1) Bumper Cmpt Door, Alum T/P, Raised Style 10-04-3160 BUMPER COMPARTMENT DOOR One (1) raised aluminum tread plate door for the front bumper compartment shall be supplied. The door shall have a minimum 1" lips on all sides surrounding the entire compartment opening, Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 25 a stainless steel hinge at the rear and a latch to secure the compartment. One (1) Bumper Cmpt, Right, Hosewell Compt 10-04-2920 FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT One (1) recessed fire hose compartment constructed from smooth aluminum shall be installed in the right side of the front bumper extension. Water drain holes shall be drilled in the bottom. One (1) Bumper Cmpt Door, Alum T/P, Flat Style 10-04-3150 BUMPER COMPARTMENT DOOR One (1) aluminum tread plate door for the front bumper compartment shall be supplied. The flat door shall have a stainless steel hinge at the rear and a latch to secure the compartment. One (1) Whl Cvr, Hub/Lug, Install Chs Supl'd, Sngl Axle 10-06-1200 CHASSIS SUPPLIED HUB AND LUG NUT COVERS The chassis supplied wheel trim shall be installed on the front and single rear axles. One (1) Cat's Eye Tire Pressure Indicator, Sngl Axle 10-06-1600 TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR There shall be Cat's Eye tire pressure indicators on the rear axle. The front axle shall utilize LED indicators. One (1) Exhaust, Extension Under RH, Bdy 10-07-1200 EXHAUST SYSTEM The chassis exhaust shall be modified and redirected to the right side of the apparatus and will exit ahead of the rear wheel. One (1) Exhaust Heat Shield, Under Bdy Compts 10-07-1500 EXHAUST HEAT SHIELD A heat shield shall be installed under the body in the areas where the exhaust system is routed. One (1) Mud Flaps, Rr Whls, Blk, w/ Bdy 10-08-2100 REAR MUD FLAPS One (1) pair of black mud flaps shall be installed behind the rear wheels. Two (2) SCBA Brkt, Cab Wall Mt, Zico "NFPA" Restraint, Ea 10-12-6400 SCBA BRACKET Two (2) Zico SCBA bracket shall be provided for installation on the vertical surface of the rear Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 26 cab wall. An NFPA approved cylinder retention strap shall be supplied. One (1) Cab Interior Accessory Mounting Plates, Alum. 10-13-1200 INTERIOR ACCESSORY MOUNTING PLATES There shall be four DA aluminum accessory mounting plates installed inside the crew area of the cab. The plates shall be attached to the walls, to allow mounting of helmet holders and other accessories. One plate shall be located on each side wall in the LFD area and one plate shall be located on the rear wall on each left and right sides above the SCBA brackets. One (1) Cabinet, Rr Of Engine Tunnel, Rr Facing, Drop Down Door 10-13-1800 INTERIOR CABINET There shall be one (1) rear facing cabinet installed behind the engine enclosure. The cabinet shall be constructed of smooth aluminum plate. A drop down door shall be provided on the cabinet to act as a desk. One (1) Exterior Finish, Cabinet, To Match Cab Interior 10-13-3540 The cabinet’s exterior finish shall match the interior finish of the chassis cab. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 9" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3350 Two (2) 9" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain six LEDs producing approximately 30 lumens per light. The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, CPI Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1300 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment lower door jamb area. The switch shall be a Control Products Incorporated (CPI) brand; model numbers EC-E1329-501R for right hand switch applications and EC-E1328-501L for left hand switch applications. the switch body shall be corrosion resistan stainless steel with a rubber boot for the switch plunger mechanism. One (1) Cabinet, Notebook Style, Front Cab, Six 10-13-4300 CAB REFERENCE MATERIAL AND BINDER STORAGE MODULE Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 27 One (1) cab storage module shall be provided at the rearward area of the engine enclosure to accommodate a minimum of six (6) 2" three ring binders. The binders shall be stored two (2) wide and three (3) high in the module. The compartment shall be fabricated of 1/8" smooth aluminum. One (1) Exterior Finish, Cabinet, To Match Cab Interior 10-13-3540 The cabinet’s exterior finish shall match the interior finish of the chassis cab. One (1) Interior Finish, Cabinet, Natural 10-13-3550 The cabinet’s interior shall have a natural finish. One (1) Cab Tilt Control, Cstm, PumpCmpt 10-18-6000 CAB LIFT CONTROL LOCATION The cab lift controls for tilting the cab shall be recess mounted in the forward wall inside the left side pump compartment. Proper operation and warning labels shall be installed adjacent to the controls. One (1) == General Midship Pmpr/Tnkr Pump&Plumbing - 518.090 05/18/ One (1) Pump, Waterous, CMUC20, 2 Stage, Midship 20-23-8200 WATEROUS CMUC10 TWO STAGE PUMP A Waterous model CMUC20, two stage centrifugal pump shall be designed to mount on the chassis frame rails and shall be split-drive shaft driven. The pump casing shall be of high-tensile, close-grained gray iron. Pump body shall be horizontally split in two (2) sections, for easy removal of impeller assembly including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump without disturbing the mounting or piping. Impellers Two (2) matched bronze impellers specifically designed for the fire service will be provided. They will be accurately balanced both mechanically and hydraulically, for vibration-free operation. Stainless steel heat-treated and precisely ground to size. It shall be supported on both ends by oil or grease lubricated ball bearings. Replaceable wear rings, bronze, reverse-flow, labyrinth-type shall be provided. Deep groove ball bearings shall be located outside the pump to give rugged support and proper alignment to the impeller shaft. The bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated. All bearings shall be completely separated from the water being pumped. Pump Transmission Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 28 The housing shall be constructed of high tensile ductile iron and be of three (3) piece, horizontally split design. The transmission driveline shafts shall be made from alloy steel forging, hardened and ground to size. The drive and driven sprockets shall be made of steel and shall be carbonized and hardened. The drive chain shall be Morse HV involute form chain. The lubrication system shall be an impeller shaft driven oil pump to deliver oil to an integral spray header, to completely pressure lubricate the drive chain. Pump Mounting The pump shall be bolted to steel angles in pump module, using grade 8 bolts. Drive Line Hollow-tube drivelines and universals shall be properly matched to the engine and transmission output torque ratings. One (1) Pump Flow Rtng, Waterous, CMUC20, 1500 GPM 20-23-8110 1500 GPM FIRE PUMP SPECIFICATIONS The centrifugal type fire pump shall be a Waterous model CMUC20 midship mounted with a rated capacity of 1500 GPM. The pump shall meet NFPA 1901 requirements. The pump shall be certified to meet the following deliveries: 1500 GPM @ 150 PSI 1500 GPM @ 165 PSI 1050 GPM @ 200 PSI 750 GPM @ 250 PSI One (1) Intk, Gtd, 6" NST, 6" AKR Elec Vlv, LH Side, Bhnd Pnl 22-24-1300 GATED 6" INTAKE -- LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL One (1) 6" gated suction intake shall be installed behind the left side pump panel. Intake shall be gated with an Akron Model 7960 electrically operated 6" butterfly valve, controlled at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall prevent movement of the valve from the fully closed position to the fully open position or vice versa, in less than three seconds. The valve control shall have a colored identification label. A pressure dump/relief valve shall be included that is factory preset at 125 PSI and field adjustable from 75 to 250 PSI. The pressure dump/relief valve shall provide over-pressure protection for the suction hose even when the intake valve is closed. The outlet of the Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 29 dump/relief valve shall be 2.5" in diameter to allow directing the discharge flow away from the pump operator's position. An inlet fitting with 6" NST thread shall be provided, complete with a removable strainer screen. One (1) Adptr, LW Alum, 30 Deg, 6"F x 5" Storz 22-40-7900 One (1) Kochek Model SKE56R or equal lightweight aluminum 30 degree adapter shall be provided. Threads shall be 5" Storz with lugs with manual locks x 6" swivel female NST. One (1) Cap, 5" Storz, LW Alum, Lckng, w/Chain or Cable 22-41-7200 One (1) Kochek Model #CC507 or equal lightweight aluminum 5" Storz cap shall be provided. A chain or cable attachment shall be also supplied. One (1) Intk, Gtd, 6" NST, 6" AKR Elec Vlv, RH Side, Bhnd Pnl 22-24-3300 GATED 6" INTAKE -- RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL One (1) 6" gated suction intake shall be installed behind the right side pump panel. Intake shall be gated with an Akron Model 7960 electrically operated 6" butterfly valve, controlled at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall prevent movement of the valve from the fully closed position to the fully open position or vice versa, in less than three seconds. The valve control shall have a colored identification label. A pressure dump/relief valve shall be included that is factory preset at 125 PSI and field adjustable from 75 to 250 PSI. The pressure dump/relief valve shall provide over-pressure protection for the suction hose even when the intake valve is closed. The outlet of the dump/relief valve shall be 2.5" in diameter to allow directing the discharge flow away from the pump operator's position. An inlet fitting with 6" NST thread shall be provided, complete with a removable strainer screen. One (1) Adptr, Color Coded, 30 Deg, 6"F x 5" Storz 22-40-7920 One (1) Kochek SKE56R-X or equal color coded 30 degree adapter shall be provided. Threads shall be 5" Storz with lugs with manual locks x 6" swivel female NST. One (1) Cap, 5" Storz, Color Coded, Lckng, w/Chain or Cable 22-41-7220 One (1) Kochek or equal color coded 5" Storz cap shall be provided. A chain or cable attachment shall be also supplied. One (1) Pump, Waterous, Transfer Vlv, Elec 20-26-1200 ELECTRIC TRANSFER VALVE The two-stage fire pump pressure and volume control shall be provided of the latest "ball" type Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 30 all bronze construction and incorporating a hydraulically balanced seal assembly to minimize leakage around the ball and assure maximum water flow and pump efficiency. The transfer valve actuator shall be operated electrically, by a control switch mounted on the pump operator's panel complete with two indicator lights indicating PRESSURE and VOLUME. Operation of the transfer valve shall provide smooth changing of the transfer valve to either pressure or volume without shutting down at any discharge pressure up to 250 psig. One (1) Pump Seal, Mech, Waterous 20-26-2200 FIRE PUMP MECHANICAL SHAFT SEAL The Waterous fire pump shall be equipped with self-adjusting, maintenance free, 'mechanical shaft seal' which is designed to be functional in the unlikely event of a seal failure. One (1) Pump Impeller, Waterous, Flame Plated Hubs 20-26-2400 IMPELLER HUBS The Waterous fire pump impeller hubs shall be "Flame Plated", impregnated with tungsten carbide to assure maximum pump life and efficiency despite the presence of abrasive particles, such as fine sand, in the water being pumped. One (1) Pump Manufacturer's Pneumatic Pump Shift 20-26-3050 PNEUMATIC PUMP SHIFT The pump shift shall be air operated and shall incorporate an air cylinder with an actuating switch to shift from road to pump and back. The pump shift air valve shall be supplied with the pump by the pump manufacturer. The pump shift switch shall be mounted in the cab and identified as "Pump Shift" and include instructions permanently inscribed on the pump shift switch plate. The In-Cab operating switch uses a spring loaded lock to prevent it from accidentally being moved. *A "Pump Engaged" indicator shall be provided in the driving compartment to indicate that the pump shift has been successfully completed. *An "Ok to Pump" indicator shall be provided in the driving compartment to indicate that the pump is engaged, the chassis transmission is in pump gear, and the parking brake is engaged. *A "Throttle Ready" indicator shall be provided at the pump operators panel that indicates that the apparatus is in "OK to Pump" mode or that the chassis transmission is in neutral and the parking brake is engaged. *An interlock system shall be provided to prevent advancement of the engine speed at the pump Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 31 operators panel unless the chassis transmission is in neutral and the parking brake is engaged, or the apparatus is in "OK to Pump" mode. *Controls for the pump shift are to be in the cab, and easily accessible. One (1) Pump Primer, Waterous, VPO, Oil Less, Elec, Push Pull 20-26-4400 FIRE PUMP PRIMING SYSTEM A Waterous model number VPO electrically driven, positive displacement, rotary vane type 'oil less' priming pump shall be installed. The system shall be activated with a push/pull type control and utilze a mechanical priming valve in lieu of vacuum operated one. The pump shall be capable of taking suction and discharging water with a lift of 10 feet in not more than 30 seconds with the pump dry, through 20 feet of suction hose of appropriate size. The priming system shall comply to applicable sections of the NFPA standards. One (1) Pressure Gvrnr, Class 1, TPG+, w/Bdy 27-10-4550 ENGINE/PUMP GOVERNOR The apparatus shall be equipped with a Class1 “Total Pressure Governor Plus” (TPG+) that is connected to the Engine Control Module (ECM) mounted on the engine. The “TPG+” will operate as a pressure sensor (regulating) governor (PSG) utilizing the engines J1939 data for optimal resolution and response when supported by the engine manufacturer. If J-1939 engine control is not supported, then analog remote throttle control shall be provided by the “TPG+”. The “TPG+” shall function as a Master Pump Discharge and Intake Gauge. The TPG+ shall utilize control algorithms that minimize pressure spikes during low or erratic water supply situations. The “TPG+” shall be backwards compatible to any engine that supplies J1939 RPM, Temperature and Oil Pressure information providing the ability to maintain a consistent fleet fire-fighting capability and reduce operator cross training and confusion. The “TPG+” shall have the ability to use either a 300 PSI or a 600 PSI discharge pressure transducer and a 300 PSI intake pressure transducer . PSG system diagnostics shall be built i n and accessible by technicians. Programmable presets for RPM and Pressure settings shall be easily configurable. The straightforward menu structure shall allow the “TPG+ ” configuration to match existing apparatus operation as closely as possible. The “TPG+ ” shall also include indication of engine RPM, system voltage, engine oil pressure and engine/transmission temperature with audible alarm output for all. The “TPG+” uses the J1939 data bus for engine information, requiring no additional sensors to be installed. The TPG+ shall monitor and display pump and engine hours. The “TPG+ ” shall use J1939 broadcast warnings for the alarm as a standard and allow the “user” to select warning values if “SOPs” dictate. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 32 One (1) Screens/Anodes, Pump 21-00-2000 PUMP ANODES There shall be sacrificial, zinc anodes in the pump steamer ports which shall protect the pump and piping from electrolyis. These anodes shall also act as screens. One (1) Piping, Stnls Stl - 1250 GPM & Up 21-00-3300 PUMP PLUMBING SYSTEM The fire pump plumbing system shall be of rigid stainless steel pipe or flexible piping with stainless steel fittings. Mechanical grooved couplings shall be installed to permit flexing of the plumbing system and allow for quick removal of piping or valves for service. Flexible hose couplings shall be threaded stainless steel or mechanical grooved coupling connections. The fire pump and plumbing shall be hydrostatically tested in compliance to applicable sections of NFPA standards. The test results shall be included in the delivery documentation. One (1) Pump Drain, Master, Manifold, Push Pull Type 21-01-0200 FIRE PUMP MASTER DRAIN The fire pump plumbing system and fire pump shall be piped to a single push-pull type master pump drain assembly. ADDITIONAL LOW POINT DRAINS The plumbing system shall be equipped with additional low point manually operated drain valves to allow total draining of the fire pump plumbing system. These valves shall be accessible from the side of the vehicle and labeled. One (1) Intk Manifold, Stnls Stl 21-01-5500 STAINLESS STEEL INTAKE MANIFOLD The suction manifold assembly shall be fabricated with Schedule #10 type 304 stainless steel. All threaded fittings shall be a minimum of Schedule 10 stainless steel. The suction manifold assembly shall have radiused sweep elbows to minimize water turbulence into the suction volute. The suction manifold shall be welded and pressure tested prior to installation. The stainless steel manifold assembly shall be attached to the pump intake volute with a heavy-duty, flexible Victaulic coupling. The stainless steel manifold assembly shall have a ten (10) year warranty. One (1) Dschg Manifold, Stnls Stl 21-01-6500 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 33 STAINLESS STEEL DISCHARGE MANIFOLD The discharge manifold assembly shall be fabricated with minimum of Schedule #10 Type 304 stainless steel. All threaded fittings shall be a minimum of Schedule #40 stainless steel. The discharge manifold assembly shall have radiused sweep elbows to minimize water turbulence. The manifold shall be welded and pressure tested prior to installation. The stainless steel manifold inlet shall be attached to the pump discharge and have additional brackets as required to support the discharge manifold, valves and related components. The stainless steel manifold assembly shall have a ten (10) year warranty. One (1) Painting, Pump & Piping, Silver 21-01-7100 FIRE PUMP & PLUMBING SYSTEM PAINTING The fire pump and plumbing system shall be painted by the fire apparatus manufacturer. The fire pump and the plumbing shall be painted metallic silver. One (1) Threads, National Hose (NST) 21-01-8100 HOSE THREADS The hose threads shall be National Standard Thread (NST) on all base threads on the apparatus intakes and discharges. One (1) Tank-To-Pump, Water Tank, 3-1/2", Waterous 22-51-7000 WATER TANK TO PUMP LINE One (1) 3-1/2" water tank to fire pump line shall be provided with a full flow quarter turn ball Waterous valve, 3" piping, and with flex hose and stainless steel hose clamps. The tank to pump line shall be equipped with a check valve to prevent pressurization of the water tank. The line shall be flow tested during the fire pump testing and shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA standards. One (1) Intk Vlv Cntrl, Pull Rod, 1/4 Turn Lckg - IC 22-55-1400 The specified valve shall be equipped with one (1) manually operated pull rod, with quarter turn locking feature. The handle shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate. One (1) Tank Fill/Cooling Line, Water Tank, 2" 23-02-1300 FIRE PUMP TO WATER TANK FILL LINE One (1) 2" fire pump to water tank refill and pump bypass cooler line shall be provided. The valve shall be a full flow quarter turn ball valve with 2" piping and flex hose to tank. The valve control handle shall have a nameplate located near the valve control. One (1) Vlv Mfger, NRS, (2") Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 34 24-62-1200 The specified valve shall be a non-rising stem two-inch (2") valve. One (1) Pump Instln, Midship Split-Shaft, By Bdy Bldr 20-30-3100 FIRE PUMP SPLIT SHAFT DRIVESHAFTS AND INSTALLATION The mid-ship split shaft fire pump shall be installed and shall include installation of the fire pump, modification and/or fabrication of new drivelines and all pump-mounting brackets. The drive shaft(s) shall be spin balanced prior to final installation. One (1) Pump Test, Pumper, UL 20-31-1100 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES FIRE PUMP TEST The pump shall undergo an Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated test per applicable sections of NFPA standards, prior to delivery of the completed apparatus. The UL acceptance certificate shall be furnished with the apparatus on delivery. One (1) Pump Test, Altitude Requirements 20-31-1300 HIGH ALTITUDE FIRE PUMP TEST The pump shall be capable of flowing full pump rating at a higher than standard altitude. The altitude for the delivered apparatus shall be: 5000 feet above sea level. One (1) Pump Test, Label 20-31-1500 FIRE PUMP TEST LABEL A fire pump performance and rating label shall be installed on the fire apparatus pump panel. The label shall denote levels of pump performance and testing completed at factory. These shall include GPM at net pump pressure, RPM at such level, and other pertinent data as required by applicable NFPA standards. In addition, the pressure control device, tank to pump flow tests, and other required testing shall be completed. In addition, the entire pump, suction and discharge passages shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure as required by applicable NFPA standards. The pump shall be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance specifications as outlined by applicable NFPA standards. Pump shall be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration. If applicable, the fire pump shall be tested and rated as follows: 100% of rated capacity at 150 pounds net pressure. 70% of rated capacity at 200 pounds net pressure. 50% of rated capacity at 250 pounds net pressure. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 35 100% or rated capacity at 165 pounds net pressure. One (1) Dump-Relief Vlv, Suction Side, ELK #240, NST 20-31-3200 INTAKE RELIEF/DUMP VALVE One (1) Elkhart Model 40, 2-1/2" intake relief/dump valve preset at 125 psi shall be permanently installed on the suction side of the fire pump. The valve shall have an adjustment range of 75 psi to 250 psi, and shall be designed to automatically self-restore to a non-relieving position when excessive pressure is no longer present. Discharge side of the intake relief valve shall be plumbed to the side the apparatus, away from the pump operator, and shall terminate with a 2-1/2" NST male thread. The outlet shall be marked with an engraved tag "Intake pressure relief outlet - Do Not Cap". One (1) Pump Cooler, Bypass-To-Tank, 3/8" 20-31-4100 FIRE PUMP COOLING The fire pump shall be equipped with 3/8" cooling line from the pump to the water tank. This re-circulation line shall be controlled by a pump panel control valve with nameplate label noting it as the "fire pump bypass cooler". There shall be a check valve installed in the pump cooler line to prevent tank water from back flowing into the pump when it is not in use. One (1) Heat Exchanger, Engine, Hook-Up Only 20-31-5100 CHASSIS ENGINE HEAT EXCHANGER COOLING SYSTEM The apparatus shall be equipped with a heat exchanger for supplementary chassis engine cooling during fire pump operations. A manually opened valve, mounted at the operator's panel, shall direct water from the fire pump to the heat exchanger that is mounted in the engine radiator cooling hose. The system shall provide cooling water from the fire pump to circulate around the engine radiator coolant without mixing or coming in direct contact with the engine coolant. The unit shall be installed by the chassis manufacturer and connected to the plumbing system by the fire apparatus manufacturer. A nameplate label shall be installed on the pump panel noting "engine cooling system" with "on-off" opening directions noted. One (1) Heat exchanger, Hose, Silicone 20-31-5300 HEAT EXCHANGER PIPING SYSTEM The heat exchanger system shall be piped with silicone type hoses. One (1) Intk, Aux, Gtd, 2-1/2", NST, Left Side 22-12-1100 LEFT SIDE -- 2-1/2" GATED INTAKE Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 36 One (1) 2-1/2" gated suction intake shall be installed on left side pump panel to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The control valve shall be a quarter turn ball valve and shall have 2-1/2" NST female thread of chrome plated brass. The intake shall be equipped with a ¾" drain and bleeder valve. A nameplate label and removable screen shall be installed. One (1) Plug, 2-1/2", Chrome Rocker Lug, w/Chain 22-41-1100 One (1) 2-1/2" chrome plated plug shall be provided. The threads shall be NST and the plug shall be equipped rocker lugs and chain or cable securement. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2") 24-62-1250 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Intk Vlv Cntrl, AKR, Mnl Swing Type-Adjacent 22-55-4050 The specified valve shall be equipped with one (1) manually operated, swing-type manual control located adjacent the intake. The valve shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate. One (1) Intk, Aux, Gtd, 2-1/2", NST, Right Side 22-12-3100 RIGHT SIDE -- 2-1/2" GATED INTAKE One (1) 2-1/2" gated suction intake shall be installed on right side pump panel to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The control valve shall be a quarter turn ball valve and shall have 2-1/2" NST female thread of chrome plated brass. The intake shall be equipped with a ¾" drain and bleeder valve. A nameplate and removable screen shall be installed. One (1) Plug, 2-1/2", Chrome Rocker Lug, w/Chain 22-41-1100 One (1) 2-1/2" chrome plated plug shall be provided. The threads shall be NST and the plug shall be equipped rocker lugs and chain or cable securement. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2") 24-62-1250 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Intk Vlv Cntrl, AKR, Mnl Swing Type-Adjacent 22-55-4050 The specified valve shall be equipped with one (1) manually operated, swing-type manual control located adjacent the intake. The valve shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate. One (1) Dschg, 2" x 1-1/2" Front Cntr Bumper, Swivel 23-05-3200 2" DISCHARGE FRONT CENTER BUMPER One (1) 2" discharge shall be installed at front center bumper area with brass swivel outlet with Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 37 1-1/2" NST male threads. The valve control shall be on pump panel and a nameplate label provided at valve control area. The plumbing shall be flexible hose with abrasion resistant support mountings. Auxiliary low point drains shall be provided on the discharge line. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, Class 1, Automatic 21-01-2200 A Class 1 automatic type 3/4" bleeder valve shall be installed. One (1) Hose Connection, Abv Frnt Bmpr, Swivel 23-05-9200 The hose connection for the front discharge shall be swivel type located above the front bumper deck level. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2") 24-61-1200 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two-inch (2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschg Vlv Cntrl, Pull Rod, 1/4 Turn, SM, AKR - IC 24-53-0030 For valve actuation, the specified discharge shall be equipped with a side mount valve control. The ergonomically designed 1/4 turn push-pull T-handle shall be chrome plated zinc with recessed labels for color coding and signage. The gear-control rod, double laminated locking clips, and rod housing shall be stainless steel and provide true positive lock that will eliminate valve drift. Bronze and Teflon impregnated stainless steel bushings in both ends of rod housing shall eliminate rod deflection, never need lubrication and ensure consistent long-term operation. The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome-plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label. One (1) Gauge, Dschg, Class 1, 3-1/2" 400#, White Face 27-02-3200 One (1) 3-1/2" discharge Class 1 pressure gauge (30"-0-400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel. One (1) Dschg, 2-1/2", Left Side, Pump Panel 23-09-4100 LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be installed on the left side pump panel area and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the control handle. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 21-01-2502 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 38 close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. One (1) Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 24-02-1200 One (1) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2-1/2" NST swivel female x 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. One (1) Cap, 2-1/2", NST Chrome, Rocker Lug, w/Chain 24-03-1400 One (1) 2-1/2" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2") 24-61-1250 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, Mnl Swing Type-Adjacent, Lckg 24-53-0800 One (1) manually operated swing type valve with control located adjacent the valve, shall be supplied on the specified discharge. The control handle shall be equipped with quarter-turn locking feature. The valve shall be equipped color-coded name plate. One (1) Gauge, Dschg, Class 1, 3-1/2" 400#, White Face 27-02-3200 One (1) 3-1/2" discharge Class 1 pressure gauge (30"-0-400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel. One (1) Dschg, 2-1/2", Right Side, Pump Panel 23-10-4100 RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be installed on the right side pump panel area and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the control handle. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 21-01-2502 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. One (1) Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 24-02-1200 One (1) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2-1/2" NST swivel female x 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. One (1) Cap, 2-1/2", NST Chrome, Rocker Lug, w/Chain 24-03-1400 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 39 One (1) 2-1/2" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2"), Electric 24-61-1270 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 2-1/2" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 24-53-5100 One (1) Akron valve equipped with an Akron Navigator 9325 controller and a 12 volt electric motor actuator shall be provided on the specified 2-1/2" discharge. The controller shall be push button type and provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. In addition to the open and close buttons, the controller shall have three additional buttons that shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, and menu navigation. The controller shall include a digital pressure gauge and digital flow meter on the LCD display. If equipped with CAFS, the unit must also be capable of turning on and off the electric CAFS solenoid. A color-coded name plate shall be installed over the valve control. One (1) Dschg, 3" x 4"NST, Right Side, Pump Panel 23-10-5200 RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- 3" x 4" DISCHARGE One (1) 3" discharge shall be installed on the right side pump panel area and shall be controlled by a full flow 3" slow-close quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have 4" NST male hose threads. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the control handle. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 21-01-2502 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. One (1) Adptr, LW Alum, 5" Storz x 2-1/2"M 24-01-4000 One (1) lightweight aluminum adapter with bright finish shall be provided. Threads shall be: 5" Storz with lugs with manual locks x 2-1/2" male NST. One (1) Elbow, Color Coded, 5" Storz x 4"F 24-02-2620 One (1) color coded elbow with 30 degree slant shall be provided. Threads shall be 5" Storz with lugs and manual locks x 4" female swivel NST with rocker lugs. One (1) Cap, 2-1/2", NST Chrome, Rocker Lug, w/Chain 24-03-1400 One (1) 2-1/2" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 40 provided. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (3"), Electric 24-61-1320 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series three-inch (3") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 3" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 24-53-5200 One (1) Akron valve equipped with an Akron Navigator 9325 controller and a 12 volt electric motor actuator shall be provided on the specified 3" discharge. The controller shall be push button type and provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. In addition to the open and close buttons, the controller shall have three additional buttons that shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, and menu navigation. The controller shall include a digital pressure gauge and digital flow meter on the LCD display. If equipped with CAFS, the unit must also be capable of turning on and off the electric CAFS solenoid. A color-coded name plate shall be installed over the valve control. One (1) Dschg, 2-1/2", Left Rr 23-13-3100 REAR LEFT SIDE -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be installed on the left side rear panel of the apparatus body and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve on the pump panel. The discharge shall have 2-1/2" NPT x 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. The outlet shall be equipped with an engraved nameplate label shall be installed adjacent the valve control handle. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 21-01-2502 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. One (1) Adptr, Reducing, 2-1/2" NST F x 1-1/2" NST M, Chrome 24-01-2400 One (1) chrome plated reducing adapter with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2-1/2" NST rigid female x 1-1/2" NST male hose threads. One (1) Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 24-02-1200 One (1) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2-1/2" NST swivel female x 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2"), Electric 24-61-1270 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 2-1/2" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 41 24-53-5100 One (1) Akron valve equipped with an Akron Navigator 9325 controller and a 12 volt electric motor actuator shall be provided on the specified 2-1/2" discharge. The controller shall be push button type and provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. In addition to the open and close buttons, the controller shall have three additional buttons that shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, and menu navigation. The controller shall include a digital pressure gauge and digital flow meter on the LCD display. If equipped with CAFS, the unit must also be capable of turning on and off the electric CAFS solenoid. A color-coded name plate shall be installed over the valve control. Two (2) Dschg, 2-1/2", Right Rr 23-13-3200 REAR RIGHT SIDE -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE Two (2) 2-1/2" discharge shall be installed on the right side rear panel of the apparatus body and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve on the pump panel. The discharge shall have 2-1/2" NPT x 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. The outlet shall be equipped with an engraved nameplate label shall be installed adjacent the valve control handle. Two (2) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn - Spec Only 21-01-2502 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. Two (2) Adptr, Reducing, 2-1/2" NST F x 1-1/2" NST M, Chrome 24-01-2400 Two (2) chrome plated reducing adapter with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2-1/2" NST rigid female x 1-1/2" NST male hose threads. Two (2) Elbow, 2-1/2"F x 2-1/2" NST M, Chrome 24-02-1200 Two (2) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2-1/2" NST swivel female x 2-1/2" NST male hose threads. Two (2) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (2-1/2"), Electric 24-61-1270 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. Two (2) Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 2-1/2" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 24-53-5100 Two (2) Akron valve equipped with an Akron Navigator 9325 controller and a 12 volt electric motor actuator shall be provided on the specified 2-1/2" discharge. The controller shall be push Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 42 button type and provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. In addition to the open and close buttons, the controller shall have three additional buttons that shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, and menu navigation. The controller shall include a digital pressure gauge and digital flow meter on the LCD display. If equipped with CAFS, the unit must also be capable of turning on and off the electric CAFS solenoid. A color-coded name plate shall be installed over the valve control. One (1) Monitor Dschg, 3", Over Midship Pump Enclsr 24-11-3200 3" MONITOR DISCHARGE One (1) 3" discharge shall be piped to the area over the pump enclosure with 3" NPT male threads provided. The pipe shall be equipped with Victaulic couplings (if necessary) and shall be properly secured to prevent movement when a monitor or deck gun is attached. The quarter turn ball valve shall be controlled on pump panel. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the valve control handle. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn 21-01-2500 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift, to open and push down, to close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. One (1) Mntr, AKR, Apollo #2, #3433 Hi-Riser, (2)2.5" Inlts, No Nzl 24-13-3100 MONITOR One (1) Akron #3433 High Riser lift off style monitor and direct truck mount adapter shall be installed. The monitor shall be capable of 360-degree rotation and be capable of flowing 1250 GPM when installed on the direct truck mount. There shall be a swivel high rise elevation system furnished on the lift off deck gun assembly. The high rise deck gun shall elevate 24" above the base of the flange when in the upper position. The unit shall have heavy-duty dual lock pins when installed on the direct truck mount. The portable ground stand shall have two (2) 2 1/2" NH female swivel inlet connections. Each inlet connection shall have an automatic check valve. The portable ground stand shall have folding legs, a built in safety chain and spanner wrench. One (1) Nzl, Mstr Strm, AKR 5160, Akromatic, 1250GPM 24-18-4210 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 43 MASTER STREAM NOZZLE One (1) Akron #5160 Akromatic nozzle shall be provided. The nozzle manually adjustable with to accommodate the fluctuating flows of 250 to 1250 GPM. The stream pattern can easily be adjusted for an infinite pattern selection from straight stream to a wide full fog. The construction of the nozzle shall be lightweight aluminum with a 2-1/2" NH swivel base. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (3"), Electric 24-61-1320 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series three-inch (3") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschrg Vlv Cntrl, AKR, 3" Elec, #9325, Pres Mtr-FM 24-53-5200 One (1) Akron valve equipped with an Akron Navigator 9325 controller and a 12 volt electric motor actuator shall be provided on the specified 3" discharge. The controller shall be push button type and provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. In addition to the open and close buttons, the controller shall have three additional buttons that shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, and menu navigation. The controller shall include a digital pressure gauge and digital flow meter on the LCD display. If equipped with CAFS, the unit must also be capable of turning on and off the electric CAFS solenoid. A color-coded name plate shall be installed over the valve control. One (1) Hose Reel, HAN, LwrRr Cmpt, Elec, Stl Pntd 24-30-3700 ELECTRIC REWIND HOSE REEL One (1) Hannay painted steel hose reel with leak proof ball bearing swing joint, adjustable friction brake, electric rewind shall be installed. The reel shall be plumbed with wire reinforced, high-pressure hose coupled. The reel shall be bolted to a mounting system for easy service or removal. The hose reel is to be mounted in the lower rear body compartment. One (1) Hose Reel, Rwnd Cntrl, Weatherproof Push Button 24-31-2100 A push button hose reel rewind switch shall be installed to control the electric rewind hose reel. The exact location shall be determined at construction. One (1) Dschg, Hose Reel, 1-1/2" 24-32-1400 One (1) 1-1/2" discharge shall be provided and piped from the fire pump to the hose reel with flexible high pressure hose. The quarter turn ball valve shall be controlled on pump panel. A color-coded nameplate label shall be provided near the valve control handle. One (1) Drain/Bleeder, IC Lift-Up, Mnl 1/4 Turn 21-01-2500 An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow-out Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 44 proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift, to open and push down, to close. The valve shall be mounted with an insulating gasket between the valve and the panel to reduce freezing potential. One (1) Dschg, Hose Reel, Plmbd to Normal Pressure 24-32-1700 The specified hose reel shall be piped to the normal pressure side of the fire pump. One (1) Vlv Mfger, AKR, 8000, (1-1/2") 24-61-1150 The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series one and one half-inch (1-1/2") valve with a stainless ball. One (1) Dschg Vlv Cntrl, Pull Rod, 1/4 Turn, SM, AKR - IC 24-53-0030 For valve actuation, the specified discharge shall be equipped with a side mount valve control. The ergonomically designed 1/4 turn push-pull T-handle shall be chrome plated zinc with recessed labels for color coding and signage. The gear-control rod, double laminated locking clips, and rod housing shall be stainless steel and provide true positive lock that will eliminate valve drift. Bronze and Teflon impregnated stainless steel bushings in both ends of rod housing shall eliminate rod deflection, never need lubrication and ensure consistent long-term operation. The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome-plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label. One (1) Gauge, Dschg, Class 1, 3-1/2" 400#, White Face 27-02-3200 One (1) 3-1/2" discharge Class 1 pressure gauge (30"-0-400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel. One (1) Roller, Hose Reel, Rr 24-33-9300 One (1) stainless steel roller assembly shall be provided on the rear hose reel. Two (2) Roller, Hose Reel, Vrtcl 24-33-9700 VERTICAL HOSE ROLLER Two (2) vertically mounted stainless steel roller assembly shall be installed in the following location: . One (1) Painting, Hose Reel, Silver Grey 80-43-1600 HOSE REEL PAINTING The hose reel(s) shall be painted silver grey. One (1) Foam Sys, F/PRO 2002, Cls A/B, 5G/400P,12V 25-06-4200 FOAM PRO FOAM SYSTEM Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 45 One (1) FoamPro part number S105-2002 electronic foam proportioning system shall be provided. The system shall be capable of using Class A and most Class B foam concentrates. The foam proportioning operation shall be designed for direct measurement of water flows, and shall remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system shall be capable of accurately delivering foam solution as required by applicable sections of the NFPA standards. The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display suitable for installation on the pump panel. There shall be a microprocessor incorporated within the electronic controls that shall receive input from the system's flowmeter, while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor shall compare the values to ensure that the desired amount of foam concentrate is injected onto the discharge side of the fire pump. Paddlewheel-type flowmeter(s) shall be installed in the discharges specified to be "foam capable". When the use of more than one (1) flowmeter is required, an electronic interface module will be provided to total these flows and send the flow total to the microprocessor in the computer control module. The digital computer control display shall enable the pump operator to perform the following control and operation functions for the foam proportioning system:  Provide push-button control of foam proportioning rates from 0.1% to 3%, in 0.1% increments  Show current flow-per-minute of water  Show total volume of water discharged during and after foam operations are completed  Show total amount of foam concentrate consumed  Simulate flow rates for manual operation  Perform setup and diagnostic functions for the computer control microprocessor  Flash a "low concentrate" warning when the foam concentrate tank (s) become low  Flash a "no concentrate" warning and shut the foam concentrate pump off, preventing damage to the pump, should the foam tank(s) become empty A 12-volt electric motor driven positive displacement foam concentrate pump shall be provided and installed in an accessible location. The pump capacity range shall be 0.1 to 5 GPM (9.5L/min) at 150 PSI with a maximum operating pressure up to 400 PSI (27.6 BAR). The system shall draw a maximum of 40 amps at 12 volts. An electronic driver for the pump motor shall be mounted to the base of the pump and shall receive signals from the computer control display, and regulate the 3/4 horsepower (.56 Kw) electric motor directly coupled to the concentrate pump in a variable speed duty cycle to ensure that the correct proportion of concentrate, preset by the pump operator is injected into the water stream. A full flow check valve shall be provided to prevent foam contamination of the fire pump and water tank or water contamination of the foam tank. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 46 Components of the complete proportioning system as described above shall include:  Operator control and display  Paddlewheel flowmeter(s)  Pump and electric motor/motor driver  Wiring harnesses  Low level tank switch  Foam injection check valve  Main waterway check valve The foam system shall be installed and calibrated to manufacturer's requirements. In addition the system shall be tested and certified by the apparatus manufacturer to meet applicable NFPA standards. The foam system design shall be tested and pass environmental testing in accordance to SAE standards. The system shall be third party tested to certify compliance with RFI/EMI emissions per MIL-STD-416E. An installation and operation manual shall be provided for the unit. The system shall have a one (1) year limited warranty by the foam system manufacturer. CONTROL CONNECTION CABLE FOR FOAM SYSTEM The FoamPro 2002 Series foam system shall be provided with a twelve (12) foot control cable from the controller to the foam pump assembly. PUMP PANEL CONTROL FOR FOAM SYSTEM The FoamPro 2002 Series foam system shall be provided with pump panel mounted control assembly. INSTRUCTION AND RATING LABEL -- FOAM SYSTEM A FoamPro part number 6032-0021 instruction and system rating label shall be provided. The label shall display information for a FoamPro 2002 Series foam system and shall meet applicable sections of NFPA standards. SCHEMATIC LABEL -- FOAM SYSTEM A FoamPro foam system schematic label shall be installed on the pump panel near foam controls. The label shall be a diagram of the FoamPro 2002 foam system layout and shall meet applicable sections of the NFPA standards. One (1) Foam Plmbg, Sngl Class A Tank, 1" Mnl Vlv Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 47 25-20-1200 1" FOAM TANK CONTROL -- CLASS A One (1) Class A foam tank shall be plumbed with 1" valve and corrosion resistant hose from the foam tank to the foam inlet of the foam system. The manually opened valve shall be provided behind the pump panel with a label. One (1) Foam Tank, Intgrl Poly, 30 Gal, Class A 25-21-1500 INTEGRAL CLASS A FOAM TANK -- 30 GALLON One (1) thirty (30) gallon Class A foam tank shall be installed within the water tank. The non-corrosive foam tank shall meet applicable sections of NFPA standards. The foam concentrate tank shall be provided with sufficient wash partitions so that the maximum dimension perpendicular to the plane of any partition shall not exceed 36 inches. The swash partition(s) shall extend from wall to wall and cover at least 75 percent of the area of the plane of the partition. The foam concentrate tank shall be provided with a fill tower or expansion compartment having a minimum area of 12 square inches and having a volume of not less than 2 percent of the total tank volume. The fill tower opening shall be protected by a completely sealed air-tight cover. The cover shall be attached to the fill tower by mechanical means. The fill opening shall be designed to incorporate a 1/4 inch removable screen and shall be located so that foam concentrate from a five (5) gallon container can be dumped directly to the bottom of the tank to minimize aeration without the use of funnels or other special devices. The foam tank fill tower shall be equipped with a pressure/vacuum vent that enables the tank to compensate for changes in pressure or vacuum when filling or withdrawing foam concentrate from the tank. The pressure/vacuum vent shall not allow atmospheric air to enter the foam tank except during operation or to compensate for thermal fluctuations. The vent shall be protected to prevent foam concentrate from escaping or directly contacting the vent at any time. The vent shall be of sufficient size to prevent tank damage during filling or foam withdrawal. A color coded label or visible permanent marking that reads "FOAM TANK FILL" shall be placed at or near any foam concentrate tank fills opening. A label shall be placed at or near any foam concentrate tank fill opening that specifies the type of foam concentrate the system is designed to use. Any restrictions on the types of foam concentrate that can be used with the system shall also be stated, and a warning message that reads "WARNING: DO NOT MIX BRANDS AND TYPES OF FOAM." Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 48 The foam concentrate tank outlet connection shall be designed and located to prevent aeration of the foam concentrate and shall allow withdrawal of 80 percent of the foam concentrate tank storage capacity under all operating conditions with the vehicle level. One (1) Foam Tank, UPF 25-22-9300 The foam tank(s) shall be fabricated by United Plastic Fabricating. One (1) Foam Tank Drain, 1" Gate Vlv, Under Tank 25-23-1000 FOAM TANK DRAIN -- UNDER TANK The foam tank shall have one (1) 1" gate valve drain provision installed. One (1) Foam Tank Gauge, Class 1, Intelli-Tank, Pump Panel 27-36-2000 FOAM TANK GAUGE The apparatus shall be equipped with one (1) Class1 “Intelli-Tank” foam tank level gauge and shall be installed on the pump panel. The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level on an easy to read LED display and show increments of 1/8 of a tank. Each tank level gauge system shall include:  A pressure transducer mounted on the outside of the tank in an easily accessible area. Sealed foam tanks will require zero pressure vacuum vents.  Super bright LED 4-light display with a visual indication at nine accurate levels. Weather resistant connectors to connect to the digital display, to the pressure transducer and to the apparatus power. One (1) Foam System, NFPA #1901, Install Standards 25-19-9000 FOAM SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS The proportioning system shall be capable of proportioning foam concentrate in accordance with the foam concentrate manufacturer's recommendations for the type of foam concentrate used in the system over the system's design range of flow and pressures. The foam proportioning system water flow characteristics and the range of proportioning ratio shall be specified as noted herein. The latest foam system shall be in compliance with applicable NFPA standards as it relates to this specified system Plumbing and Strainer The foam concentrate supply line shall be non-collapsible. A means shall be provided to prevent water back flow into the foam proportioning system and the foam concentrate storage tank. A strainer or filter shall be provided on the foam concentrate supply side of the foam Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 49 proportioner to prevent any debris that might affect the operation of the foam proportioning system from entering the system. The strainer assembly shall consist of a removable straining element, housing, and retainer. The strainer assembly shall allow full flow capacity of the foam supply line. Flushing A foam concentrate system flush line shall be provided as required by the foam system manufacturer. A means shall be provided in the flush line to prevent water backflow into the foam concentrate tank or water tank during the flushing operation. Foam System Controls The foam proportioning system operating controls shall be located at or near the pump operator's position and shall be clearly identified. Foam proportioning system shall be provided with accessible controls to completely flush the system with water according to the manufacturer's instructions. Labels and Instructions An instruction plate shall be provided for the foam proportioning system that include, at a minimum, piping schematic of the system and basic operating instructions. Labels that are marked clearly with the identification and function shall be provided for each control, gauge, and indicator related to the foam proportioning system. A label shall be provided on the pump operator's panel that identifies the type of foam concentrate that the foam proportioning system is designed to use. It shall also state the minimum/maximum foam proportioning rate at the minimum/maximum foam proportioning rated system flow and pressure. Two (2) copies of an operations and maintenance manual shall be provided. They shall include a complete diagram of the system together with operating instructions and details outlining all recommended maintenance procedures. Foam System Testing The accuracy of the foam proportioning system shall be certified by the foam equipment manufacturer and also tested by the installer prior to delivery of the apparatus in compliance to NFPA standards. One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr-Side Mount Pump Cmpt - 518.090 05/18/0 One (1) Pump Enc, Side Mt, Extrd Alum, 50-59"W Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 50 26-02-1300 SIDE MOUNT PUMP ENCLOSURE The side mount pump enclosure shall be removable and supported from the chassis frame rails. This enclosure will allow independent flexing of the pump enclosure from the body and allow for quick removal. The support structure shall be constructed of extruded aluminum tubing and angle. All pump suction and discharge controls are to be mounted on the driver side pump operator's panel so as to permit operation of the pump from a central location. The fire pump, valves and controls shall be accessible for service and maintenance as required by applicable sections of NFPA standards. The "master" gauges shall be suitably enclosed and mounted on a full pump compartment width "hinged" gauge panel constructed of the same material as the pump operators control panel, allowing access to the backside of all gauges and gauge lines. The individual gauges shall be mounted inline with the control handle or adjacent to the control handle. Panel is to include a stainless steel piano hinge, flush mounted chrome plated trigger latch, and stainless steel cable end stops. Electrical wiring and all gauge lines shall be properly tie wrapped to prevent kinking or cutting of the lines when the panel is opened. The following controls and equipment as specified in the specifications, shall be provided on the pump panel or within the pump enclosure:  Primer.  Pump and plumbing area service lights.  Pressure control device and throttle control.  Fire pump and engine instruments.  Pump intakes and discharge controls.  Master intake and discharge gauges.  Tank fill control.  Tank suction control.  Water tank level gauge.  Pump panel lights. One (1) Pump Enc Cmpt, SM, Hng Panels, Upper 26-10-2300 HINGED SIDE PANELS OVER PUMP ENCLOSURE One (1) hinged side panel shall be located at the upper sides of the pump module. The access panels will be constructed as large as space permits. Hinged door constructed of material same as right side pump panel shall be installed upper side of the compartment and shall be provided with a positive latching system for easy opening. There Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 51 shall be a gas strut type hold open mechanism. The hinge shall be at the top of the panel and shall permit the panel to open a minimum of 90 degrees. One (1) Rng Brd, LH Pump Panel, Alum T/P, SM 26-30-1100 LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD -- SIDE MOUNT PANEL The left side mount pump panel shall be equipped with side running board. The running board will extend along the width of the pump enclosure from the forward end of the body module to behind the chassis cab. The running board shall be constructed of aluminum tread plate, bolted in place with stainless steel fasteners. The step surfaces shall be in compliance to applicable sections of NFPA requirements. One (1) Hosewell, Rning Brd, Pump Panel, LH 26-30-5000 HOSEWELL COMPARTMENT -- LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD One (1) hosewell shall be recessed in the left side running board of the apparatus pump panel. The hosewell shall be constructed of aluminum treadplate material and shall be provided with drain holes drilled in each bottom corner with plastic grating on the floor. The hose and couplings shall be secured in compliance to applicable NFPA standards. Capacity for the following purchaser supplied hose: One (1) Hosewell, Rning Brd, Cvr, Tread Plate, Ea 26-30-6100 HOSE WELL COVER One (1) hinged aluminum cover, with latches, constructed of .125” aluminum diamond plate shall be provided for the running board hose well. One (1) Rng Brd, RH Pump Panel, Alum T/P, SM 26-30-1150 RIGHT SIDE RUNNING BOARD -- SIDE MOUNT PANEL The right side mount pump panel shall be equipped with side running board. The running board will extend along the width of the pump enclosure from the forward end of the body module to behind the chassis cab. The running board shall be constructed of aluminum tread plate, bolted in place with stainless steel fasteners. The step surfaces shall be in compliance to applicable sections of NFPA requirements. One (1) Gauge Panel, Upper LH, S/S, EXT 26-31-1110 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 52 GAUGE PANEL -- LEFT SIDE UPPER A gauge panel shall be provided on the upper left side of the side mount pump enclosure. The gauge panel shall be constructed of 14 gauge #304 brushed stainless steel and hinged. The gauge panel shall be held in the closed position with push button type latches. One (1) Pump Side Access Door, Upper RH, S/S 26-31-1300 PUMP ENCLOSURE ACCESS DOOR -- RIGHT SIDE UPPER A pump panel access door shall be provided on the upper right side of the side mount pump enclosure. The door shall be constructed of 14 gauge #304 brushed stainless steel with push button type latches. One (1) Pump Panel, Stnls Stl, LH/RH, SM, EXT 26-35-3210 PUMP PANELS -- SIDE MOUNT The pump operator's panel, along with the lower left hand and right hand pump panels shall be constructed of 14 gauge #304 brushed stainless steel. One (1) Pump Panel, Bltd, LH 26-35-1100 LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- BOLTED The pump panel installed on the left hand side of the pump enclosure shall be fastened to the pump enclosure with 1/4" stainless steel bolts. One (1) Pump Panel, Hngd, RH 26-35-1400 HINGED PUMP PANEL -- RIGHT SIDE The pump panel installed on the on the right hand side of the pump enclosure shall be hinged with push-button latches. One (1) Heater, Pump Enc, 30,000BTU, w/Swtch 26-50-1200 PUMP COMPARTMENT HEATER SYSTEM The interior of the pump enclosure shall be equipped with a minimum of 30,000 BTU hot water heater system. The unit shall be piped to the chassis radiator system with standard heater hose. The hose shall be properly clamped and secured in place, and be properly protected from engine exhaust or mechanical damage. The heater unit shall be equipped with a 12-volt blower fan with control located on the pump operator's panel. One (1) Silicone Hose, Heater, Pump Enc (IPOS) 26-50-1300 HEATER SYSTEM -- SILICONE HOSE Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 53 Silicone heater hose shall be provided for the hot water heater system. One (1) Heat Pan, Pump Enc, Midship, Slide Out Panels, Alum 26-50-3200 PUMP ENCLOSURE HEAT PAN A removable casing fabricated from smooth aluminum, completely enclosing the underside of the pump compartment and heated by the engine exhaust shall be provided. The heat pan floor assembly shall be easily removed from each side. One (1) Labels, Test Data and Safety Placards 26-55-1100 LABELS Safety, information, data, and instruction labels for apparatus shall be provided and installed at the operator's instrument panel. The labels shall include rated capacities, pressure ratings, and engine speeds as determined by the certification tests. The no-load governed speed of the engine, as stated by the engine manufacturer, shall also be included. The labels shall be provided with all information and be attached to the apparatus prior to delivery. One (1) Labels, IC Color Coded, EXT 26-55-2410 COLOR CODED PUMP PANEL LABELING AND NAMEPLATES Discharge and intake valve controls shall be color coded in compliance to guidelines of applicable sections of NFPA standards. All labels, instruction panels and warnings shall be installed on the pump panel for safe operation of the pumping equipment and controls using Innovative Controls labels and bezel assemblies. These bezel assemblies will be used to identify intake and discharge controls with color and verbiage. The label and bezel assemblies are designed and manufactured to withstand the specified apparatus service environment and shall be backed by a warranty equal to that of the exterior paint and finish. The specified assemblies feature a chrome-plated panel-mount bezel with durable UV resistant polycarbonate inserts. These UV resistant polycarbonate graphic inserts shall be sub-surface screen printed to eliminate the possibility of wear and protect the inks from fading. All insert labels shall be backed with 3M permanent adhesive (200MP), which meets UL969 and NFPA standards One (1) Pump Panel Lt, Midship LH, Grote 18" LED Slim White 26-56-1152 MIDSHIP PUMP PANEL LIGHTS -- LEFT SIDE Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 54 Two (2) Grote 18” LED Slim White 12VDC lights Model 61F01 or equal LED shall be installed to illuminate the left side pump panel. Each light shall feature a high-output 500 lumen LED dome lamp, a tough polycarbonate lens, a study aluminum base, a profile of less than ¾” high and a 50,000 service life rating. The lights shall be controlled by a switch located on the pump operator’s panel. One (1) Pump Panel Lt, Midship RH, Grote 18" LED Slim White 26-56-1252 MIDSHIP PUMP PANEL LIGHTS -- RIGHT SIDE Two (2) Grote 18” LED Slim White12VDC lights Model 61F01 or equal LED shall be installed to illuminate the right side pump panel. Each light shall feature a high-output 500 lumen LED dome lamp, a tough polycarbonate lens, a study aluminum base, a profile of less than ¾” high and a 50,000 service life rating. The lights shall be controlled by a switch located on the pump operator’s panel. One (1) Pump Panel Lt, Actuated w/Pump Engagement 26-56-2000 PUMP PANEL LIGHTS One (1) pump panel light shall be illuminated at the time the fire pump is engaged into operation. The remaining lights shall be controlled by a switch located on the operator's instrument panel. One (1) Mstr Gauges, Class 1, 6" PSI, WF, Pr 27-01-2200 MASTER DISCHARGE AND INTAKE GAUGES Two (2) 6" diameter Class 1 discharge pressure and intake gauges (30"-0-600 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel. The master gauges shall be fully filled with pulse and vibration dampening interlube to lubricate the internal mechanisms. This shall prevent lens condensation and will insure proper operation to minus 40 degrees F. The case shall be temperature compensated with an internal breathing diaphragm to permit filled cases and to allow a rigid lens with a distortion free viewing area. To prevent internal freezing and to keep contaminants from entering the gauge, the stem and Bourdon tube shall be filled with low temperature material and be sealed from the water system using an isolation Sub-Z diaphragm located in the stem. A bright metal bezel shall be supplied for resistance to corrosion and to protect the lens and case from damage. One (1) Gauge, Test Taps 27-01-4100 TEST TAPS Test taps for pump intake and pump pressure shall be provided on the pump instrument panel and be properly labeled. One (1) Fuel Gauge, Chassis, Pump Panel 27-34-1100 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 55 CHASSIS FUEL GAUGE One (1) fuel tank level gauge shall be installed on the pump panel. One (1) Water Tank Gauge, Class 1, ITL Dual Display, LH & RH Pump Pnl 27-35-2020 WATER TANK GAUGE The apparatus shall be equipped with one (1) Class1 “Intelli-Tank” Dual Display water tank level gauge system. The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level on an easy to read LED display and show increments of 1/8 of a tank. Each tank level gauge system shall include: 1) A pressure transducer mounted on the outside of the tank in an easily accessible area. Sealed foam tanks will require zero pressure vacuum vents. 2) Two (2) super bright LED 4-light displays with a visual indication at nine accurate levels. 3) Weather resistant connectors to connect to the digital display, to the pressure transducer and to the apparatus power. The primary water tank level gauge display shall be installed at the pump panel. The remote water tank level gauge display shall be installed in an easily visable location on the officer's side pump panel. One (1) Water Tank Gauge, Whelen PS TANK LED, Level Lts, Pair, Cls 1 27-35-6102 WATER TANK LEVEL LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen PS-TANK vertically mounted LED lights shall be installed one each side of the apparatus to allow for monitoring the water tank level from a distance. They shall be configured as follows:  GREEN - Position 1 indicates FULL  BLUE - Position 2 indicates 3/4  AMBER - Position 3 indicates 1/2  RED - Position 4 indicates 1/4 Each light shall remain illuminated until the water level drops below full 3/4, 1/2, or 1/4 levels. When the level drops below 1/4 the RED light will flash to indicate an empty tank. The Whelen PS-TANK water tank level lights shall be controlled with a Class 1 Intell-tank remote driver. One (1) Air Horn, Push Button, Pump Panel 27-37-1100 AIR HORN PUSH-BUTTON Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 56 One (1) push button with a label shall be installed on the pump instrument panel to operate the air horns. One (1) == General HLHD / HRHD SA Pmpr/Tnkr - 518.090 05/18/09 == One (1) Water Tank, 650 Gal, Pmpr/Tnkr , Poly, T-Tank 25-28-1360 WATER TANK - 750 GALLON The apparatus shall be equipped with a six-hundred-fifty (650) gallon polypropylene water tank. The tank shall be equipped with a four-inch (4") overflow pipe. One (1) Water Tank, Base Specs, Poly 25-42-1100 The apparatus shall be equipped with a polypropylene water tank. The tank body and end bulkheads shall be constructed of .75" thick, polypropylene, nitrogen-welded and tested inside and out. Tank construction shall conform to applicable NFPA standards. The tank shall carry a lifetime warranty. The transverse and longitudinal .375" thick swash partitions shall be interlocked and welded to each other as well as to the walls of the tank. The partitions shall be designed and equipped with vent holes to permit air and liquid movement between compartments. The .5" thick cover shall be recessed .375" from the top of the side walls. Hold down dowels shall extend through and be welded to both the covers and the transverse partitions, providing rigidity during fast fill operations. Drilled and tapped holes for lifting eyes shall be provided in the top area of the booster tank. A combination vent/water fill tower shall be provided at front of the tank. The 0.5" thick polypropylene fill and overflow tower shall be equipped with a hinged lid and a removable polypropylene screen. The overflow tube shall be installed in fill tower and piped with a minimum schedule 40 PVC pipe through the tank. The water tank sump shall be located in the forward area of the tank. There will be a schedule 40 polypropylene tank suction pipe from the front of the tank to the tank sump. The tank drain and clean out shall be located in the bottom of the tank sump. The sump shall have a minimum 3" threaded outlet on the bottom to be used for a combination clean out and drain. The pump to tank refill connection shall be a sized to mate with tank fill discharge line. A deflector shield inside the tank will also be provided. The tank shall rest on the body cross members in conjunction with such additional cross members, spaced at a distance that would not allow for more than 530 square inches of Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 57 unsupported area under the tank floor. In cases where overall height of the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross member spacing must be decreased to allow for not more than 400 square inches of unsupported area. The tank must be isolated from the cross members through the use of hard rubber strips with a minimum thickness and width dimension of 1/4” x 1” and a hardness of approximately 60 durometer. The rubber must be installed so it will not become dislodged during normal operation of the vehicle. Additionally, the tank must be supported around the entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both in the front and rear as well as side to side to prevent tank from shifting during vehicle operation. A picture frame type cradle mount with a minimum of 2" x 2" x 1/4” mild steel, stainless steel, or aluminum angle shall be provided or the use of corner angles having a minimum dimension of 4" x 4" x 1/4” by 6” high are permitted for the purpose of capturing the tank. Although the tank is designed on a free floating suspension principle, it is required that the tank have adequate vertical hold down restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation. If proper retention has not been incorporated into the apparatus hose floor structure, an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of the tank, half way between the front and the rear on each side of the tank. These stops can be constructed of steel, stainless steel or aluminum angle having minimum dimensions of 3" x 3" x 1/4” and shall be approximately 6” to 12” long. These brackets must incorporate rubber isolating pads with a minimum thickness of 1/4” inch and a hardness of 60 durometer affixed on the underside of the angle. The angle should then be bolted to the body side walls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top outside edge of the upper side wall of the tank. Hose beds floors must be so designed that the floor slat supports extend full width from side wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edge of the tank or in any way come in contact with the individual covers where a puncture could occur. Tank top must be capable of supporting loads up to 200 lbs per sq. foot when evenly distributed. Other equipment such as generators, portable pumps, etc. must not be mounted directly to the tank top unless provisions have been designed into the tank for that purpose. The tank shall be completely removable without disturbing or dismantling the apparatus structure. One (1) Water Tank, Manufacturer, UPF, Poly 25-42-1200 The tank construction shall include PolyProSealTM technology wherein a sealant shall be installed between the plastic components prior to being fusion welded. This sealing method shall provide a liquid barrier, offering leak protection in the event of a weld compromise. The tank shall be equipped with Polychromatic fill towers. The water fill tower shall be blue in color. The foam tank fill towers, if applicable, shall be yellow for foam A and green for foam B and black for any additional foam fill towers. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 58 The water tank shall be certified for the capacity of the water tank prior to delivery of the apparatus. This capacity shall be recorded on the manufacturer's record of construction and the certification shall be provided to the purchaser when the apparatus is delivered. The tank shall be manufactured by United Plastic Fabricating (UPF). One (1) Warranty, Water Tank, UPF, BR 01-18-0450 WATER TANK WARRANTY UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATION INC. Warrants each UPF POLY-TANK IIE Booster/Foam tank to be free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in fire suppression). The UPF POLY-TANK IIE must be installed in accordance with the United Plastic Fabricating installation manual. Every UPF POLY-TANK IIE is thoroughly inspected and tested for leaks before leaving our facility. Should any problems develop with your UPF POLY-TANK IIE booster/foam tank and will not meet performance criteria during the service life of the vehicle, notify UPF in writing or call our TOLL FREE SERVICE HOT LINE 1-800-USA-POLY. Provide UPF with the serial number and a description of the problem. If the tank problem would render the truck out of service, UPF will dispatch a service technician WITHIN 48 HOURS (2 DAYS) to repair the tank. (This time period is for North America only). If the vehicle can remain in service, UPF will dispatch a service technician within a mutually agreed upon time period. We will repair, or at our option, replace the tank with a new UPF POLY-Tank IIE. UPF will cover customary and reasonable costs to remove and install the UPF POLY-TANK IIE. This warranty will not cover tanks that have been improperly installed, misused or abused, and the serial number must not have, been altered, defaced or removed. UPF will not cover any unauthorized third party repairs or alterations. Any of these actions may void the warranty. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATION, INC. This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATION, INC. Neither assumes, nor authorizes any person supposing to act on its behalf, to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. IN NO EVENT WILL UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATION, INC BE LIABLE FOR AN Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 59 AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE PRESENT RETAIL, PURCHASE PRICE PLUS INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL COST OF THE BOOSTER TANK, FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE, WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF FAILURE OF ITS PRODUCT. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights, which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation of incidental of incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Some states do not allow limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to you. One (1) Water Tank, Fill Tower, 10" x 10", EXT 25-44-1700 WATER TANK FILL TOWER A fill tower measuring approximately 10” x 10” square shall be provided on the water tank. One (1) Water Tank Clean-out & Plug, 3" 25-50-1400 Tank suction shall be located in a sump assembly located below the bottom of the tank, properly baffled to prevent surging of water. A 3" cleanout plug shall be provided in the bottom of the tank sump. One (1) Hosebed, Pmpr, <168" L, HD, 71" Wide - EXT 29-00-2400 HOSEBED WIDTH The width of the pumper body hosebed shall be 71". One (1) Hosebed, Grating, Extrd Alum, <168" Long - EXT 29-10-1050 ALUMINUM HOSEBED GRATING The hose bed compartment deck shall be constructed entirely from maintenance-free, extruded aluminum slats. The slats shall have an anodized, radiused ribbed top surface. The slats shall be of widths approximately 3/4'' high x 6" wide, space 1/2" apart and shall be welded into a one-piece grid system to prevent the accumulation of water and allow ventilation to assist in drying hose. One (1) Hosebed, Strge Cpcty, 55 Cubic Feet, Minimum 29-10-5100 HOSE BED STORAGE CAPACITY The hose bed shall be designed to have a storage capacity for a minimum of 55 cubic feet of fire department supplied fire hose. Eight (8) Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 1.75" DJ Hose (50-ft Lngth) 29-10-5400 The hose bed shall be designed to have storage capacity for eight (8) 50-ft lengths of 1.75” Double Jacket fire hose. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 60 Six (6) Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 2.5" DJ Hose (50-ft Lngth) 29-10-5600 The hose bed shall be designed to have storage capacity for six (6) 50-ft lengths of 2.5” Double Jacket fire hose. Sixteen (16) Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 3" DJ Hose (50-ft Lngth) 29-10-5700 The hose bed shall be designed to have storage capacity for sixteen (16) 50-ft lengths of 3” Double Jacket fire hose. Eight (8) Hosebed, Strge Cpcty 5" LDH SJ Rubber (100-ft) 29-10-6000 The hose bed shall be designed to have storage capacity for eight (8) 100-ft lengths of 5” LDH Single Jacket rubber fire. Four (4) Hosebed, Divider, 1/4" Alum, EXT 29-10-8150 ALUMINUM HOSEBED DIVIDER Four (4) adjustable hosebed divider constructed of .250" aluminum shall be installed on the apparatus. The divider shall be fully adjustable, mounted using extruded aluminum track at the rear and aluminum "C" channel tracks at the front of the divider for full side to side adjustment. Three (3) Speedlay, 1-1/2", Removable Hose Tray, Alum 23-08-8100 SLIDE OUT TRAY FOR PRE-CONNECTED HOSE BEDS The 1-3/4" pre-connect hosebed(s) shall be equipped with a "U" shaped aluminum hose tray. The unit shall be equipped with pull out hand holes and retaining devices to secure the tray, nozzle, and hose in transit. One (1) Hosebed, Partition, Front of Hosebed, > 48" - EXT 29-10-8550 One (1) stationary hosebed partition shall be provided in the main hosebed, mounted left to right. The partition shall be fabricated of .190" smooth aluminum. Partition shall be bolted in place using stainless steel fasteners to allow for ease of removal or relocation. One (1) Hosebed Cvr, Alum T/P, <168" L, 49-74" Wide - MN 29-20-3550 ALUMINUM HOSEBED COVER Polished aluminum treadplate hosebed covers shall be furnished, extending the full length and width of the main hosebed. Covers shall be fabricated of .125" polished aluminum treadplate with cross bracing for maximum strength, and to support the weight of a firefighter standing on the covers when closed. The covers shall be of the sloped design for proper water runoff. Each cover to be equipped with a full length stainless steel piano hinge. Hosebed covers shall include heavy duty stops to support them when in the opened position. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 61 One (1) Mnl Operation, Hosebed Cvr, Alum T/P 29-20-6650 MANUALLY OPERATED ALUMINUM HOSEBED COVER The polished aluminum treadplate hosebed covers extending the full-length and width of the main hosebed shall have lift up handles installed on each hose cover to manually open the hosebed covers. Four (4) Hsbd Cvr Lt, OSS Value Line, 36" LED Tube Lt, Ea 29-20-7325 HOSEBED LED LIGHTS Four (4) 36" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED light shall be installed and contain 24 LEDs producing approximately 120 lumens per light (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. The LED lights shall be recessed into the underside of the hinged aluminum hosebed covers to provide illumination for repacking of fire hose. The 12 volt LED lights shall be automatically controlled by a switch which activates upon opening of the door. The lights shall also be connected to the hazard light in the chassis cab to indicate when the hose bed covers are in the open position. Four (4) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Rr Vinyl Flaps for Alum Cvr 29-20-7800 REAR VINYL FLAPS FOR ALUMINUM COVER There shall be a vinyl flaps attached to each aluminum hosebed cover. The vinyl flaps shall cover the area on the rear of the hosebed from top to bottom. The flaps shall be independent of each other but attachable with velcro in the center. The bottom edge of the flap shall be shall be secured utilizing a hook and loop fastening system. One (1) BODY CONSTRUCTION 30-00-0000 One (1) Bdy Const - Rosenbauer EXT - SA Pmpr/Tnkr 30-01-2000 HEAVY DUTY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM BODY Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 62 To prevent possible interaction of dissimilar metals and to reduce the weight of the completed apparatus, the body and ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS shall be constructed entirely of aluminum sheet and aluminum extrusions. Aluminum extrusions or sheet aluminum of smaller thicknesses or lesser grades to those specified herein are not acceptable. All extrusions utilized in the body superstructure, substructure and framing shall be 6061-T6 alloy aluminum. For strength and rigidity, all aluminum sheets utilized in the apparatus body for structural support shall be a minimum of 3/16" 5052-H32 alloy aluminum sheet. All extrusions shall be beveled at each joint and all seams shall be electrically seam welded using #5356 alloy aluminum wire. FASTENERS All fasteners use in the apparatus body shall be attached with Ny-Lok type fasteners. All aluminum and stainless steel components shall be attached using stainless steel fasteners. Zinc or cadmium plated fasteners are not acceptable for use with any aluminum or stainless steel components on the vehicle. Compartment door hinges, handrails and running boards shall be attached using a minimum of 1/4" diameter machine bolt fasteners. Fasteners used in nonstructural areas such as; door handles, trim moldings, gauge mounting, etc shall be 3/16" in diameter. BODY SUPERSTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION All vertical and horizontal structural members of the outer apparatus body shall be constructed of no less than 4.00" by 12.00", 6061-T6 aluminum extrusions with a minimum .200" wall thickness fully welded together forming a unitized support system for the body and compartments. In order to provide a complete internal and integrated body super-structure, full height extruded structural members shall be provided at each corner of the apparatus and between each exterior equipment compartment. EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION Compartment sides and walls shall be welded to the super-structure. Seams shall be sealed using an engineered grade polyurethane adhesive-sealant. The compartments shall be designed to provide protected raceways for vertically hinged door fastener retention elements. This requirement shall eliminate the possibility of door hinge hardware from being damaged by or damaging equipment stored in the compartments. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 63 The compartment door openings are to be full width of the compartment with no loss of space. The raceways shall be designed to allow door hardware removal by a single person with simple hand tools. Full height access panels fastened with stainless steel fasteners shall be provided to access all wiring routed through vertical super-structure extrusions. There shall be no exposed wiring allowed within the compartment interiors. Compartment flooring shall be constructed of a combination aluminum extrusion and aluminum treadplate welded in place to the extruded aluminum framework creating a double compartment floor for added strength. Due to the high usage and wear and tear caused by removal of equipment, only treadplate aluminum with a raised pattern will be acceptable for compartment flooring. Bolted or welded in smooth raw aluminum or painted aluminum does not meet the intent nor technical requirement of raised pattern treadplate. The tops of the side exterior compartments shall be constructed of NFPA #1901 Standards compliant non-slip polished aluminum treadplate fastened to the body with stainless steel fasteners. Compartment tops that are welded in place do not meet the serviceability intent of this requirement. SHELVING TRACKS The vertical extrusions forming the framework of the side exterior compartmentation shall be designed to incorporate FULLY RECESSED adjustable shelving standards. Shelving tracks shall run full height of ALL side exterior equipment compartment. The intent of this requirement is to allow full use of the available storage areas without the interference of shelving tracks extending into and reducing the interior widths of the compartments which will allow equipment to be stored within the full width of the compartment interiors. Shelving, when specified, shall have a width of no less than .50" of the overall compartment width. Adjustable shelving tracks welded or bolted onto interior walls of the compartments do not meet the intent of these specifications. HOSE BODY CONSTRUCTION To maintain strength and rigidity, the main hose body shall be completely framed with a minimum of 2.00" X 3.00" 6061-T6 alloy aluminum extrusions with a minimum wall thickness Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 64 .156" on the three inch legs and a minimum wall thickness of .188" on the two inch legs. The hose body extrusions shall be welded to the super-structure framework, becoming an integral portion of a complete unitized support system. Sheet metal or sheet aluminum with double or triple formed breaks, does not meet the technical requirement of the specification in providing a complete hosebody framework and are not acceptable. Sides shall be constructed of aluminum sheet welded to the framework. One (1) Electrolysis Corrosion Cntrl 30-01-2250 ELECTROLYSIS CORROSION CONTROL The apparatus shall be assembled using ECK or electrolysis corrosion control, on all high corrosion potential areas, such as door latches, door hinges, trim plates, fenderettes, etc. This coating is a high zinc compound that shall act as a sacrificial barrier to prevent electrolysis and corrosion between dissimilar metals. This shall be in addition to any other barrier material that may be used. All 1/4" diameter and smaller screws and bolts shall be stainless steel with a powdered aluminum coating. This coating shall be bonded metallurgically to the stainless screws to prevent peeling and flaking. This coating is designed to reduce the potential for electrolysis and corrosion to occur where items are assembled and attached. Due to the expected life of the vehicle, proposals will only be acceptable from manufacturers that include these corrosion features. One (1) Sub-Frame, EXT, SA Pmpr/Tnkr 30-10-1500 ALUMINUM SUB-FRAME The surface of the chassis frame rails shall be isolated from the apparatus substructure by an elastomeric isolator. The main body sub-frame shall be fully welded to the longitudinal chassis extrusions. Two (2) 6061-T6 aluminum longitudinal extrusions shall be provided, one (1) on each chassis frame rail running full length beneath the apparatus body. A minimum .50" extruded wall thickness shall be provided on the top flange of the chassis frame rail. Each extrusion shall be designed to cover the complete top flange and outside radius of the chassis frame rail extending down the outside web of the frame rail a minimum of 1.25" to prevent side to side shifting of the apparatus body. The main body sub-frame shall be constructed of not less than four (4) 4.00" by 2.50" tubular, 6061-T6 aluminum, "I" beams with a .375" vertical main body crossmembers. A minimum of four (4) crossmembers shall be provided two ahead of and two behind the rear axle forming the main body support crossmembers. The main cross tubes shall be routed through and fully welded to the vertical and horizontal Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 65 extrusions forming the body super-structure. For added strength and rigidity, no less than six (6) intermediate body crossmembers shall be provided constructed of solid aluminum structural "I" beams 4.00" high by 3.00" wide with a minimum .29" flange thickness. If necessary, additional crossmembers shall be provided, to meet the minimum booster tank mounting requirements, as published by the manufacturer of the booster tank provided. The intermediate structural "I" beam crossmembers shall be interconnected and welded to the main body tubular crossmembers forming a fully welded support grid for the body super-structure compartments and booster tank. A minimum of six (6) U-bolts shall be provided to secure the body sub-structure to the chassis frame. The forward two (2) U-bolts shall be shock absorbing spring tension type to allow for flexing without placing stress on the apparatus body or chassis frame rails. One (1) Whl Well Panel, Alum, Pntd, Sngl Axle 44-05-1200 WHEEL WELL LINER AND FENDERETTES For ease of accessibility and maintenance, wheel well panels shall be double break formed painted smooth aluminum plate that is fully gasketed and bolted in place with stainless fasteners. Wheel wells shall be of the removable design so as to provide replacement in the event of damage. There shall be no visible bolt heads, retention nuts or fasteners on the exterior surface of the panel. Wheelwell panel shall be isolated from the apparatus body utilizing .25" nylon spacer blocks. To fully protect the wheel well area from road debris and to aid in cleaning, a full depth (minimum of 24.00") radius wheel well liner constructed of exterior grade .25" black polyethylene sheet shall be provided. For ease of removal, the liner shall be held in place by a self-captive retention design. Due to possible corrosion and contamination by road debris in the wheel well area a minimal number of mechanical fasteners shall be used to secure the wheel well liner at the front and rear edges. One (1) Fenderette, Polished Stainless Steel, EXT 44-06-4320 FENDERETTES The rear wheel wells shall be radius cut for a streamlined appearance. A polished type 304 stainless steel radius fenderette shall be furnished at each rear wheel well opening, held in place with concealed stainless steel fasteners with nylon isolators to prevent contact of the fastener with the wheelwell housing panel. A black rubber gasket shall be installed between the stainless fenderette and the apparatus body sides. Silicone caulking does not meet the intent nor the technical requirement of a solid gasket material in this area and is not acceptable. One (1) 100" OAW, 12-26" Half Dpth Both Sides, HL/HR Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 66 31-01-5040 BODY WIDTH The overall width of the pumper body shall not exceed 100". The overall width across the rub rails shall be 101". COMPARTMENT DEPTH All left side upper compartments shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" in the upper portion with the specified doors in the closed position. The lower portion of the front and rear side compartments of the body are to be notched in and under the water tank to a useable depth of 26" with the specified doors in the closed position in order to provide the maximum amount of storage area. All right side upper compartments shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" in the upper portion with the specified doors in the closed position. The right side lower portion of the forward and rear side compartments of the body are to be notched in and under the water tank to a useable depth of 26" with the specified doors in the closed position in order to provide the maximum amount of storage area. One (1) Drs, Hngd/Roll-Up Combination Specs, EXT 30-02-1800 HINGED COMPARTMENT DOORS Any compartment calling for a hinged door shall be supplied with a flush style door, so that all hinged compartment doors shall be of the overlapping style so that the entire door fits flush against the apparatus body sides. Doors shall be designed, in the closed position, to have the painted edges protected from damage on the tops by forming the treadplate compartment tops into a extended drip edge, on the bottoms by the rub rail and on the front and rear by extending the front and rear vertical scuff plates into protective edges. There shall be no visible painted door edge surfaces when the doors are in the closed position. Doors shall not extend into the compartments thereby reducing the usable compartment depths. Doors shall be a minimum 2" thick, fabricated of a minimum of 1/8" smooth aluminum. Full panel inner compartment door liners shall be provided and constructed from smooth aluminum. Exterior door panels shall be smooth with no welds visible on the exterior skin. Double door compartments shall not require nor be equipped with a secondary latch to hold the same in position. All compartment door hinges shall be full length piano type constructed of a minimum 14 gauge type 304 polished stainless steel with 1/4" stainless steel hinge pin with dual directional bolt holes for ease of adjustment. Door hinges shall be fully recessed and protected from the Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 67 environment by the door gasket. The door hinges shall not be visible from the outside of the body when the doors are in the closed position. Striker plates shall be a minimum of 12 gauge stainless steel and posts shall be positioned so they do not interfere with the clear door openings by pointing down. Door retention studs or posts on striker plates that extend into the clear door frame opening do not meet the technical intent of these specifications and are not acceptable. Door hinges and striker plates shall be attached with minimum 5/16" stainless steel nuts and bolts. On vertically hinged double door compartments, the secondary door shall have a nylon door holders, top and bottom of the interior of the door to hold the door in place when closed. When specified, horizontally hinged lift-up doors shall be equipped with heavy-duty gas filled dampeners to hold the doors in the open position. All other hinged doors shall be equipped with spring loaded hold open devices specifically designed for use on vertically hinged doors. Door holders shall be bolted in position. The door ajar switches shall be fully enclosed within structural members and shall not extend into the clear door opening. All hinged compartment doors shall be provided with hollow core weather stripping to provide a weather tight seal at the door opening and to prevent road spray and debris from entering the compartment. ROLL-UP COMPARTMENT DOORS Any compartment calling out a roll up door shall be supplied with a door fabricated from aluminum. Exterior side equipment compartments so specified shall be equipped with roll-up shutter doors to be installed as specified herein. The door shall be located above and outside of the interior of the compartments thereby protecting the door in the raised position from possible damage by the shifting of equipment. The door roll mechanism shall also be protected from possible damage should equipment shift while the vehicle is in transit with the door in the closed position. When the door is raised, the location of the drum assembly shall not allow water drainage from the doors into any portion of the interior of the compartment, thereby preventing the accumulation of water, snow, or ice from damaging the equipment located therein. The roll-up door drum assembly shall be fully enclosed and protected from the elements. Provisions shall be made on each end and each side of the apparatus for moisture to self-drain from the raised doors to below the apparatus body using integral drainage ports. To provide access for repairs and adjustments without removing equipment from the compartments, the door roll assemblies shall be serviced from above the compartment. There Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 68 shall be no need to remove any equipment nor to open the door to provide service to the same. Should a door be prohibited from being raised because of damage to or a defect in the roller assembly, service must be capable of being performed without the cutting, damaging or destroying of the door shutters to gain access. Access to the door mechanism shall be provided through the removable door roller assembly access panel that requires only the use of common hand tools to remove. Pendent plates supporting the door roll assembly shall be bolted in place, adjustable and capable of being removed with common hand tools. Pendent plates and supports that are welded in place do not meet the maintenance and service criteria of these specifications. In order to provide unlimited access to stored equipment and to help prevent damage to the tracks by removing equipment, the tracks shall not protrude into any portion of the door frame opening. The width of the door frame opening shall be the actual useable width available to store and remove equipment. No Exception. Door openings shall match the compartment sizes as specified. The roll up door(s) shall be fabricated from aluminum extrusions and be manufactured and assembled in the United States. The door slats shall be double-wall extrusions with dimensions of 1.366" high x .315" thick. The exterior surface shall be flat and the interior surface concave to deflect loose equipment to prevent the door from jamming. Each slat shall have interlocking end shoes to prevent the slat from moving side to side resulting in binding of the door. Each slat shall be separated by a co-extruded PVC and rubber inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and minimize dirt and moisture from entering the compartment. The inner seal shall not be visible from the exterior to maintain a clean appearance of door. The slats shall have interlocking joints with a folding locking flange to provide security and prevent penetration by sharp objects. The track shall be a one (1) piece aluminum assembly that has an attaching flange and finishing flange incorporated into the design that facilitates installation and provides a finished look to the door without additional trim or caulking. A low profile side seal shall be utilized to maximize usable compartment space. A drip rail designed to prevent water from dripping into the compartment shall be provided. The drip rail shall have a built in replaceable non-contacting seal to eliminate scratching of the surface of the door. Bottom rail extrusion must have smooth back to prevent loose equipment from jamming the door and have “V” shaped double seal to prevent water and debris from entering the compartment. A two (2) inch wide finger pull shall be integrated into the bottom rail extrusion for easy one hand Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 69 opening and closing. The door latch system shall be a full width one (1) piece lift bar that enables the user to operate with one hand. A magnetic door ajar system shall be integrated in the lift bar handle and the lift bar handle retainer block to signal an open door. The roll mechanism shall have a clip system that connects the curtain slats to the operator drum to allow for easy tension adjustment without tools. A four (4) inch diameter counterbalanced operator drum to shall be incorporated to assist in lifting the door. All compartment door openings shall match the compartment sizes. Six (6) Dr Handle, Eberhard 21100 Series, Hngd Drs (Ea) 30-02-1520 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLES All compartment doors shall be furnished with a deluxe Eberhard E Grabber Model #1-21100 die cast, chrome finished two-point pull handle assembly with slam type latches. The latch shall utilize a "free-floating" handle with recessed pocket for ease-of-use even when wearing mitts or gloves. The compartment door shall open with a simple, easy "pull" of the latch handle. Door handles shall be held in place with blind mounting brackets for security and appearance. To prevent possible interaction between dissimilar metals, assembly shall not break any painted surface. A non-moisture absorbing gasket shall be installed on the door latch by the latch manufacturer isolating the latch assembly from the door panel surface. The door handle assembly and installation shall be water and weather resistant. Handles which are held in place with visible fasteners, two sided tape or glue do not meet the intent of this requirement. One (1) Side Body Header, Tread Plate, EXT 30-02-1900 SIDE BODY HEADER All high side compartment tops shall be NFPA approved non-slip treadplate with the side body header area above the compartment doors finished with polished aluminum tread plate. The aluminum overlays on the compartmentation tops on each side of the body shall be extended out and downward a minimum of .50" over the compartment doors forming a drip rail. Corners shall be TIG welded. Lower or rear face compartments, if specified shall be provided with polished aluminum drip rails. One (1) Bdy, Rosenbauer EXT, Pmpr/Tnkr , 150" 31-01-5200 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 70 BODY LENGTH The apparatus body shall be approximately 150" long, reference the drawing for actual body length. One (1) Cmpt Height, 79" High Left, High Side 32-05-4079 COMPARTMENT HEIGHT The left side full height body compartments shall be 63" high and equipped with a 63" high clear door opening. The left side upper level compartment(s) shall be 32" high and equipped with a 32" high clear door opening. One (1) Ahd Rr Whls-34" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 32-05-6154 LEFT FRONT COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) 34" wide full height compartment located ahead of the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height double hinged doors. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. Two (2) Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 45-02-4100 ADJUSTABLE SHELF Two (2) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable. Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks. One (1) Slide Tray, 250#, Alum 3/16" (1/4 Dpth), EXT 45-05-4100 250# ROLLOUT TRAY One (1) rollout equipment tray shall be installed in a standard depth compartment. The 250# rated tracks shall have roller bearings. The tray shall be constructed of .188" smooth aluminum plate, fabricated with four 3" sides. The unit shall roll fully out of the compartment, with a gas operator to hold tray in both the "in and out" positions. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 71 One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3390 Two (2) 54" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 36 LEDs per light producing approximately 180 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Abv Rr Whls-52" Sngl Cmpt, No Hyd Rack-Hngd Dble Drs 32-05-7034 LEFT OVERWHEEL COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) 52" wide compartment above the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with vertically hinged double doors. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. One (1) Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 45-02-4100 ADJUSTABLE SHELF One (1) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable. Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 27" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3370 Two (2) 27" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 18 LEDs per light producing approximately 90 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 72 in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Bhd Rr Whls-44" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 32-05-8054 LEFT REAR COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) 44" wide full height compartment located behind the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height double hinged doors. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. Two (2) Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 45-02-4100 ADJUSTABLE SHELF Two (2) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable. Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks. Two (2) Slide Tray, 250#, Alum 3/16" (1/4 Dpth), EXT 45-05-4100 250# ROLLOUT TRAY Two (2) rollout equipment tray shall be installed in a standard depth compartment. The 250# rated tracks shall have roller bearings. The tray shall be constructed of .188" smooth aluminum plate, fabricated with four 3" sides. The unit shall roll fully out of the compartment, with a gas operator to hold tray in both the "in and out" positions. One (1) Equipment Mounting Pnl, Rr Wall, PAC TRAC 45-19-1300 PAC TRAC ON BACK WALL OF COMPARTMENT There shall be three (3) lengths of 7000 Series Pac Trac provided in the upper compartment area on the back wall for the purpose of mounting equipment. PacTrac 3-Section Z-Mount brackets shall be used for in the installation. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 73 Equipment brackets to be attached to the Pac Trac shall be provided by the purchaser or as listed elsewhere in these specifications. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3390 Two (2) 54" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 36 LEDs per light producing approximately 180 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Cmpt Height, 79" High Right, High Side 32-06-4079 COMPARTMENT HEIGHT The right side full height body compartments shall be 63" high and equipped with a 63" high clear door opening. The right side upper level compartment(s) shall be 32" high and equipped with a 32" high clear door opening. One (1) Ahd Rr Whls-34" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 32-06-6154 RIGHT FRONT COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) 34" wide full height compartment located ahead of the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height double hinged doors. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Ahd Rr Whls, Right, Cmpt Provisions, EXT 45-00-5415 The right side compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall have compartment provisions as follows: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. Three (3) Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 45-02-4100 ADJUSTABLE SHELF Three (3) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 74 and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable. Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3390 Two (2) 54" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 36 LEDs per light producing approximately 180 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Abv Rr Whls-32" Sngl Compt w/ Hyd Rack-Hngd Dble Drs 32-06-7022 RIGHT OVERWHEEL COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) 32" wide compartment above the rear wheels to the rear of the hydraulic equipment rack. The compartment shall be equipped with vertically hinged double doors. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. One (1) Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 45-02-4100 ADJUSTABLE SHELF One (1) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable. Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 27" LED Tube Lt, (1) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3320 One (1) 27" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED light shall be installed on one side of the door opening and contain 18 LEDs producing approximately 90 lumens per light (six Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 75 LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Bhd Rr Whls-44" Full Ht Compt-Hngd Dble Drs 32-06-8054 RIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) 44" wide full height compartment located behind the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height double hinged doors. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. Three (3) Shelf, Adjust, Alum 3/16", EXT 45-02-4100 ADJUSTABLE SHELF Three (3) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable. Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 54" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3390 Two (2) 54" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 36 LEDs per light producing approximately 180 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 76 compartment door. One (1) Rr Bdy, Flat Back, EXT 33-60-2100 REAR BODY CONFIGURATION The rear of the apparatus body shall be of the flat back design. One (1) Rr Center Compt - Full Height Roll Up/Trans 32-08-5210 REAR CENTER COMPARTMENT There shall be one (1) full height compartment located at the rear of the apparatus. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height natural finish roll up door. The compartment shall be open to the rear side compartments, providing a transverse compartment at the rear of the truck. The compartment shall be equipped with the following: One (1) Vents, Compts, Louvers (Ea) 44-40-1020 A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment. One (1) Slide Tray, 250#, Alum 3/16" (1/4 Dpth), EXT 45-05-4100 250# ROLLOUT TRAY One (1) rollout equipment tray shall be installed in a standard depth compartment. The 250# rated tracks shall have roller bearings. The tray shall be constructed of .188" smooth aluminum plate, fabricated with four 3" sides. The unit shall roll fully out of the compartment, with a gas operator to hold tray in both the "in and out" positions. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Wall, OSS Value Line, 18" LED Tube Lt, (2) Ea Cmpt 55-01-3360 Two (2) 18" long OnScene Solutions Value Line Night Stik LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 12 LEDs per light producing approximately 60 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications. The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required. One (1) Cmpt Lt, Dr Swtch, Auto, Ea 55-06-1100 The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On-Off" switch located on each compartment door. One (1) Rr Step, EXT Bdy, Bolt-On, 18" 33-61-1620 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 77 REAR STEP - 18” BOLT-ON An 18" deep step surface shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus body, bolted in place and easily removable for replacement or repair. The tailboard shall be constructed of .188" aluminum diamond plate or equal non-slip surface in compliance with NFPA #1901 standards. The maximum height of the step assembly shall be no more than 24" from the ground when the apparatus is in the loaded condition. A label shall be provided warning personnel that riding on the rear step while the apparatus is in motion is prohibited. One (1) Whl Well Cmpt, Ahd of Whls Left Side, EXT 44-11-5150 WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE AHEAD OF WHEELS One (1) wheel well compartment shall be located on the left side in the rear wheel well panel ahead of the rear wheels of the type specified herein. One (1) Whl Well Cmpt, Dual SCBA Tube, Brshd S/S Dr 44-10-2200 One (1) breathing air cylinder storage compartment for two (2) SCBA cylinders (not supplied) shall be provided and located in the rear wheel well of the apparatus body. The cylinder storage compartment shall be constructed entirely of aluminum. The door assemblies shall be provided with a gasket between door and body side, bolted in-place and removable for repair or replacement. The compartment shall be provided with SCBA cylinder scuff protection. A brushed stainless steel door shall be provided. Two (2) Whl Well Compt, SCBA Compt Straps 44-10-6000 Two (2) one-inch (1") wide loop of black webbing shall be installed in each SCBA compartment to prevent the bottle from sliding out of the compartment in case of door failure. The loop shall be mounted, centered in the compartment and shall hang within one-inch (1") of the compartment floor to allow the bottle to pass by the strap when the bottle is placed in the compartment. The strap shall loop over the valve. One (1) Whl Well Cmpt, Bhnd Whls Left Side, EXT 44-11-5350 WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE BEHIND WHEELS One (1) wheel well compartment shall be located on the left side in the rear wheel well panel behind the rear wheels of the type specified herein. One (1) Fuel Fill Door, Alum Pntd, LH Whl Well Panel 44-07-1500 FUEL FILL DOOR A painted aluminum fuel fill door shall be installed in the left side rear wheel well. A label Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 78 indicating DIESEL FUEL ONLY shall be applied. One (1) Whl Well Cmpt, Ahd of Whls Right Side, EXT 44-11-5550 WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT RIGHT SIDE AHEAD OF WHEELS One (1) wheel well compartment shall be located on the right side in the rear wheel well panel ahead of the rear wheels of the type specified herein. One (1) Whl Well Cmpt, Dual SCBA Tube, Brshd S/S Dr 44-10-2200 One (1) breathing air cylinder storage compartment for two (2) SCBA cylinders (not supplied) shall be provided and located in the rear wheel well of the apparatus body. The cylinder storage compartment shall be constructed entirely of aluminum. The door assemblies shall be provided with a gasket between door and body side, bolted in-place and removable for repair or replacement. The compartment shall be provided with SCBA cylinder scuff protection. A brushed stainless steel door shall be provided. Two (2) Whl Well Compt, SCBA Compt Straps 44-10-6000 Two (2) one-inch (1") wide loop of black webbing shall be installed in each SCBA compartment to prevent the bottle from sliding out of the compartment in case of door failure. The loop shall be mounted, centered in the compartment and shall hang within one-inch (1") of the compartment floor to allow the bottle to pass by the strap when the bottle is placed in the compartment. The strap shall loop over the valve. One (1) Whl Well Cmpt, Bhnd Whls Right Side, EXT 44-11-5750 WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT RIGHT SIDE BEHIND WHEELS One (1) wheel well compartment shall be located on the right side in the rear wheel well panel behind the rear wheels of the type specified herein. One (1) Fuel Fill Door, Alum Pntd, RH Whl Well Panel 44-07-3500 FUEL FILL DOOR A painted aluminum fuel fill door shall be installed in the right side rear wheel well. A brass screw on fuel cap with retention chain shall be provided on the recessed fuel fill. A label indicating DIESEL FUEL ONLY shall be applied. One (1) SCBA Bttl Rck, Frmd Alum, (2) Cylinder Rack 45-21-1100 SCBA CYLINDER STORAGE One (1) formed aluminum storage unit shall be provided to store one (1) fire department-supplied air cylinder. Unit to be horizontally or vertically installed and coated with (black) thermoplastic Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 79 material for durability and to provide scuff protection to the air cylinder. One (1) Ladder Mtg, Hyd Rack, Center Mt Lo Pro, Right Side, EXT 90-02-1550 EQUIPMENT RACK One (1) electric over hydraulic ladder rack shall be installed on the right side of the apparatus body, to carry the ladders in a horizontal position above the side compartments. Power to the hydraulic cylinder shall be supplied by means of a 12 volt electric motor power pack, and shall be installed in an area that provides proper protection of the electric and hydraulic components. Ladder rack shall be a modular unit and of the single pivot arm design with no stabilizing arms at the front or rear that hinder access to the side compartments with the rack in the lowered position. Ladder rack assembly shall be located in the center of the body, above the rear wheel area, with a weatherproof control switch provided on the right side pump panel for operator in full view of the rack. Rack shall be designed so that it will clear the compartment doors with the doors in the open position when ladders are being raised or lowered. The vertical pivoting supports shall be constructed of 2" x 3" stainless steel tube for a more stable and stronger support system. No exceptions. No exceptions are allowed to the single pivot design, or the requirement of the rack being able to be raised or lowered with the compartment doors open. A hinged-down panel shall be provided to cover the ladder rack hydraulic lift cylinder and pivot arm when rack is in the stowed position. An audible alarm shall sound while the rack is lowering or raising and shall disengage when in the completed down position. Flashing lights facing front and rear shall be installed on the rack and shall be illuminated whenever the rack is in operation. Cast aluminum ladder brackets with chrome plated quick release type mounting clamps shall be provided which hold the ladders to the pivot arm assembly. A red warning light shall be provided and mounted in the cab to warn the driver when ladder rack is not in the stowed position. A solenoid activated locking device shall be provided that can be engaged to hold the ladder rack in the stored position when the ladder is in the upright position by means of a locking arm. The locking arm shall be able to be disengaged to allow the rack to be lowered. This safety feature must be included in the original design of the ladder rack. No exceptions. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 80 In the event the locking device has not been set when the rack is in the stowed position, the locking device shall activate with the park brake switch. When in the lowered position, the rack shall automatically compensate and tilt back three degrees towards the body to allow the ladders to be individually removed from the rack one at a time while maintaining all other ladders in there stored position. No exception. A dimension of 40" shall be maintained when the ladder rack is in the lowered position from the ground to the bottom of the ladders. No exceptions. LADDER MOUNT LOCATION The location of the ladder mounting assembly shall be located on the right hand side of the apparatus body. One (1) Ladders, Ground, Provd'd By Manufacturer, MN 90-03-0220 LADDER SOURCE New ground ladders shall be provided by the manufacturer. One (1) Ladder, Roof, Duo-Safety, 14' Alum 775-A 90-03-3300 ROOF LADDER One (1) Duo Safety Model 775-A, 14 foot aluminum roof ladder with folding steel roof hooks on one end and steel spikes on the other end shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all latest NFPA Standards. One (1) Ladder, Ext, Duo-Safety, 24' Alum, 2 Sect 900-A 90-06-4600 EXTENSION LADDER One (1) Duo-Safety Model 900-A, 24 foot two (2) section aluminum extension ladder shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all the latest NFPA standards. One (1) Fldg Attic Ladder Mntg, On Hyd Rack-MN 90-02-5350 FOLDING ATTIC LADDER MOUNTING A mounting on the hydraulic ladder rack shall be provided for the specified folding attic ladder. One (1) Ladders, Fldg Attic, Provd'd By Manufacturer, MN 90-03-0230 FOLDING ATTIC LADDER SOURCE New folding attic ladders shall be provided by the manufacturer. One (1) Ladder, Attic, Duo-Safety, 10' Alum, Fold 585-A Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 81 90-08-2600 FOLDING LADDER One (1) Duo Safety Model 585-A, 10 foot folding aluminum ladder shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all the latest NFPA Standards. Two (2) Pike Pole Mtg, In Hosebed, Ea 90-16-5300 PIKE POLE STORAGE Two (2) storage compartment shall be provided in the hose bed below the hosepack storage for two (2) pike poles. One (1) Pike Pole Provd'd By, Bdy Bldr 90-16-6100 PIKE POLE SOURCE The pike poles shall be provided by the body builder. Two (2) Pike Pole, 6' Fbgls, Round Hndl 90-16-2300 PIKE POLE Two (2) 6' pike pole with round handle shall be provided. The pike pole shall be of fiberglass construction. One (1) Pike Pole, 10' Fbgls, Round Hndl 90-16-2800 PIKE POLE One (1) 10' pike pole with round handle shall be provided. The pike pole shall be of fiberglass construction. One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr Common Body Parts - 518.090 05/18/09 = One (1) Bdy Trim, Frnt Bdy, Ht of Side Cmpts, Alum T/P 44-01-1400 FRONT BODY PROTECTION PANELS Aluminum tread plate overlays and panels shall be installed on the front of the body from the lower edge to the top of the compartment doors. The material shall be bolted in place and sealed to prevent any moisture entry between the overlay and the body structure. One (1) Bdy Trim, Rr Bdy, Smooth Alum for Chevron Stripe, EXT 44-01-4020 REAR BODY PROTECTION PANELS Smooth aluminum shall be installed on the rear of the body, to allow for the installation of a "Chevron" stripe on the rear. One (1) Fuel Tank, Removeable Access Panel Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 82 44-07-4200 FUEL TANK ACCESS PANEL There shall be a removable panel in the rear compartment, used to gain access to the fuel tank and fuel gauge-sending unit. One (1) Steps, Fldg, Rr Left Hand (4) 33-62-1350 FOLDING STEP LEFT REAR Four (4) 8" square folding steps of chrome plated die cast aluminum shall be provided. The steps shall comply to NFPA #1901 non-slip standards and shall be installed on the rear left side of the body. One (1) Steps, Fldg, Rr Right Hand (4) 33-62-1650 FOLDING STEP RIGHT REAR Four (4) 8" square folding steps of chrome plated die cast aluminum shall be provided. The steps shall comply to NFPA #1901 non-slip standards and shall be installed on the rear right side of the body. One (1) Handrails, Rr Step, Vert, 60", Pair 33-70-1400 HANDRAIL REAR STEP Two (2) extruded aluminum non-slip handrails, approximately 60” in length, shall be provided and vertically mounted on the rear of the apparatus, one (1) on each side of the body. One (1) Handrails, Pmpr, Below Hosebed, Horz, 60" 33-70-2200 HANDRAIL BELOW HOSEBED One (1) extruded aluminum non-slip handrail, approximately 60” in length, shall be provided and horizontally mounted below the hosebed on the rear of the apparatus. Two (2) Handrails, Pmpr, Top of Bdy Sides, Rr, Spcl 33-70-3100 HANDRAIL TOP OF BODY SIDES Two (2) extruded aluminum non-slip handrails, approximately 12" in length, shall be provided and mounted, one (1) each side at the top of the body sides, at the rear of the apparatus body. One (1) Rub Rails, Lwr Bdy, EXT, Extrd Alum 44-02-1120 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM RUB RAILS Full body length polished aluminum rub rails shall be bolted in place on the lower right and left body sides. The side rub rails shall be a heavy extruded aluminum "C" channel. There shall also be a bolt on aluminum corner casting on each rear corner to blend the rear tail board assembly Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 83 with the side rub rails. One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr - AC Electrical System - 518.090 05/18 One (1) Green Star Idle Reduction Technology (IRT), EXT 60-90-1100 GREEN STAR IDLE REDUCTION TECHNOLOGY (IRT) A Green Star idle reduction technology system shall be supplied with the apparatus that will significantly reduce the amount of diesel exhaust soot, NOx and CO2 emissions into the atmosphere. Diesel engines contain pollutants that negatively impact human health and the environment. Diesel engines emit large amounts of nitrogen oxides, particulate matter and air toxics, which contribute to serious public health problems. Idle reduction technology has been verified by the U.S. EPA to reduce diesel emissions from diesel powered vehicles and engines. The Green Star IRT will reduce idle time through the use of an auxiliary power unit (APU) in conjunction with automatic diesel engine controls that will shut down the main chassis diesel engine during operations not requiring the use of the pump assembly. This system will be automated and will not require intervention from the vehicle operator. There will be a time delay engine shut down feature that will automatically shut down the chassis main diesel engine and engage the diesel driven APU. This feature will be available when the chassis air brake is set and when the pump assembly is not engaged. All features below are available with the main chassis diesel engine off. The chassis voltage system is protected against extreme drain of the battery bank. If the vehicles voltage drops to 12 VDC, the automatic engine controls will start the chassis diesel engine to provide a charge. Reducing the amount of idle time for the chassis diesel engine will substantially reduce the fuel consumption. One (1) Auxiliary Battery Power Unit (ABP) 60-91-3000 GREEN STAR AUXILIARY BATTERY PACK (ABP) The apparatus shall be equipped with a Green Star’s Idle Reduction Technology Powered by Lithium Polymer Batteries (LPB). The Green Star LPB system will supply DC current to start the chassis engine as well as operate DC electrical devices with the chassis engine either running, or off. The LPB will be integrated into the chassis electrical system and shall be installed in place of the standard chassis batteries. The LPB system is also used as the Green Star Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). The LPB shall be capable of being mounted and operated in any position and climate-resistant. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 84 The Lithium Polymer Battery pack shall have a capacity of 400 Ah which is the equivalent of a 600 Amp Lead Acid Battery (pbA.) For example: 100 Amp DC continuous discharge for approximately 5 hours with an operating voltage between 13.4 to 15.9 DC volts regardless of ambient temperature. Additionally, the LPB system shall have a battery management system that will include the following components:  Individual Cell Under Voltage Protection (UVP)  Over Voltage Protection (OVP)  Thermal Protection  Battery Cell Balancing The battery management system shall be designed to provide an automatically activated switch that will switch off the LPB system when the voltage output reaches 13.2 DC volts. The battery pack shall incorporate an emergency reserve storage system that will enable to chassis engine to be started even if the voltage of the system reaches 13.2 DC Volts. The chassis alternator shall be a Leece Neville 300 amp DC type alternator rated for 12-16 volts. The battery charger shall be a Kussmaul brand charger. The charging system will recharge the batteries using 16 volts. One (1) GreenStar ABP Mounting 60-20-1450 GREENSTAR MOUNTING LOCATION The GreenStar ABP system shall be mounted in place of the chassis batteries. Three (3) Shore Power Strip, 120V, 15 Amp, Pluglock-PFP 5-Plug Strip Rcptcl 60-25-9600 POWER DISTRIBUTION STRIP Three (3) 15 amp power distribution strip with six (6) receptacles shall be provided. The strip shall be powered by the chassis shore line power. One (1) Fldlt Cntrl Swtch, Brow Lts, Cab Dash 63-15-3100 One (1) floodlight switch with indicator shall be installed on the cab dash to control the front brow light(s). The switch shall be labelled "BROW LIGHTS". One (1) Lt Tower Mtg, Hrzntl, Over Pump Enclsr 64-20-1100 LIGHT TOWER Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 85 A light tower shall be installed over the fire pump enclosure. The light tower footprint shall be perpendicular to the length of the vehicle. One (1) Lt Tower, KL415D LED-FRC 64-12-1300 One (1) Knight 2, manufactured by Command Light, part number KL415LED-FRC light tower shall be provided for installation on the apparatus. The location of the light tower and its controls shall be installed according to instructions given by the customer and the requirements of the light tower manufacturer. The light tower shall extend 87-1/2" above the mounting surface and shall extend to full upright position in less than 15 seconds. The overall size of nested light tower shall be approximately 23" wide x 47" long x 13" high and weigh approximately 165 pounds. Light Tower Construction and Design The light tower assembly shall be of aluminum construction, with stainless steel shafts and bronze bushings for long life and low maintenance. The electrically controlled unit shall not require usage of the vehicle's air supply for operation, thereby eliminating the chance for air leaks in the vehicle braking system. Hydraulic or pneumatic type floodlights are not acceptable alternatives to the specified all electric light tower. The light tower shall be tested to in wind conditions of 90 mph (150 kph) minimum. Other type floodlights that have not been tested to these conditions are not acceptable. The light tower shall be capable of overhanging the side or back of the vehicle to provide maximum illumination to the vicinity adjacent to the vehicle for the safety of emergency personnel in high traffic conditions. Any tower that is only capable of rotations at the top of a pole is not an acceptable alternative to the specified tower. Light Tower Electrical System The light tower shall be a two-stage articulating device with a lighting bank on top of the second stage capable of continuous 360 degree rotation. The light shall be elevated by electric linear actuators, one (1) actuator shall elevate the light bank and one (1) actuator shall adjust the light bank angle from 0 to 110 degrees. Power for the light bank shall be supplied through power collecting rings thus allowing continuous 360 degree rotation in either direction. The tower base shall have a light that illuminates the envelope of motion during any movement of the light tower mast as required by NFPA1901. Light Tower Controls Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 86 The light tower shall be controlled with a hand-held 15 foot umbilical line remote control. The storage station for the remote control unit shall be equipped with a button to activate the "Auto-Park" automatic nesting feature. The controls on the remote box shall be:  Three (3) switches, one (1) for each light bank.  One (1) switch for optional light bank rotation.  One (1) switch for the optional strobe.  One (1) switch for elevating lower stage.  One (1) switch for elevating upper stage.  One (1) indicator light to indicate when light bank is out of roof nest position.  One (1) indicator light to indicate when light bank is rotated to proper nest position. Light Tower Floodlights The Command Light shall be equipped with the following bank of floodlights: Floodlight manufacturer: FRC Number of lamp heads: Four (4) LED Voltage: 12VDC Configuration: The light heads shall be mounted in two (2) on each side of the light tower, giving two (2) vertical lines of two (2) when the lights are in the upright position. One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr - Equipment Systems - 518.090 05/18/09 One (1) Backboard Mtg, (1)Horz, With Runners 45-25-1200 BACKBOARD HORIZONTAL SLIDE-IN MOUNTING One (1) horizontal mounted slide-in backboard track shall be installed. The upper and lower tracks shall be aluminum with plastic slide pads installed. The tracks shall be approximately 2" inside high x 76" deep x 19" wide. (The backboards shall be supplied by the fire department). Two (2) Rcv'rs, Bdy Side, Winch/Rope, 9,000# w/Rcv'r, (1) Ea Side 77-10-9200 WINCH RECEIVERS - SIDE BODY The body shall be equipped with two (2) receiver assemblies for high or low angle rescue or winch applications. The receivers shall be square steel tube, same size as that of a trailer hitch. The units shall be attached to the body sub-frame assembly or chassis frame rails and shall be located behind the rear wheels, one (1) on the left side and one (1) on the right side of the apparatus. Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 87 One (1) slide in receiver with the same dimensions as a trailer hitch receiver shall be shipped loose with the apparatus. The unit shall be equipped with a 2.5" eye opening. The receiver assemblies (total of 2), shall be rated at a minimum of 9,000 pounds each, and each assembly shall be secured with one (1) safety pin. One (1) == General SA Pmpr/Tnkr - Pnt/Ltr/Str - 518.090 05/18/09 == One (1) Bdy Paint, Pmpr/Tnkr, Sngl Color, EXT 80-05-5200 BODY PAINT PROCESS While constructing the truck body, all aluminum parts that are to be finish painted shall be properly fitted on the body and then removed to be painted individually. The back side of all aluminum parts shall be sanded smooth of any burrs and sharp edges. During reassembly of the apparatus, care shall be exercised in fitting and fastening the parts back in their respective position on the vehicle. All aluminum parts shall be bolted to the body using stainless steel fasteners. Zinc or Cadmium plated fasteners are not acceptable. All bright metal fittings, if unavailable in stainless steel shall be heavily chrome plated. Iron fittings shall be copper plated prior to chrome plating. All seam shall be caulked both inside and along the exterior edges with a urethane automotive sealant to prevent moisture from entering between any body panels. The body and all parts shall be thoroughly washed with a grease cutting solvent (PPG DX330) prior to any sanding. After the body has been sanded and the weld marks and minor imperfections are filled and sanded, the body shall be washed again with (PPG DX330) to remove any contaminants on the surface. A coating of epoxy sealer (PPG DP 48/50/90) shall be applied with a minimum of 1.0 mil dry film build. The epoxy sealer allows for maximum adhesion to the body material. A color coating of PPG Urethane Paint Direct Gloss with PPG Catalyst shall be applied with a minimum of 2.0 mil dry film build. The catalyst provides a base level UV barrier to prevent fading and chalking. A coating of PPG Clearcoat Topcoat Urethane with a minimum of 2.0 mil dry film build. shall be applied. The clearcoat topcoat provides a maximum amount of UV barrier protection. All products and technicians are certified by PPG every two (2) years. One (1) Compt Finish, Liner Matl, Up to 8 Cmpts - MN 80-34-1250 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 88 INTERIOR COMPARTMENT FINISH The interior compartment walls shall be coated with a heavy spray on lining material. The compartments shall be cleaned with a wax and grease remover and then caulked with a urethane caulk. The compartments are then sprayed with one coat of epoxy primer, then a single coat of urethane compartment liner approximately 10-12 mils in thickness. The lining material shall dry to form an impervious one piece covering to protect the compartment interiors from damage. The lining material shall be gray in color (or as specified by fire department) and applied on up to eight (8) compartments. One (1) Bdy Paint, Touch Up, 2 oz. Bttl, One Color 80-42-1500 TOUCH-UP PAINT One (1) two (2) ounce bottle of touch-up paint shall be furnished with the completed truck at final delivery. One (1) Painting, Front Bumper, Job Color 80-43-1100 DECK GUN PAINTING The deck gun shall be painted match the color of the exterior body. One (1) Undercoating, TrukGard, Body, Chs Frame, Sngl Axle 80-44-1400 UNDERCOATING The entire underside of the single axle apparatus body is to be cleaned and properly prepared for application of a sprayed on automotive type undercoating for added corrosion resistance. Undercoating is to be a solvent based, rubberized coating, black in color. One (1) Lettering, 4" Scotchlite Reflect, 50 Letters 80-50-1900 SCOTCHLITE REFLECTIVE LETTERING The lettering shall be applied with Scotchlite reflective material, shaded in black. A quantity of fifty (50), four (4) inch letters are to be placed on the cab and on the body as directed by fire department. One (1) Dr Seals, Install Cstmer Frnshd 80-65-1300 INSTALL CUSTOMER SUPPLIED DECALS Factory installation of the purchaser supplied decals shall be provided as specified. One (1) Stripe, Triple Reflective, 2" x 6" x 2" 80-71-1400 REFLECTIVE STRIPING Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 89 A 2" x 6" x 2" wide 3M brand Scotchlite reflective multi-stripe shall be affixed to the perimeter of the vehicle. At least 50% of the perimeter length of each side and width of the rear, and at least 25% of the perimeter width of the front of the vehicle shall have reflective striping. One (1) Reflective Stripe Material, Blue 80-75-1200 COLOR OF STRIPING MATERIAL The color of the 3M brand striping material shall be blue. One (1) Stripe, Reflective, Diamond Grade, Chevron Pattern Frnt Bmpr 80-72-1010 CHEVRON STRIPING The front bumper shall have 3M Diamond Grade reflective red and amber striping installed. The chevron style striping shall be applied at a 45-degree upward angle. One (1) Stripe, Refl, Diamond Grde, Chevron Pattern Entire Rr, EXT 80-72-1110 CHEVRON STRIPING The entire rear portion of the body shall have 3M Diamond Grade reflective red and amber striping installed. The chevron style striping shall be applied at a 45-degree upward angle pointing towards the center upper portion of the rear panel. One (1) == General Pmpr/Tnkr - Loose Equipment - 518.090 05/18/09 = One (1) Equipment Loading Allowance of 3600# 90-01-0500 EQUIPMENT PAYLOAD WEIGHT ALLOWANCE In compliance with NFPA #1901 standards, the apparatus shall be engineered to provide an allowance of 3,600 pounds of fire department provided loose equipment and 1,900 pounds of fire department provided hose. One (1) Whl Chocks Pair Zico #AC-44 NON-Fldg, w/ Mts 90-01-5900 WHEEL CHOCKS WITH MOUNTS A pair of Zico Model SAC-44 Quic-Chok folding wheel chocks shall be provided and mounted under the apparatus body with model SQCH-44H horizontal mounting brackets. Three (3) Wrench, Hydrant/Spanner, W/Brkt, Dealer Supplied 90-18-1100 SPANNER WRENCHES WITH HOLDER Three (3) Red Head model 146-2 wrench holder shall be provided. Each holder shall include two (2) spanner hose wrenches. Two (2) Wrench, Storz, (2) W/Brkt, Dealer Supplied 90-18-1400 Max Fire Apparatus 131015-0010 10/22/13 90 STORZ WRENCH SET WITH HOLDER Two (2) Red Head Brass S-146-2 wrench holders shall be provided. Each holder shall include two (2) 4"-5" combination hose wrenches. DESIGN SAFETY WorlD clASS DESIGN State-of-the-Art Finite Element Analysis State-of-the-Art computer 3-D Engineering Durable Construction Heavy Duty 3/16 Aluminum Plate Heavy Duty Aluminum Extrusion Framing Stamped corners and Front Fascia Full length or barrier style doors learn more about rosenbauer commander. Visit www.rosenbaueramerica.com TESTING WorlD clASS TESTING 120,000 lb. Crush Test 100,000 Mile Track Test Frontal Impact Test Airbag Deployment Testing HVAC Test Side Impact Test Single Bonded Windshield Customiza Multiplexing In-Dash Wide Hip Room Automotive Style Wrap Around Dash able Center Console Wide Hip Room Great Forward Visibility h HVAC Vents roSENbAuEr WorlD clASS INNoVATIoN Controls located in steering wheel Dual outboard HVAC for crew Easy service battery access location Multiplex electrical standard Wide door openings and low steps Wrap around dash, conveniently located controls and in dash HVAC vents Hard-wired Optional Powder coated frame, crossmembers and brackets Single, double or triple frame rails learn more about rosenbauer commander. Visit www.rosenbaueramerica.com roSENbAuEr WorlD clASS INNoVATIoN ENGINES TYPE RATINGS Cummins ISC 260-380 hp / 660-1,050 ft-lbs torque Cummins ISL 345-450 hp / 1150-1250 ft-lbs torque Cummins ISX 12 370-500 hp / 1450-1645 ft-lbs torque TRANSMISSIONS Allison 3000 EVS 4000 EVS AXLES TYPE CAPACITY (LBS) Steer 18k, 20k, 22.8k Drive 24k, 27k, 31.5k, 32.5k Tandem 40k, 44k, 48k, 52k, 54k, 60k, Cummins Powered ISC, ISL or ISX Seating for up to 10 99” 99” Round Headlights Square Headlights 60” 70” 11” 24” ROSENBAUER SOUTH DAKOTA, LLC. 100 THIRD STREET LYONS, SOUTH DAKOTA 57041 P: 605.543.5591 ROSENBAUER MINNESOTA, LLC. 5181 260TH STREET WYOMING, MINNESOTA 55092 P: 651.462.1000 ROSENBAUER AERIALS, LLC. 870 SOUTH BROAD STREET FREMONT, NEBRASKA 68025 P: 402.721.7622 info@rosenbaueramerica.com ROSENBAUER MOTORS, LLC. 5190 260TH STREET WYOMING, MINNESOTA 55092 P: 651.462.1000 ROSENBAUER EXT BODY SOUTH DAKOTA DIVISION 100 THIRD STREET LYONS, SOUTH DAKOTA 57041 P: 605.543.5591 MINNESOTA DIVISION 5181 260TH STREET WYOMING, MINNESOTA 55092 P: 651.462.1000 AERIALS DIVISION 870 SOUTH BROAD STREET FREMONT, NEBRASKA 68025 P: 402.721.7622 SALES DIVISION P: 605.543.5551 E: info@rosenbaueramerica.com • Utilizing space frame design, the entire body is constructed with stainless steel “C” channels for increased strength and manufacturing flexibility. • Multiple compartment widths, heights and depths are available to accommodate various water tank, hose load and equipment storage requirements. • Painted body parts are backed by a 7-year manufacturer’s warranty. • Entire electrical system is engineered and tested prior to installation. All wiring is color and function coded every 3 inches. A centrally located electrical panel is provided with aircraft style waterproof connectors. Wiring diagrams are provided with each unit built. • Pump enclosures include large hinged access panels, hinged gauge panels and brushed stainless steel or black vinyl control panels. Gauges are aligned with valve controls for easy identification. Features and Benefits Sterling - Stainless Steel Option The Sterling stainless steel body matches the design of the EXT body. In lieu of extruded aluminum, the Sterling body is built with formed 304 stainless steel to the similar dimensions. Multiple compartment widths, heights and depths are available to accommodate the needs of the fire department. The stainless steel body design is backed by a 20-year structural warranty. EXT model “I” channels run all the way through the truck body for extra support, while conventional body channels are simply welded to the frame. This added strength allows the body to rest on the channel, distributing weight throughout the entire beam and reducing stress at the welds. “I” channels that don’t end where the body starts 5 1 2 7 ROSENBAUER Paying Attention to the Smallest Details At Rosenbauer, we think paying attention to the smallest detail is a big deal. We construct each EXT model from our own patented body design, so every part is given just as much attention as the next. Because the details that go into our trucks are just as important as the results that come with them. 7 Minimum of six solid aluminum structural “I” beams with .29” flanges Water Tank Support and Subframe (4”x3”) 1 Used at the rear to support a higher stress load. These thicker beams (.375”) are used in combination with other “I” beams to provide the best structure and subframe support. Double Wall “I” Beam (4”x2.5”) 2 Pump Module Extrusion Front & Rear Body Corners 3 4 4 2 2 2 Primary Extrusion (4” x 12”) Full-length vertical extrusions with .2” wall thickness used at body corners and between each compartment. Main Frame Sill (4”x1.75”x5”) Full-length body rail made from 6061-T6 aluminum 5 6 5 5 High-quality wheel well options Easily replaced wheel well housings are available in four-way aluminum, painted aluminum or stainless steel. Polished stainless fenderettes and high-density radius inner liners are standard. Fully protected wiring and lighting All wiring is encased within the body extrusions so weather, equipment and other 12 MONTH BUMPER TO BUMPER WARRANTY POLICY Rosenbauer America warrants that its authorized repair facility will repair, replace, or adjust all parts, except those which are original chassis manufacturer’s responsibility, found to be de- fective in factory materials or workmanship, made or supplied by Rosenbauer for the period of twelve (12) months. This warranty is conditional upon normal and reasonable main- tenance, and prompt written notice of all defects to Rosenbauer. This warranty does not cover defects caused from misuse, negli- gence, accident, remount (unless by Rosenbauer), or by its third parties. Should repairs become necessary under the terms of this warranty, they shall be performed by an authorized Rosenbauer facility. The expense of any transportation to or from such facility shall be that of the purchaser. Furthermore, all warranted parts shall become the property of the Rosenbauer company making such repairs. Rosenbauer will be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve (12) months from the date the cause of the action occurred. NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warran- ties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. Rosenbauer South Dakota, LLC P.O. Box 57 100 Third Street Lyons, SD 57041 Phone: (605) 543-5591 Fax: (605) 543-9701 Rosenbauer Minnesota, LLC P.O. Box 549 5181 260th Street Wyoming, Minnesota 55092 Phone: (651) 462-1000 Fax: (651) 462-1700 NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover the standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component warranties. Rosenbauer Motors, LLC New Vehicle Limited Warranty Rosenbauer Motors, LLC hereby warrants each new fire & rescue vehicle to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a warranty period of two (2) years or 36,000 miles starting on the date the vehicle is delivered to original purchaser. Under this warranty Rosenbauer Motors, LLC agrees to furnish any item or items to replace those that have been found to defective in material or workmanship where there is no indication of abuse, neglect, unusual or other than normal service providing that such item or items are, at the option of Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, made available for our inspection at our request, returned to our factory or other location designated by us with transportation prepaid within thirty days after the date of failure or within two years from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser, whichever occurs first, and inspection indicates the failure was attributed to defective material or workmanship. Written authorization for repair or item replacement must be sought from Rosenbauer Motors, LLC customer service prior to the repair or item replacement occurring. This warranty shall not apply to or cover:  Normal maintenance services or adjustments, including but not limited to; filters, screens, lubricants, light bulbs, belts, hoses, wiper blades and other incidentals.  Any item that has been repaired, replaced or altered by a facility not approved in advance by Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, or in a manner which, at Rosenbauer Motors, LLC discretion, may adversely affect the safe operation or durability of the vehicle or item.  Special, incidental or consequential damages including, but not limited to, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use, lost profits or transportation fees or charges to or from any facility.  Any malfunction resulting from misuse, negligence, alteration, accident or lack of operational knowledge, lack of normal or required maintenance or adjustments, exposure to corrosive agents, fire, severe environmental conditions or acts of God.  Items which are manufactured by a party other than Rosenbauer Motors, LLC and which are separately warranted by that party, including but not limited to engine, transmission, driveline, axles and water pumps . This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability or make any alteration to this warranty in connection with the sale of our apparatus unless expressly given in writing by Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, 5190 260th St. Wyoming, MN 55092. NOTE warr Rose work purch Unde to de servi inspe thirty purch work custo This w      E: Surety bon anties allowe nbauer Moto kmanship for haser. er this warran efective in ma ce providing ection at our y days after t haser, whiche kmanship Wri omer service warranty sha  Normal m belts, hos  Any item Motors, L operation  Special, i use, lost p  Any malfu normal or condition  Items whi warranted This warra part. We warranty LLC, 5190 nd, if required ed by seller or ors, LLC hereb a warranty p nty Rosenbau aterial or wor that such item request, retu he date of fai ever occurs fi itten authoriz ž¡ ž¡ ‹ž¡‚‘ ‹ ž  ‡ PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY PARTICIPATING OEM SALES DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission, Inc. will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED  WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.  PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.  TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE APPLICABLE MODELS WARRANTY LIMITATIONS (Whichever occurs first) ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER Months Transmission Miles Or Kilometers Parts Labor MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge 1000 Series, 2000 Series, 2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge Page 1 of 2 WHAT IS NOT COVERED  DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled.  CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s).  DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual.  MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility.  REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered.  USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered.  EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs.  “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 Form SE0616EN (201112) Page 2 of 2 LIFETIME TRANSFERABLE BODY STRUCTURAL WARRANTY Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in this warranty, Rosenbauer America (hereby referred to as “seller”), hereby warrants to each origi- nal purchaser only that each new body (exclusive of paint finish, hardware, mold- ings, windows, internal cabinets and other accoutrements and accessories*) is structurally sound and will retain its structural integrity for the lifetime of the vehi- cle. This warranty does not terminate upon transfer of possession or ownership by original purchaser. This warranty is conditioned upon normal use and reasonable maintenance of such body; prompt written notice of all defects to seller or one of seller’s then author- ized dealers in the area; no repair or additions there to except by seller or author- ized by it; said defect not resulting from misuse, negligence, accident, remount, overloading beyond applicable weight rating by customer or third parties. If any of such conditions are not complied with, this warranty shall become void and unen- forceable. Should repairs become necessary under the terms of the warranty, the extent of that repair shall be determined solely by the seller and shall be performed solely at a Rosenbauer facility or a repair facility designated by seller. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be that of the purchaser and is not an item covered by this warranty. Seller reserves the unrestricted right at any time and from time to time to make changes in the design of and/or improvements on its products without thereby im- posing any obligation on itself to make corresponding changes or improvements in or on its products therefore manufactured. EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS: This manufacturer’s warranty is pro- vided in place of any and all other representations or implied warranties. No per- son is authorized to make any representations or warranty on behalf of Rosenbauer America or any of its distributors other than set forth in the manufacturer’s war- ranty. Your right to service and replacement of parts on the terms expressly set forth herein are your exclusive remedies and neither the manufacturer nor any of its distributors shall be liable for damages, whether ordinary, incidental or conse- quential. Rosenbauer will not be liable for consequential damages and under no circum- stances will its liability exceed the price for a defective body. The remedies set forth herein are exclusive and in substitution for all other remedies to which the purchaser would otherwise be entitled. Rosenbauer will be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve (12) months from the date the cause of the action occurred. NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other compo- nent manufacturers. * covered by separate warranty South Dakota Division P.O. Box 57 100 Third Street Lyons, SD 57041 Phone: (605) 543-5591 Fax: (605) 543-9701 Minnesota Division P.O. Box 549 5181 260th Street Wyoming, Minnesota 55092 Phone: (651) 462-1000 Fax: (651) 462-1700 Authorized Signature: NOTE: Su extended Rosenbau that the f frontline s Rosenbau or frame m where the item or ite request, r thirty day original p defective sought fro occurring This warr  N lu  A R ad  Sp in  A kn se  A ex ac Th lia o ex rety bond, if warranties a uer Motors, LL rame and cro service of the uer Motors, LL members, to ere is no indic ems are, at th returned to o ys after the da urchaser, wh material or w om Rosenbau . anty shall no ormal mainte ubricants, ligh ny item that osenbauer M dversely affec pecial, incide nconvenience ny malfunctio nowledge, lac evere environ ny cutting, w 10 Year Paint Guarantee The PPG 10 Year Paint Performance Guarantee will cover the areas of the vehicle finished with specified products for a period of ten (10) years beginning the day the vehicle was delivered from the PPG Certified Original Equipment manufacture to the vehicle owner. The refinished areas, as outlined on the Guarantee Certificate, will be covered for the following paint failures: Guarantee Inclusions:  Peeling or Delamination of the topcoat and/or other layers of paint  Cracking or checking  Loss of gloss caused by defective PPG Fleet Finishes which are cov- ered by this guarantee Guarantee Exclusions:  Paint deterioration caused by blisters or other film degradation due to rust or corrosion originating from the substrate  Hazing, chalking or loss of gloss caused by improper care, abrasive polishes, cleaning agents, heavy duty pressure washing or aggressive mechanical wash systems  Paint deterioration caused by abuse, accidents, acid rain, chemical fallout or acts of nature  Custom finishes, exotic finishes or any finish other than standard re- finish procedure  Finishes on vehicles used for competitive purposes  Failures resulting from product misuse or abuse  Repairs done over previously refinished areas unless stripped to bare metal or appropriate substrate  Claims presented without proper guarantee documentation  Failure on finishes containing Non-PPG or Non-PPG Finishes ap- proved products  Failure on finishes performed by Non-PPG Certified Refinish Tech- nicians  Failure on finishes performed by Non-PPG Certified Repair Centers  Failure on finishes performed by PPF Certified Refinishers who have allowed their certification to expire Rosenbauer America will be given a reasonable opportunity to investi- gate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve (12) months from the date the cause of the action occurred. NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. South Dakota Division P.O. Box 57 100 Third Street Lyons, SD 57041 Phone: (605) 543-5591 Fax: (605) 543-9701 Minnesota Division P.O. Box 549 5181 260th Street Wyoming, Minnesota 55092 Phone: (651) 462-1000 Fax: (651) 462-1700 South Dakota Division P.O. Box 57 100 Third Street Lyons, SD 57041 Phone: (605) 543-5591 Fax: (605) 543-9701 Minnesota Division P.O. Box 549 5181 260th Street Wyoming, Minnesota 55092 Phone: (651) 462-1000 Fax: (651) 462-1700 TEN (10) YEAR STAINLESS STEEL MANIFOLD WARRANTY POLICY Rosenbauer America herby warrants that we or our authorized repair fa- cility will repair, replace or adjust all parts, found to be defective in fac- tory materials or workmanship, made or supplied by Rosenbauer for the period of ten (10) years from the date of purchase. This warranty is lim- ited to the stainless steel components that comprise the foam and or water plumbing system. This warranty is conditional upon normal and reasonable maintenance, and prompt written notice of all defects to Rosenbauer America. This warranty does not cover defects caused from negligence, accident, over pressurization, or improper use. Should repairs become necessary under the terms of this warranty it shall be performed by a Rosenbauer facility or a facility authorized by Rosenbauer. The expense for any transportation to or from such facility shall be that of the purchaser. Furthermore, all warranted parts shall be- come the property of Rosenbauer America. Rosenbauer will be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve (12) months from the date the cause of the action occurred. NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. TEN (10) YEAR STAINLESS STEEL PLUMBING WARRANTY POLICY Rosenbauer America hereby warrants that we or our authorized repair facility will repair, replace or adjust all parts, found to be defective in factory materials or workmanship, made or supplied by Rosenbauer for the period of 120 months from the date of purchase. This war- ranty is limited to the stainless steel components that comprise the foam and or water plumbing system. This warranty is conditional upon normal and reasonable mainte- nance, and prompt written notice of all defects to Rosenbauer Amer- ica. This warranty does not cover defects caused from negligence, accident, over pressurization, or improper use. Should repairs become necessary under the terms of this warranty it shall be performed by a Rosenbauer facility or a facility authorized by Rosenbauer. The expense for any transportation to or from such facility shall be that of the purchaser. Furthermore, all warranted parts shall become the property of Rosenbauer America. Rosenbauer will be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve (12) months from the date the cause of the action occurred. NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year war- ranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers. South Dakota Division P.O. Box 57 100 Third Street Lyons, SD 57041 Phone: (605) 543-5591 Fax: (605) 543-9701 Minnesota Division P.O. Box 549 5181 260th Street Wyoming, Minnesota 55092 Phone: (651) 462-1000 Fax: (651) 462-1700 Warranty Information Akron Brass WARRANTY AND DISCLAIMER: We warrant Akron Brass products for a period of five (5) years* after purchase against defects in materials or workmanship. Akron Brass will repair or replace product which fails to satisfy this warranty. Repair or replacement shall be at the discretion of Akron Brass. Products must be promptly returned to Akron Brass for warranty service. We will not be responsible for: wear and tear; any improper installation, use, maintenance or storage; negligence of the owner or user; repair or modification after delivery; damage; failure to follow our instructions or recommendations; or anything else beyond our control. WE MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN THOSE INCLUDED IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, AND WE DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Further, we will not be responsible for any consequential, incidental or indirect damages (including, but not limited to, any loss of profits) from any cause whatsoever. No person has authority to change this warranty WARRANTY / MODEL YEAR 2013 VEHICLES MERITOR® COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS SIMPLER IS BETTER Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered. Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). 2 ADVANTAgE PROgRAM WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS 3 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 4-5 General Service ................................................................................................... 6-7 Heavy Service ..................................................................................................... 8-9 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................10 Terms and Conditions ...........................................................................................11 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION • Auto Hauler • Bulk Hauler • Chip Hauler (Truck)* • Doubles • Flatbed • General Freight • Grain Hauler • Livestock Hauler • Moving Van • Pipe Hauler • Refrigerated Freight • Tanker • Triples FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-125-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N • High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction • Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. 15.5” Manual-Adjust Clutch1 1/100/P&L 15.5” TwinXTend Self-Adjust Clutch1 3/350/P&L 17” FreedomLine Clutch1,2 3/350/P&L 1 Clutches are warranted by ZF Sachs and administered by Meritor. 2 Freedomline clutch consists of cover assembly and disc assembly. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. LINEHAUL VEHICLES FRONT NON-DRIVE STEER AxLES – 5/750/P&L LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS CLUTCHES RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P DRIVELINES RS-19-144/145/A MS-19-14X MS-21-144MA-N Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L LX500 Feature1 5/750/P&L Cam Q Plus™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P X30™ Drums2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX Air Disc Brake 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/Unl/P, 5/Unl/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7/Unl/P, 5/Unl/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L 1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. MTIS Components 3/500/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System2 1/100/P&L PreSet by Meritor3 5/500/P&L AxlePak44 4P/3L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L AxlePak65 6P/5L Beam and Brackets 6/600/P, 1/100/L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor. 3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro-Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor bearings. 5 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro-Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (All) 3/300/P&L Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/Unl/P&L, 3/300/P gENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION • Aerial Ladder Truck • Aerial Platform • Ambulance • Auto Hauler • Beverage Truck • Chip Hauler • Cross Country Coach • Flatbed • Front Engine Commercial Chassis • Front Engine Integral Coach • General Freight • Intercity Coach • Intermodal Chassis • Livestock Hauler • Meat Packer • Moving Van • Municipal Truck • Newspaper Delivery • Pick-Up and Delivery • Pipe Hauler • Platform Auto Hauler • Pumper • Rear Engine Integral Coach • Recreational Vehicles • Refrigerated Freight • School Bus • Stake Truck • Tanker • Tanker Truck • Tour Bus • Wrecker FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FH-941 FH-9451 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B-N MFS-6-162B-N MFS-6-153C-N MFS-6-162C-N MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-143A-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A gENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L LX500 Feature1 3/Unl/P&L Cam P3 2/200/P Cam 3/Unl/P Cam Q Plus™ 3/Unl/P&L Cam Q Plus ™3 2/200/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA3 2/200/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P X30™ Drums2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Beam and Brackets1 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak44 4P/3L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L AxlePak65 6P/5L Beam and Brackets 6/600/P, 1/100/L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor 4 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro-Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor bearings. 5 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro-Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems1 Standard System 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak42 4P/3L Beam and Brackets 7P/1L AxlePak63 6P/5L Beam and Brackets 7P/1L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro-Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor bearings. 3 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro-Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1 Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 7/Unl/P, 5/Unl/L Air Controls 1/100/P&L Air Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick-Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick-Up • Rigging Truck • Roll-Off • Scrap Truck • Semi-End Dump • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow/Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES • Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P MT-40-143DA-N MT-40-143MA-N1 MT-40-144 MT-40-144/P RT-40-145/P/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 RT-52-185/3802,3,4,5 MT-58-616 RT-58-185/3802,3,4,5 RT-70-3805 MT-70-380 RZ-1665 RZ-1865 RZ-1885 Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam P3 2/100/P Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L Cam Q Plus™ 3/Unl/P&L Cam Q Plus™2 2/100/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA2 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P X30™ Drums1 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L 1 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 1/100/P&L OnGuard™ 3/300/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/P, 3/300/L Actuator 1/100/P&L 1 Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. RT-40-160/P/A3,4 RT-46-160/P/A1,3,4 OFF-HIgHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION • Load-On/Load-Off • Port Tractor • Rail Yard Spotter • Roll-On/Roll-Off • Stevedoring Tractor • Trailer Spotter • Yard Jockey • All-Terrain Crane • Rough Terrain Crane • Forestry • Material Handling • Specialized Heavy Haul • Specialized Mining • Excavator • Compactor • Fertilizer Spreader • Snow Blower • Mining • Rail Car Mover • Loader • Tow Tractor • Pushback Tractor • Low mileage operation • Low speed vehicle speed restriction • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use • Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. MOR MOX MOC RPL RN MXL MOR MOX MOC MOT Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam Q Plus™ 3/Unl/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P LX500 Feature1 1/Unl/P 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors2 1/100/P&L Actuator 1/100/P&L 1 Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. FF - 941 FF - 943 FF - 961 FF - 966 FG - 941 FG - 943 FL - 941 TERMS AND CONDITIONS COVERAgE ExCLUSIONS: Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Clutch Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC) and OnGuard Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- ments/alignments. Valve failures due to contamination in air system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over-voltage conditions. Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non-genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.” Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. COVERAgE LIMITATIONS: Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or pub- lished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA For more information: 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221) meritor.com Vehicle models, brands and names depicted herein are the property of their respective owners, and are not in any way associated with Meritor, Inc., or its affiliates. Litho in USA ©2012 Meritor, Inc. SP-95155 Revised 06-12 (47865/11900) TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor- WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called “UPF”) warrants each POLY-TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDE® Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank/Body, ELLIPSE™ Elliptical Tank, Ellip-T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER™ Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re- sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do so can void the warranty. Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period. Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- ment of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means. For Ellipse™ elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer. For PolySide® wetsided tanks and Integrator™ Tank/Body units, all polypro- pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime FOR: WUANITEDRRANTY POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, PLASTIC INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, FABRICATING, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ INC. LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY Continued on back E f fective 1 August, 2009 service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySide® and Integrator™ units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector™ foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be pre- authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modi- fications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid and covered under this warranty. In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dam- age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from a repair facility. This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EX- TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITION- ALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF. FOR: WUANITEDRRANTY POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, PLASTIC INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, FABRICATING, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ INC. POLY-TANK®,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA V-MUX WARRANTY – 4 YEAR A four (4) year limited (V-MUX) multiplex system warranty, of Weldon Technologies, Incorporated; shall be provided by the apparatus manufacturer for parts and labor, while under normal use and service; against mechanical, electrical and physical defects from the date of manufacture. The warranty shall exclude; sensors, shunt interface modules, serial or USB kits, transceivers, cameras, GPS, and electrical display screens, which shall be limited to a period of one a (1) year repair parts and labor from the date of installation. A copy of the warranty shall be provided with each Bidders proposal for the review and evaluation of the Purchaser. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and/or clutch torque capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 11 FL - 943 MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-133A-N MON-Z0 FAMILY MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616 MT-58-616 MT-70-380 RT-44-145/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P RS-23-186 RS-23-380 RS-24-160 MS-30-616 RS-30-185 RS-30-380 MS-35-380 INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIgHWAY SERVICE VEHICLES INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIgHWAY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS DRIVE STEER AxLES – 1/UNL/P DRIVELINES – 1/UNL/P PLANETARY AxLES – 1/UNL/P BRAkE COMPONENTS MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS1 FRONT NON-DRIVE STEER AxLES – 1/UNL/P REAR DRIVE TANDEM AxLES – 1/UNL/P REAR DRIVE SINgLE AxLES – 1/UNL/P 10 RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3,4 RT-50-160/P/A3,4 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Warranty is 1/Unl/P&L when used with 2050 lb.ft. engines. Refer to Product Information Letter #293 for further details. 4 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings1 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L 1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MTC-4208 MTC-4210 MTC-4213 T-2111 T-2119 T-2120 MTIS Components 3/500/P&L 61042 61043 61052 61053 71063 RC-26-700 MWA46 MWA52 1 Coverage includes Hangers, Trailing Arms, Walking Beams 2 Bushings, Air Bag, Shock Absorbers 1/50/P Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L 1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 4 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 5 Warranty is 1/Unl/P&L when used with 2050 lb.ft. engines.Refer to Product Information Letter #293 for further details. REAR DRIVE TANDEM/TRIDEM AxLES – 2/UNL/P&L BRAkE COMPONENTS MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS1 REAR DRIVE TANDEM/ TRIDEM AxLES – 3/UNL/P&L TRAILER AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEMS TRANSFER CASES – 1/UNL/P MERITOR TIRE INFLATION SYSTEM BY PSI CENTER NON-DRIVE AxLES – 2/100/P&L REAR ENgINE POWER TAkE-OFFS 1/UNL/P AIR LINk™ 2/200/P&L1,2 TRAILER AxLES 9 • Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS FD-965 FF-941 FF-942 FF-943 FF-944 FF-946 FF-961 FF-966 FF-967 FG-941 FG-943 FH-941 FH-945 FH-946 FL-941 FL-943 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-6-153B MFS-6-162B MFS-6-162C MFS-7-113C-N MFS-7-153C-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-8-153B-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-10-122A MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-12-155 MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N RF-16-145 MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-133A-N RF-21-160 MX-10-120 MX-12-120 MX-14-120 MX-16-120 MX-17-140 MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810 MS-10-113 RS-13-120 RS-15-120 MS-17-14X RS-17-144/145/A MS-19-14X RS-19-144 MS-21-114 MS-21-14X RS-21-145 RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-23-160 RH-23-160 RS-23-160 RS-23-160 RC-23-161 RH-23-161 RS-23-161 RS-23-186/380 RC-23-162 RC-23-165 RS-24-160 RS-25-160 RH-26-185 MS-26-616 RS-26-185/380 MS-30-616 RH-30-185 RS-30-185/380 MS-35-380 RS-38-380 RC-25-160 RC-26-633 MT-58-616 71162 71163 FRONT DRIVE/NON-DRIVE STEER AxLES – 2/UNL/P&L REAR DRIVE SINgLE AxLES – 2/UNL/P&L 15.5” HD Clutch1 1/100/P&L 15.5” TwinXTend 1/100/P&L 17” FreedomLine Clutch 1/100/P&L 1 Products with an in-service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Meritor Clutch Company. RPL 92N RN MXL CLUTCHES DRIVELINES – 1/UNL/P&L 8 Bushings 7/Unl/P, 5/Unl/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings2 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/Unl/P&L, 2/200/P Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L OnGuard™ 3/300/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/P, 3/300/L Actuator 3/300/P&L 1 Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and Volvo engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. MTIS Components 3/500/P&L TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MC120021, MC160032 2/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 3/UNL/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor. 2 3/UNL/P&L if sold w/unitized wheel ends. BRAkE COMPONENTS TRAILER AxLES CHASSIS AxLES (2000 SERIES/CHASSIPAk) TRAILER AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEMS MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS1 MERITOR® TIRE INFLATION SYSTEM BY PSI TAg/PUSHER AxLES1 7 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-125-143A-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-16-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-133A-N • Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road) • An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FH-941 FH-946 1 Includes: hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings. RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164EH/P RT-50-160/P 15.5” HD Clutch1 1/100/P&L 15.5” TwinXTend 1/100/P&L 17” FreedomLine Clutch 1/100/P&L 1 Products with an in-service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Meritor Clutch Company. gENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES FRONT DRIVE/NON-DRIVE STEER AxLES – 2/UNL/P&L gENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS FRONT NON-DRIVE STEER AxLES WITH UNITIzED WHEEL ENDS – 3/500k/P&L1 REAR DRIVE TANDEM/ TRIDEM AxLES – 3/UNL/P&L RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 155N 1/Unl/P 92N 1/Unl/P DRIVELINES CLUTCHES 1 Can be used in front or tag position. MS-10-113 MS-11-113 MS-12-113 MS-17-14X MS-19-14X RS-13-120 RS-15-120 RS-17-144/145/A RS-19-144/145/A MS-21-14X MS-21-144MA-N RS-21-145 RS-21-145/A RS-21-160 RC-22-145 RC-22-145/A RC-23-160 RC-23-161 RC-23-1621 RC-23-1651 RH-23-160 RH-23-161 RS-23-160 RS-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 RS-24-160 RC-25-160 RS-25-160 RS-26-185 MS-26-616 RS-30-185 MS-30-616 RS-35-380 71063 71162 71163 REAR DRIVE SINgLE AxLES – 2/UNL/P&L 1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor. MT-34-14X/P RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-14X/P MT-40-143DA-N MT-40-143MA-N1 MT-40-144/P RT-40-145/P/A MT-44-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616 RT-52-1852 MT-58-616 RT-58-1852 MT-70-380 RZ-166 RZ-186 RZ-188 REAR DRIVE TANDEM/TRIDEM AxLES – 2/UNL/P&L 1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 6 Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L OnGuard™ 3/300/P&L Lane Departure Warning 3/300/P&L ECAS 3/300/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/P, 3/300/L Actuator 3/300/P&L 1 Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. BRAkE COMPONENTS TRAILER AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEMS TAg/PUSHER AxLES1 MERITOR TIRE INFLATION SYSTEM BY PSI TRAILER AxLES MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS1 5 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION RS-21-145 RS-21-160 RH-23-160 RS-23-160 RH-23-161 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 REAR DRIVE SINgLE AxLES – 5/750/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Warranty is 3/300/P&L when used with 2050 lb.ft. engines. Refer to Product Information Letter #293 for further details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. RT-34-144/P/A RT-40-145/P/A RT-40-160/P1,2,3 RT-46-160/P1,2,3 RT-46-164EH/P1,2,3 RT-50-160/P1,2,3 MA-40-165 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14X/P MT-40-14X/P2 MT-40-143 MT-40-144/P MT-40-943 RZ-1662,3 RZ-186 RZ-188 REAR DRIVE TANDEM/TRIDEM AxLES – 5/750/P&L 4 xpress writte ccident, shall his warranty abilities on ou r make any a xpressly given required, will llowed by sel Life LC hereby wa oss members e chassis. LC’s obligatio replace those cation of abus he option of R ur factory or ate of failure ichever occur workmanship uer Motors, LL ot apply to or enance servic ht bulbs, belts has been rep Motors, LLC, o ct the safe op ntal or conse e, loss of use, on resulting f ck of normal o nmental cond elding, splicin n permission render this w is in lieu of al ur part. We n lteration to th n in writing b l cover standa ller or other c Rosenbau etime Limit arrants to the be free of de on under this e that have b se, neglect, u Rosenbauer M other locatio or within one rs first, and in . Written aut LC customer s cover: ces or adjustm s, hoses, wipe aired, replace r in a manner peration or du quential dam lost profits o from misuse, or required m ditions, corros ng, drilling or from Rosenb warranty null ll other warra either assum his warranty y Rosenbaue ard one year component m uer Motor ted Frame original purc fects in mate warranty is t een found to unusual or oth Motors, LLC, m on designated e year from th nspection ind horization fo service prior ments, includi er blades and ed or altered r which, at Ro urability of th mages includin r transportat negligence, a maintenance o sion or acts o other alterat bauer Motors and void. anties, expres me nor author in connection r Motors, LLC warranty per manufacturers rs, LLC e Warranty chaser of a Ro erial and work to furnish any o defective in her than norm made availab d by us with tr he date of de icates the fai r repair or ite to the repair ing but not lim other incide by a facility n osenbauer Mo he vehicle or i ng, but not lim ion fees or ch alteration, acc or adjustmen f God. tion of frame s, LLC or if thi ssed or implie ize any perso n with the sal C, 5190 260th riod only and s. y osenbauer M kmanship for y item or item material or w mal service pr le for our ins ransportation elivery of the a lure was attr em replaceme or item repla mited to; filte ntals. not approved otors, LLC dis item. mited to, loss harges to or f cident or lack nts, exposure rails or flang s vehicle is in ed, and all oth on to assume le of our appa St. Wyoming will not cove otors, LLC cha the lifetime o ms of such fra workmanship roviding that pection at ou n prepaid wit apparatus to ibuted to ent must be acement ers, screens, d in advance b scretion, may s of time, from any facil k of operation to chemicals ges without nvolved in an her obligation for us any lia aratus unless g, MN 55092. er any assis of the me such ur hin the by lity. nal , fire, ns or ability prior to the r all not apply t maintenance s ses, wiper bla that has been LLC, or in a ma n or durability ncidental or c profits or tran unction result r required ma s or acts of G ich are manuf d by that part anty is in lieu neither assum in connection 260th St. Wy d, will cover st r other compo Lim by warrants th eriod of 10 ye er Motors, LL rkmanship wh m or items ar rned to our f ilure or within rst, and inspe zation for rep repair or item to or cover: services or ad des and othe n repaired, re anner which, y of the vehic consequentia nsportation fe ting from mis aintenance or od. factured by a ty, including b of all other w me nor autho n with the sal oming, MN 5 tandard one y onent manuf Rosenbau mited Cab S he cab of eac ears or 100,0 LC agrees to f here there is n re, at the opti factory or oth n one year fro ection indicat pair or item re m replacement djustments, in er incidentals. eplaced or alt at Rosenbau le or item. al damages in ees or charge suse, negligen r adjustments a party other t but not limite warranties, ex rize any pers le of our appa 5092. year warranty facturers. uer Motor Structural h new fire & 00 miles start furnish any ite no indication ion of Rosenb her location d om the date o tes the failure eplacement m t occurring. ncluding but n ered by a fac er Motors, LL cluding, but n s to or from a nce, alteration s, exposure to than Rosenba ed to engine, xpressed or im on to assume aratus unless y period only rs, LLC Warranty rescue vehicl ting on the da em or items t of abuse, ne bauer Motors esignated by of delivery of e was attribut must be sough not limited to cility not appr LC discretion, not limited to any facility. n, accident or o corrosive ag auer Motors, transmission mplied, and a e for us any li expressly giv y and will not le to be free f ate the vehic to replace tho glect, unusua s, LLC, made a us with trans f the apparatu ted to defect ht from Rosen o; filters, scree roved in adva may adverse o, loss of time r lack of oper gents, fire, se LLC and whic n, driveline, a all other oblig ability or mak ven in writing cover any ex from defects le is delivered ose that have al or other tha available for o sportation pr us to the orig ive material o nbauer Moto ens, lubricant nce by Rosen ely affect the e, inconvenien rational know evere environ ch are separa axles and wate gations or liab ke any alterat g by Rosenbau xtended in material o d to original e been found an normal our repaid within ginal or rs, LLC ts, light bulbs nbauer safe nce, loss of wledge, lack of mental ately er pumps . bilities on our tion to this uer Motors, r s, f gear won’t snag or damage it. Lighting is also recessed for protection. Both lights and wiring are easily accessed via bolt-in-place panels. Easy access step to storage area Lower compartment door panels flip down to provide easy access to upper compartment storage area. Durable hinges don’t sacrifice space Compartment doors feature stainless steel hinges, which are concealed and protected from the elements, and striker pins that extend out of the door opening. Offset hinges also allow doors to open the full width of the compartment. Keep equipment dry and protected Roll-up doors open full width and above the compartments, offering increased storage space and service of doors in the closed position. Rolled-up doors are isolated in a separate compartment, eliminating moisture inside the storage space. Storage from top to bottom Recessed roll-up doors offer topside equipment mounting, so cord reels and other equipment can be attached to the ceiling for added storage. Lifetime Structural Warranty The EXT body is backed with an industry-leading lifetime structural warranty. Learn more about Rosenbauer. Visit www.rosenbaueramerica.com 03-09-3236 |-- Seat Box Driver & Officer Storage Access Doors (2) Driver/Officer 1 30 03-09-0629 |-- Seat Officer Bostrom Sierra 8-Way Electric ABTS ITS RollTek 1 30